Reading Group Blueprints

Students are often dissatisfied with the selection of topics covered at their universities (see here and here for a taste of examples). Our review of 377 modules taught at the top 10 British departments (following THE) shows that only 3.8% focus on traditions other than the Western Analytical tradition, and 3.1% focus on topics related to class, colonialism, race and gender. As little as 13% of all modules taught contain more than a token amount of content related to those topics. Meanwhile, of all the modules devoted to a specific philosopher, a shocking 100% focuses on a person who was white and male.

We think that the students are right to be dissatisfied.

So, what do you do if a topic you want to learn about is not taught at your university? Start your own reading group! And if this sounds like a daunting task, we are here to help. Below, you will find ready-made Blueprints you can use to create your reading group. Each one offers a set of resources divided by topic and arranged into a consistent narrative, each accompanied by a list of questions to help guide your discussion.

We hope that these Blueprints will help you start your own reading group on a topic that interests you, and fill the gaps left in your curriculum. Happy learning!

What is (not) taught?

How to run a reading group using our Blueprints?
Expand entry

Choose your Blueprint

  1. Topic. Gather some friends and identify a topic you are all interested in. Will it be feminist philosophy? African languages? Postcolonial theory? You can see a list to choose from below.
  2. Time and Difficulty. Make sure you have the time to run your group. Remember that it will be harder to organise during holidays or exam periods. Equally, make sure to pick the right difficulty level. Some Blueprints are introductory and great for anyone, while others might be better suited for senior students or those who already know a bit about the topic. Note you can also download each Blueprint as a PDF if you want an offline copy!
  3. Unfold! Click or tap the arrow below the Blueprint title. A general Introduction which will tell you what it is about and list any particular instructions. The Categories will give you an indication of the range of issues covered. Below, you will find the main Content: the specific resources you will be looking at.

Run the group

  1. Organise. We recommend that you find a time when your group can meet every week, to keep things consistent.The Content of a Blueprint is divided into weekly sections, with typically one text or video entry per section.
    • Some blueprints might have a different structure – don’t worry, it will all be explained in their Introductions!
  2. Read/Watch/Listen. Each entry has links that will take you to the resource itself. To guide you through, each entry has some further useful notes and comments. Pay particular attention to the ones labelled ‘Study Questions’.
  3. Discuss. These Study Questions are designed to guide your discussion as you meet with your group. Remember – the questions will touch on topics of particular interest, but you might want to expand on them by asking your own questions and discussing points that interest you!

Share your thoughts

  1. Comment. If you like the texts or want to share the thoughts you had while reading and discussing them, you can leave us a comment! Every entry has a comments section at the bottom and we highly encourage you to use it!
  2. Share. We would love to hear your stories! Share your experience with us and other students around the world, post pics of your group, and remember to tag us on twitter, facebook or youtube.
  3. Get in touch. Don’t hesitate to write us if you want to share your experience, recommend improvements, or just tell us what you liked best!
PDF9Level

Explorations into Nahua and Mayan Philosophy of Mind

Expand entry
by M. Jimena Clavel Vázquez and Andrés Hernández Villarreal

Introduction

This blueprint aims at exploring the landscape of philosophical concepts and ideas present in ancient Nahua and Mayan thought. By Nahua thought we mean the intellectual legacy of the Nahuatl speaking people who inhabited the Mexican Central Plateau from roughly the fourteenth century until the first years of the colonial Mexico. Throughout the blueprint, we refer at times to this intellectual tradition as pertaining to the Aztecs, the Mexicas, or the Nahuas depending on the group of people to which the selected reading refers. By Mayan thought we mean, in turn, the legacy of the people who has inhabited the Maya region of Southern Mexico and a great part of Central America roughly from the Classical period to the eighteenth century. The Mesoamerican philosophical landscape is rich, but difficult to navigate due to important methodological challenges such as the scarcity of sources. Great progress has already been made, however, in the understanding of philosophical concerns by key scholarly figures. Based on their work, this blueprint explores philosophical concerns that we might associate now with philosophy of mind: the human soul, the relation between the soul and body, perception and the senses, time experience, and personhood. Our hope is that this blueprint contributes to displaying the richness of the Mesoamerican philosophical landscape.

The blueprint is divided into three sections, each composed of three proposed sessions. It begins with an introductory section that provides historical and cultural background, followed by two thematic sections: one that focuses on Nahuatl thought, and one that focuses on Mayan thought. To put together the blueprint, the selected readings range from philosophical, historical and anthropological texts to literature. In sections II and III, we have included primary sources that will help illustrate the philosophical ideas discussed in the selected readings. In these sections we have specified how the different readings fit together. When necessary, we have provided a bit of context in the introductory comments guiding the session.


Contents

    INTRODUCTION

    Week 1. The History of the Maya and the Aztec Civilizations

    Both of these two books are introductory to the broader historical context of Maya and Aztec civilizations. The selected chapters present some of the basic historical, geographical, and demographics facts/claims about the Maya and the Aztecs. These texts also introduce some relevant information about the language, writing systems, and foundational myths of both the Maya and the Aztecs. The purpose of this session is to discuss these topics to gain acquaintance with some of the peculiarities and problems of ancient Mesoamerican thought.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Restall, Matthew, Solari, Amari. The Maya: A Very Short Introduction
    2020, Oxford University Press.
    Chapters 1 and 2
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Maya: A Very Short Introduction examines the history and evolution of Maya civilization, explaining Maya polities or city-states, artistic expression, and ways of understanding the universe. Study of the Maya has tended to focus on the 2,000 years of history prior to contact with Europeans, and romantic ideas of discovery and disappearance have shaped popular myths about the Maya. However, they neither disappeared at the close of the Classic era nor were completely conquered by Europeans. Independent Maya kingdoms continued until the seventeenth century, and while none exists today, it is still possible to talk about a Maya world and Maya civilization in the twenty-first century.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Carrasco, David. The Aztecs: A Very Short Introduction
    2012, Oxford University Press.
    Chapters 1, 2, and 7.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Aztecs: A Very Short Introduction employs the disciplines of history, religious studies, and anthropology as it illuminates the complexities of Aztec life. This VSI looks beyond Spanish accounts that have coloured much of the Western narrative to let Aztec voices speak. It also discusses the arrival of the Spaniards, contrasts Aztec mythical traditions about the origins of their city with actual urban life in Mesoamerica, outlines the rise of the Aztec empire, explores Aztec religion, and sheds light on Aztec art. The VSI concludes by looking at how the Aztecs have been portrayed in Western thought, art, film, and literature as well as in Latino culture and arts
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Carrasco, David, Jones, Lindsay, Sessions, Scott. Mesoamerica’s Classic Heritage: From Teotihuacan to the Aztecs
    2000, University Press of Colorado.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    For more than a millennium the great Mesoamerican city of Teotihuacn (c. 150 b.c.a.d. 750) has been imagined and reimagined by a host of subsequent cultures including our own. Mesoamerica's Classic Heritage engages the subject of the unity and diversity of pre-Hispanic Mesoamerica by focusing on the classic heritage of this ancient city. This new volume is the product of several years of research by members of Princeton University's Moses Mesoamerican Archive and Research Project and Mexico's Proyecto Teotihuacn. Offering a variety of disciplinary perspectives--including the history of religions, anthropology, archaeology, and art history - and a wealth of new data, Mesoamerica's Classic Heritage examines Teotihuacn's rippling influence across Mesoamerican time and space, including important patterns of continuity and change, and its relationships, both historical and symbolic, with Tenochtitlan, Cholula, and various Mayan communities.

    Study Questions

    1. Can you think of a particular theory within the Western philosophical canon whose relevance can be only properly understood if we take into account the historical context in which it was developed? (e.g., Hobbes’ account of political authority and the English Civil War).
    2. If there never was a Mayan empire or any particular society that called itself “the Mayas”, what do we mean when we speak about the “Maya civilization”?
    3. Which are the main sources of Mayan mythology? Regarding content and format, how do these compare to canonical sources of Greek mythology (Hesiod’s Theogony, or Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey)?
    4. What is the place of Teotihuacan in the Aztec world view?
    5. If the defeat of the Aztec empire was only possible with the collaboration of both native peoples and Spaniards, in what way can we conceive the victory of the latter as a colonialist conquest?
    Week 2. Introduction to Nahua thought
    On DRL Full text
    Maffie, James. Philosophy without Europe
    2019, In Latin American and Latinx Philosophy, Robert Eli Sánchez (ed.). Routledge.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Latin American and Latinx Philosophy: A Collaborative Introduction is a beginner’s guide to canonical texts in Latin American and Latinx philosophy, providing the non-specialist with necessary historical and philosophical context, and demonstrating their contemporary relevance. It is written in jargon-free prose for students and professors who are interested in the subject, but who don’t know where to begin. Each of the twelve chapters, written by a leading scholar in the field, examines influential texts that are readily available in English and introduces the reader to a period, topic, movement, or school that taken together provide a broad overview of the history, nature, scope, and value of Latin American and Latinx philosophy. Although this volume is primarily intended for the reader without a background in the Latin American and Latinx tradition, specialists will also benefit from its many novelties, including an introduction to Aztec ethics; a critique of “the Latino threat” narrative; the legacy of Latin American philosophy in the Chicano movement; an overview of Mexican existentialism, Liberation philosophy, and Latin American and Latinx feminisms; a philosophical critique of indigenism; a study of Latinx contributions to the philosophy of immigration; and an examination of the intersection of race and gender in Latinx identity.

    Comment: In this chapter, Maffie compares the general framework of Western philosophy and that of Mexica or Aztec philosophy. The latter offers a genuine alternative to the former, for Mexica’s philosophy, in general, is “path-seeking” rather than “truth-seeking”. This means that the main purpose of philosophy consists in following and expanding a particular way of life. The author also introduces some important features of Mexica philosophy, namely, that there is no clear-cut distinction between philosophy, religion, and spirituality. Furthermore, in this chapter we can also find a brief account of some interesting philosophical views. Firstly, the relationship between living beings and Mexica Deities (i.e., Creator Beings). The latter are not transcendent, and they have no ontological priority over the former insofar as the existence of both are deeply intertwined. Secondly, the author discusses the moral obligations of human beings towards Creator Beings, non-human animals, and other human beings. Finally, it discusses the Mexica notion of “personhood” (i.e., admits degrees and can belong to inanimate objects, and both human and non-human animals).

    On DRL Full text Read free
    León-Portilla, Miguel. Aztec Thought and Culture: A Study of the Ancient Nahuatl Mind
    1963, University of Oklahoma Press.
    Chapter 1: 'The Birth of Philosophy among the Nahuas' pp. 3-24, and Appendices I-II pp. 184-221.

    Further Reading

    Expand entry

    Publisher's note: For at least two millennia before the advent of the Spaniards in 1519, there was a flourishing civilization in central Mexico. During that long span of time a cultural evolution took place which saw a high development of the arts and literature, the formulation of complex religious doctrines, systems of education, and diverse political and social organization.The rich documentation concerning these people, commonly called Aztecs, includes, in addition to a few codices written before the Conquest, thousands of folios in the Nahuatl or Aztec language written by natives after the Conquest. Adapting the Latin alphabet, which they had been taught by the missionary friars, to their native tongue, they recorded poems, chronicles, and traditions.

    The fundamental concepts of ancient Mexico presented and examined in this book have been taken from more than ninety original Aztec documents. They concern the origin of the universe and of life, conjectures on the mystery of God, the possibility of comprehending things beyond the realm of experience, life after death, and the meaning of education, history, and art. The philosophy of the Nahuatl wise men, which probably stemmed from the ancient doctrines and traditions of the Teotihuacans and Toltecs, quite often reveals profound intuition and in some instances is remarkably “modern.”

    This English edition is not a direct translation of the original Spanish, but an adaptation and rewriting of the text for the English-speaking reader.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the difference between “truth-seeking” philosophy and “path-seeking” philosophy?
    2. If not truth, what is the foundation of Mexica’s “path-seeking” philosophy?
    3. Which are the main responsibilities of the Mexica philosopher?
    4. What is the relationship between human beings and deities (i.e., Creator Beings) in Mexica philosophy/religion?
    5. In which sense are Mexica ethics non-anthropocentric?
    6. Can you describe the Mexica notion of “personhood”?
    Week 3. Introduction to Mayan Thought
    On DRL Full text Read free
    McLeod, Alexus. Philosophy of the Ancient Maya: Lords of Time
    2018, Lexington Books.
    Preface pp. vii-x, and Conclusion pp. 161-174.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    This book investigates some of the central topics of metaphysics in the philosophical thought of the Maya people of Mesoamerica, particularly from the Preclassic through Postclassic periods. This book covers the topics of time, change, identity, and truth, through comparative investigation integrating Maya texts and practices — such as Classic Period stelae, Postclassic Codices, and Colonial-era texts such as the î and the books of Chilam Balam — and early Chinese philosophy.

    Comment: In the preface and conclusion, McLeod introduces some relevant methodological aspects that must be considered in order to understand Mayan philosophy. The first one, is that of the nature of the sources from which we can reconstruct Mayan philosophical thought that are available to use. Unlike the source of Ancient Mexica intellectual culture which are relatively abundant, the availability of Mayan sources is more limited. The second one, is about the nature of Mayan language: written Maya consists of pictograms which represent both ideograms or glyphs and syllabic sounds. The author also discusses the fact that some forms of Mayan languages and Mayan peoples are alive. Finally, this section of McLeod’s book also discusses the philosophical concepts of truth and personhood.

    Study Questions

    1. Why is it the case that Ancient Mayan Philosophy is not part of Latin American Philosophy?
    2. Can you mention some of the challenges faced by scholars trying to reconstruct the history of Mayan Thought?
    3. Why does the author use some concepts of Chinese philosophy to understand similar Mayan philosophical concepts?
    4. Explain the Aztec concept of “truth” and how it compares to its Mayan counterpart.
    5. How does the fact that both Mayan people and languages are still around affect the reconstruction of Mayan classical philosophy?
    NAHUA PHILOSOPHY

    Week 4. The Nahua conception of human beings

    How did Nahuatl thought conceive the nature of human beings? León-Portilla’s chapter will serve as an introduction to this question. This chapter introduces key concepts in the Nahua conception of human beings. Firstly, it introduces the idea that human beings are created out of necessity by the gods, and the idea that they find themselves in a precarious situation. It also introduces the concepts of heart (yóllotl) and face (ix-tli) as the key concepts to understand human being’s dynamic nature. While the face can be understood as that which makes each person an individual and that which needs to be developed (we can assimilate it to a notion of the self), the heart is taken to be the dynamic center of human being’s psychological life. The chapter also focuses on the destiny of human beings on earth and in the afterlife, as well as to the notion of free will that is at play. In parallel to León-Portilla’s text and as the primary sources for this week are two Nahua Cantares or “ghost songs” that talk about the precarious nature of human beings on earth. These cantares exemplify some of the ideas discussed by León-Portilla. As further reading, the sections “Psychological well-being or in ixtli – in yollotl”, “Teachers of knowledge and face”, “Illness and the community”, and “Aztec healers or psychotherapists” provide a clear and helpful discussion on these concepts and, more generally, on Nahua psychology.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Unknown. Cantares Mexicanos: Songs of the Aztecs.
    1985, John Bierhorst (trans.). Stanford University Press.
    folio 2v: 'A song of green places, an Otomi song, a plain one' p.137, and folios 10v and 11 pp. 161-167.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Adapted from prologue. “Since its rediscovery in the mid-nineteenth century the codex Cantares Mexicanos has come to be recognized as the chief source of Aztec poetry and one of the monuments of American Indian literature (…) Over the years a tradition has gradually been established that views the Cantares as a poet’s miscellany, studded with lyrics composed by famous kings (…) [Bierhorst’s edition] breaks with this tradition (…) The findings [of the present study] in brief are these: The ninety-one songs in the Cantares, without exception, belong to a single genre, which flourishes during the third quarter of the sixteenth century. Netotiliztli (or dance associated with worldly entertainment) is the native name that appears to have been applied to the genre in its entirety. But for lack of certainty on this point, and for the sake of convenience, I have chosen to designate it by the term “ghost songs.” (…) the Aztec ghost song may be described as a musical performance in which warrior-singers summon the ghosts of ancestors in order to swell their ranks and overwhelm their enemies. (…) The Cantares itself (…) is limited to songs belonging to the city-state of Mexico, or to Mexico and its close ally, Azcapotzalco (…) Although it is possible that a few of the songs in the Cantares manuscripts were composed before the Conquest, by far the greater number belong to the post-Conquest period.”

    Comment: These cantares exemplify some of the ideas discussed by León-Portilla in Aztec Thought and Culture

    On DRL Full text
    León-Portilla, Miguel. Aztec Thought and Culture: A Study of the Ancient Nahuatl Mind
    1963, University of Oklahoma Press.
    Chapter 4: 'The Approach to Man in Nahuatl Thought', pp. 104-132
    Expand entry

    Publisher's note: For at least two millennia before the advent of the Spaniards in 1519, there was a flourishing civilization in central Mexico. During that long span of time a cultural evolution took place which saw a high development of the arts and literature, the formulation of complex religious doctrines, systems of education, and diverse political and social organization. The rich documentation concerning these people, commonly called Aztecs, includes, in addition to a few codices written before the Conquest, thousands of folios in the Nahuatl or Aztec language written by natives after the Conquest. Adapting the Latin alphabet, which they had been taught by the missionary friars, to their native tongue, they recorded poems, chronicles, and traditions.

    The fundamental concepts of ancient Mexico presented and examined in this book have been taken from more than ninety original Aztec documents. They concern the origin of the universe and of life, conjectures on the mystery of God, the possibility of comprehending things beyond the realm of experience, life after death, and the meaning of education, history, and art. The philosophy of the Nahuatl wise men, which probably stemmed from the ancient doctrines and traditions of the Teotihuacans and Toltecs, quite often reveals profound intuition and in some instances is remarkably “modern.”

    This English edition is not a direct translation of the original Spanish, but an adaptation and rewriting of the text for the English-speaking reader.

    Comment: This chapter introduces key concepts in the Nahua conception of human beings. Firstly, it introduces the idea that human beings are created out of necessity by the gods, and the idea that they find themselves in a precarious situation. It also introduces the concepts of heart (yóllotl) and face (ix-tli) as the key concepts to understand human being’s dynamic nature. While the face can be understood as that which makes each person an individual and that which needs to be developed (we can assimilate it to a notion of the self), the heart is taken to be the dynamic center of human being’s psychological life. The chapter also focuses on the destiny of human beings on earth and in the afterlife, as well as to the notion of free will that is at play.

    On DRL Full text
    Padilla, Amado, Salgado De Snyder, V. Nelly. Psychology in Pre-Columbian Mexico
    1988, Hispanic Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 10 (1): 55-66.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Aztec psychological thought is described in this paper. The Pre-Columbian world of the Aztecs was characterized by Spanish chroniclers as being as sophisticated in the sciences and medicine as anything found in Europe at the time of the conquest of Mexico. This knowledge included a belief structure about the development of personality and the way in which Aztec society socialized the person. Concepts of psychological equilibrium and well-being are also found within Aztec medicine. Psychological dysfunctions were identified by Aztec healers and "talking" therapies not unlike today's psychotherapeutic techniques could be found.

    Comment: The sections “Psychological well-being or in ixtli – in yollotl”, “Teachers of knowledge and face”, “Illness and the community”, and “Aztec healers or psychotherapists” provide a clear and helpful discussion on the concepts of destiny, free will, precarious nature of human beings on earth, and, more generally, on Nahua psychology.

    Study Questions

    1. In what sense are human beings in a precarious situation on earth?
      León-Portilla introduces the narration of Quetzalcóatl’s trip to Mictlan (the underworld) that relates to the origin of human beings, what is the moral of this narration regarding the human nature?
    2. What is the Nahuatl understanding of “face” (ix-tli) and its development?
    3. What is the Nahuatl understanding of “heart” (yollotl) and what could it mean to say that it is dynamic?
    4. How did Nahuatl thought made compatible the idea that human beings have a certain predetermined fate and destiny with the idea that they can have some control over it?
    5. What is the tlamatimine or sage’s role in the development of human beings and in their understanding of the true of human being’s origin and nature?
    6. How is the idea that the value of life on earth is limited expressed in the Cantares “Beginning of the songs” and “A song of green places…”?
    7. Read the cantar “Flower song” and think: what is the heart’s desire and why cannot it be found on earth?
    Week 5. Body and vital forces

    Alfredo López Austin discusses the Aztec view of the body and the soul. According to him, the body was thought to be composed of two types of substances distinguished in virtue of their material features. Further, there was a substance that can be associated with the modern concept of souls. López Austin proposes that ancient Nahuas thought of human psychological life as having a tripartite structure, distinguishing between three animistic entities: tonalli, teyolia, and ihíyotl. Tonalli is associated with warmth and the radiation of heat, and seen as a force that animates an individual. Although it is mainly located in the head, it is also distributed across the entire body. Teyolía, in turn, is the animistic entity or force that is thought to abandon the body after death. There is a strong associated between teyolia and winged creatures, particularly birds, into which the human soul turned to travel to the afterlife world. This force is associated with the heart to which cognitive, affective, and volitive functions are attributed. Finally, ihiyotl is a force or gas thought to be located in the liver, but can also be introduced into the individual or occasionally emanate from them. This force is associated with some negative emotions and attitudes (e.g. greed and anger). As in other respects, Nahuatl medicine emphasized the relevance of keeping this force and its emanations in balance. The proposed passage of the Florentine Codex As further illustrates the association between passing away and transforming into a bird. The further passages from the Florentine Codex are related to pure life and the knowledge of an individual. These passages are typically seen as sources which illuminate the Nahuatl concept of the heart. As further reading, we suggest the paper by Olko & Madaczak, in which they critically discuss López Austin’s proposal. They suggest that we should consider tonalli as the animistic entity that was most likely to be present in pre-Hispanic thought.

    On DRL Full text
    de Sahagún, Bernardino. Florentine Codex: General History of the Things of New Spain
    2012, Arthur J. O. Anderson and Charles E. Dibble (eds. and trans.). University of Utah Press.
    Book 3 p. 49; Book 3, pp. 25 and 114-115
    Expand entry

    Publisher’s note: “Two of the world’s leading scholars of the Aztec language and culture have translated Sahagún’s monumental and encyclopedic study of native life in Mexico at the time of the Spanish Conquest. This immense undertaking is the first complete translation into any language of Sahagún’s Nahuatl text, and represents one of the most distinguished contributions in the fields of anthropology, ethnography, and linguistics.

    Written between 1540 and 1585, the Florentine Codex (so named because the manuscript has been part of the Laurentian Library’s collections since at least 1791) is the most authoritative statement we have of the Aztecs’ lifeways and traditions—a rich and intimate yet panoramic view of a doomed people.

    The Florentine Codex is divided by subject area into twelve books and includes over 2,000 illustrations drawn by Nahua artists in the sixteenth century.”

    Comment: Recommended passages which address passing away and a person’s transformation into birds, as well as pure life and the knowledge of an individual: Book 3 p. 49; Book 3, pp. 25 and 114-115. These passages are typically seen as sources to illuminate the Nahuatl concept of the heart.

    On DRL Full text
    López-Austin, Alfredo. The Human Body in the Mexica Worldview
    2017, In The Oxford Handbook of the Aztecs, Deborah L. Nichols and Enrique Rodríguez-Alegría (eds.). Oxford University Press.
    pp. 399 – 409
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    For the ancient Mexicas, the composition of the human body was similar to that of the cosmos, with both being composed of dense and light substances. The light substance of the human body was divine in nature and formed the different souls of each human being. Some souls were indispensable for human existence while others were unnecessary and often harmful. The dense part of the human body functioned through its union with the souls. Like the different souls, the dense parts of the human body also had specific functions dedicated to different activities. For example, human thought derived primarily from the heart. Souls could be damaged, which could cause them to malfunction and lead to illness and possibly death in the human being. As the souls were divine, each was a conscious being with its own personality; thus there could be disagreements between them. Disharmony could also lead to illness.

    Comment: Because of the difficulty of López-Austin’s text, it is proposed to focus only on some sections. Specifically, from chapter 5 focus on the section that introduces the location of animistic states and processes, the section on the linguistic group yol, yollo, the linguistic group tonal, the linguistic group cua, and the linguistic group ihío. Finally, read the section on the animistic centers. Individual members of the reading group can also choose to focus each on one of the animistic entity presented in chapter 6. For illustration of the concepts discussed, consider also reading Bernardino de Sahagún's Florentine Codex.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Olko, Justyna, Madajczak, Julia. An Animating Principle in Confrontation with Christianity? De(re)constructing the Nahua ‘Soul’
    2019, Ancient Mesoamerica, 30: 75-88.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    -Yolia is one of the principal indigenous terms present in Christian Nahua terminology in the first decades of European contact. It is employed for “soul” or “spirit” and often forms a doublet with ánima in Nahuatl texts of an ecclesiastical, devotional, or secular nature. the term -Yolia/teyolia has also lived a rich and fascinating life in scholarly literature. Its etymology (“the means for one’s living”) is strikingly similar to that of the Spanish word “ánima”, or “soul.” Taking into account the possibility that attestations of the seemingly pre-Hispanic -Yolia can be identified in some of the written sources, we have reviewed historical, linguistic, and anthropological evidence concerning this term in order to revisit the Nahua concept of the “soul.” we also scrutinize the very origin of -Yolia in academic discourse. this analysis, based on broader historical and linguistic evidence referring to both pre-Conquest beliefs and Christianization in sixteenth-century central Mexico, is the point of departure for proposing and substantiating an alternative hypothesis about the origin of -yolia. Our precise focus has been to trace and pinpoint a pervasive Christian influence, manifest both in indigenous Colonial texts and conceptual frameworks of modern scholars interpreting them. we conclude that -Yolia is a neologism created in the early Colonial period.

    Comment: Offers a critical discussion of López Austin’s 'The Human Body in the Mexica Worldview'. They propose to consider tonalli as the animistic entity that was most likely to be present in pre-Hispanic thought.

    Study Questions

    1. What are the substances that compose the body?
    2. How does López Austin divide the different types of souls?
    3. What is the relation between the body and the substances related to the soul? In what sense are they dynamic?
    4. How does the question about the origin of human beings and that about the origin of tonalli relate to each other?
    5. What are the main features and functions of teyolía? What its function? In what sense is teyolía collective? Considering López Austin’s characterization of death, what’s the relation between teyolía and its human host?
    6. What are the features of tonalli? How do you make sense of the idea that one must care for their tonalli?
    7. What are the features and functions of ihíyotl?
    8. Why are the passages related to death and the transformation of a person into a bird taken in relation to the nature of the heart?
    9. To which organs does the passage in page 25 of book 6 of the Florentine Codex associate the knowledge of the individual?
    10. How is the pure life characterized in page 114 of book 6 of the Florentine Codex?
    1. What are the substances that compose the body?
    2. How does López Austin divide the different types of souls?
    3. What is the relation between the body and the substances related to the soul? In what sense are they dynamic?
    4. How does the question about the origin of human beings and that about the origin of tonalli relate to each other?
    5. What are the main features and functions of teyolía? What its function? In what sense is teyolía collective? Considering López Austin’s characterization of death, what’s the relation between teyolía and its human host?
    6. What are the features of tonalli? How do you make sense of the idea that one must care for their tonalli?
    7. What are the features and functions of ihíyotl?
    8. Why are the passages related to death and the transformation of a person into a bird taken in relation to the nature of the heart?
    9. To which organs does the passage in page 25 of book 6 of the Florentine Codex associate the knowledge of the individual?
    10. How is the pure life characterized in page 114 of book 6 of the Florentine Codex?
    Week 6. Perception and the senses

    What is the Nahua conception of perception? And how does this relate to pictorial expression? This is the theme that guides these readings. The proposed reading is the paper “Sensorial Experiences in Mesoamerica” by Sarah E. Newman. In this paper, Newman begins by discussing the methodological challenges of understanding the experiences of ancient cultures. One of the ideas she emphasizes from precious scholarship is the claim that perception is not seen as passive and was taken to be the centre of consciousness. Newman goes through each of the five senses, noting the relevance of multi-modality for Nahua understanding of perceptual experience.

    To link this theme to that of understanding and communication, a paper on the senses in Mesoamerican cultures has been proposed as further reading. One of the guiding ideas of the paper by Houston & Taube (2000) is that the Mesoamerican conception of perception is synesthetic insofar as their material culture aimed at evoking multi-modal experiences. According to the authors, writing was meant to be accompanied by oral expression.

    To explore this idea, it is suggested to read some sections of the paper “Aztec Pictorial Narratives” by Isabel Laack which analyses the embodied metaphors found in the pictorial manuscript Mapa de Cuauhtinchan no. 2 (the map of Cuauhtinchan number 2) based on the theory of embodied cognition proposed by Lakoff and Johnson. According to the latter, our concepts are grounded on embodied metaphors. Laack’s proposal is that Aztec pictographic manuscript exploits these kinds of concepts to enable the communication of non-propositional meaning.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Unknown. The Mapa de Cuauhtinchan No. 2
    1300 1500 1599, Resource available at: http://mesoamerica.info/mapa-de-cuautinchan-II.
    Expand entry

    Summary: The Mapa de Cuauhtinchan II is a historical-cartographical document from the early colonial period from the state of Puebla, which is likely a copy of an older document from the early post-classic period. This document was declared a historical monument on June 24th, 1963, by the Mexican National Institute of Anthropology and History. The number 2 was assigned to distinguish it from other maps [found in Cuauhtinchan]. To this day, there are four maps registered in this town that pertained to the sixteenth century. Together they constitute a set of sources intimately related in virtue of its pictographic style, as well as of its historic and cartographic content. The Mapa de Cuauhtinchan II is considered one among the historical-cartographical documents that served to state arguments and justifications in defense of political and territorial rights of the ethnic groups who authored them. Along with the oral tradition, they conform Mesoamerican historiography. The historical information they provide refers to the Chichimeca groups of people that left Chicomoztoc in the twelfth century as a response to the calling of the Tolteca-Chichimeca people to conquer the allies of the Olmeca Xicallanca people in Cholula, Puebla.

    Translated from Mesoamerican Research Foundation (n.d.), Mapa de Cuauhtínchan II, available at http://mesoamerica.info/mapa-de-cuautinchan-II.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Newman, Sarah E.. Sensorial experiences in Mesoamerica: Existing Scholarship and Possibilities
    2019, In The Routledge Handbook of Sensory Archaeology, Robin Skeates and Jo Day (eds.). Routledge.
    pp. 481 – 499
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The cultural construction of experience and perception has been a topic of interest among scholars working in Mesoamerica for decades. Archaeological remains, art, ancient and historic textual sources, and ethnographic observations complement and inform one another in those investigations, many of which stress the particular conceptions of bodies, sensorial hierarchies, and lived experiences across the culturally and linguistically connected region extending geographically from northern Mexico to Costa Rica. This chapter provides an overview of sensorial studies in Mesoamerica that highlights the rich and diverse evidence available. It emphasizes a diachronic, comparative approach, common in Mesoamericanist archaeology, which forces scholars to go beyond the identification of specific stimuli on discrete senses and enables them to study contexts of heightened synaesthetic experience, as well as those contexts’ affective and symbolic meanings. Finally, I suggest possibilities for considering an archaeology of the senses that extends beyond the limits of a singular human body in order to more fully embrace the conceptual nature of ancient Mesoamerican experience.

    Comment: Newman begins by discussing the methodological challenges of understanding the experiences of ancient cultures. One of the ideas she emphasizes from precious scholarship is the claim that perception is not seen as passive and was taken to be the centre of consciousness. Newman goes through each of the five senses, noting the relevance of multi-modality for Nahua understanding of perceptual experience. It is useful to read it accompanied by Isabel, Laack. Aztec Pictorial Narratives, and using the Mapa de Cuauhtinchan No. 2 as a reference.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Isabel, Laack. Aztec Pictorial Narratives: Visual Strategies to Activate Embodied Meaning and the Transformation of Identity in the Mapa de Cuauhtinchan No. 2
    2020 2020, In Narrative Cultures and the Aesthetics of Religion, Dirk Johannsen, Anja Kirsch andJens Kreinath (eds.). Brill.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    In this chapter, Laack analyzes a migration account visually depicted in the Mexican early colonial pictorial manuscript known as the Mapa de Cuauhtinchan No. 2. This pictographic map tells the story of a group of Aztecs leaving their primordial home, changing their social, cultural, and religious identity through migration and the passing of ordeals, and finally settling in the town of Cuauhtinchan. It is painted in the style of Aztec pictography, which used visual imagery to convey thoughts and meanings in contrast to alphabetical scripts using abstract signs for linguistic sounds. Drawing on the theories of embodied metaphors and embodied meaning by philosopher Mark L. Johnson and cognitive linguist George P. Lakoff, I argue that Aztec pictography offers efficient and effective means to communicate embodied metaphors on a visual level and evokes complex layers of embodied meaning. In doing so, I intend to change perspective on the narrative powers of religious stories by transcending textual patterns of analysis and theory building and opening up to non-linguistic modes of experience and their influence on narrative structures and strategies.

    Comment: This paper analyses the embodied metaphors found in the pictorial manuscript Mapa de Cuauhtinchan no. 2 (the map of Cuauhtinchan number 2) based on the theory of embodied cognition proposed by Lakoff and Johnson. According to the latter, our concepts are grounded on embodied metaphors. Laack’s proposal is that Aztec pictographic manuscript exploits these kinds of concepts to enable the communication of non-propositional meaning. It is useful to read it accompanied by Newman, Sarah E.. Sensorial experiences in Mesoamerica

    On DRL Full text
    Houston, Stephen, Taube, Karl. An Archaeology of the Senses: Perception and Cultural Expression in Ancient Mesoamerica
    2000, Cambridge Archeological Journal, 10 (2): 261 – 294.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The ancient Maya and other Mesoamerican peoples showed an intense interest in invoking the senses, especially hearing, sight, and smell. The senses were flagged by graphic devices of synaesthetic or cross-sensory intent; writing and speech scrolls triggered sound, sightlines the acts and consequences of seeing, and flowery ornament indicated both scent and soul essence. As conceived anciently, the senses were projective and procreative, involving the notion of unity and shared essence in material and incorporeal realms. Among the Maya, spaces could be injected with moral and hierarchical valuation through visual fields known as y-ichnal. The inner mind extended to encompass outer worlds, in strong parallel to concepts of monism. From such evidence arises the possibility of reconstructing the phenomenology of ancient Mesoamericans.

    Study Questions

    1. What are the methodological challenges faced by sensorial studies? In what sense is sight active? How does the Nahua view of sight compare to that of Classical antiquity?
    2. How would you articulate the features that make sound relevant? What are the features of smell? What is the connection between the sense or smell and synesthetic experiences?
    3. What does Newman mean by ‘sensorial assemblages’? Why is it methodologically relevant for sensorial studies?
    4. Why is it relevant to consider that Mesoamerican cultures do not conceive of personhood as bounded to an individual body to study perception?
    5. What is the relation, in Aztec culture, between orality and literacy? Based on this, what is the role of Aztec pictographic writing system? How is the discourse of the Mapa mostly expressed?
    6. How does the Mapa achieve communicating non-propositional meaning?
    7. In light of López-Austin’s view of Nahuatl perception and the Houston & Taube’s idea that communication is multi-modal, how would you articulate the expressive potential of Nahuatl pictographic communication?
    MAYAN PHILOSOPHY

    Week 7. The Mayan conception of the soul

    What is the Mayan conception of human beings, their vital force, and their place in the universe? To address these topics, this session includes the reading of a section of the Popol Vuh, that tells the story of the Quiché people, a Mayan group in Guatemala, starting off from the creation. This story was kept through oral narration and was recorded in writing in the sixteenth century. The sections recommended for review focus on the creation of human beings, the several attempts at creating humans, how they were finally created perfect and how they were later changed so as not to be as gods. To accompany the reading of the Popol Vuh, a section of chapter 2 of the book Maya Cosmos has also been recommended. Here, Freidel, Schele & Parker (1995) contextualize the creation of human beings in the wider context of the Quiché creation myth.

    To further into the question about the Mayan conception of human beings, we have also recommended the first part of chapter 4 of Maya Cosmos. Here, the authors introduce the reader to the Mayan notion of k’ul (ch’ul), essence or vital force. As the authors note, k’ul is used to denote a sacred aspect of human that is not identical with their bodies but is inserted into them. According to some conceptions, however, this vital force, however, is not unique to human beings but has some kind of universality. The authors also discuss the notion of chanul (also kanul) which is a supernatural guardian that accompanies a person and shares with them their vital force. As a third concept of soul, the authors discuss the notion of the ‘white flower’ and the idea that the soul is created and abandons the body in the moment of death. Finally, to discuss the materiality of the soul, the authors introduce the K’awil, a god that “symbolizes the embodiment of spiritual force in material objects”. It is also suggested to take a look at the suggested pages of Houston’s The Life Within to see some pictorial representations of k’uh.

    As further reading, the section ‘Terms of embodiment’ of the introduction to Embodied Lives by Meskell & Joyce has been suggested. In this section, the authors discuss the materiality of the Mayan conception of human beings.

    On DRL Full text
    Unknown. Popol Vuh: The Mayan Book of the Dawn of Life
    1996, Dennis Tedlock (trans.). Simon & Schuster.
    Part 1 pp. 73 – 74, and Part 4 pp. 145 - 151
    Expand entry

    Adapted from the preface: The Popol Vuh tells the story of the emergence of light in the darkness, from primordial glimmers to brilliant dawns, and from rain¬ storms as black as night to days so clear the very ends of the earth can be seen. A revised edition of this translation of the Popol Vuh has become necessary because the world of Mayan studies is itself a constantly brightening one. Advances in the understanding of Mayan languages, literature, art, history, politics, and astronomy have required changes in the introduction, notes, commentaries, glossary, and illustrations. There are also changes in the translation itself, some of them subtle refinements and others that readers of the previous edition may find surprising. And finally, an index has been added.”

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Houston, Stephen. The Life Within: Classic Maya and the Matter of Permanence
    2014, Yale University Press.
    pp. 81-84
    Expand entry

    Publisher’s note: For the Classic Maya, who flourished in and around the Yucatan peninsula in the first millennium AD, artistic materials were endowed with an internal life. Far from being inert substances, jade, flint, obsidian, and wood held a vital essence, agency, and even personality. To work with these materials was to coax their life into full expression and to engage in witty play. Writing, too, could shift from hieroglyphic signs into vibrant glyphs that sprouted torsos, hands, and feet. Appearing to sing, grapple, and feed, they effectively blurred the distinction between text and image.In this first full study of the nature of Maya materials and animism, renowned Mayanist scholar Stephen Houston provides startling insights into a Pre-Columbian worldview that dramatically contrasts with western perspectives. Illustrated with more than one hundred photographs, images, and drawings, this beautifully written book reveals the Maya quest for transcendence in the face of inevitable death and decay.”

    On DRL Full text
    Freidel, David, Schele, Linda, Parker, Joy. Maya Cosmos: Three Thousand Years on the Shaman’s Path
    1995, William Morrow.
    Chapter 2 (section ‘Creation in the Popol Vuh’) and Chapter 4, pp. 107-112 and 173-207
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The ancient Maya, through their shamans, kings, warriors, and scribes, created a legacy of power and enduring beauty. The landmark publication of A Forest of Kings presented the first accessible, dramatic history of this great civilization, written by experts in the translation of glyphs. Now, in Maya Cosmos, Freidel, Schele, and Parker examine Maya mythology and religion, unraveling the question of how these extraordinary people, five million strong, have managed to preserve their most sacred beliefs into modern times. In Maya Cosmos, the authors draw upon translations of sacred texts and histories spanning thousands of years to tell us a story of the Maya, not in our words but in theirs.

    Comment: The book contextualises the Mayan Popol Vuh. Chapter 2 contextualizes the creation of human beings in the wider context of the Quiché creation myth. Chapter 4 introduces the Mayan notions of k’ul (ch’ul), essence or vital force, used to denote a sacred aspect of human that is not identical with their bodies but is inserted into them; chanul (also kanul) which is a supernatural guardian that accompanies a person and shares with them their vital force; and the ‘white flower’ and the idea that the soul is created and abandons the body in the moment of death.

    On DRL Full text
    Meskell, Lynn M., Joyce, Resemary A.. Embodied Lives: Figuring Ancient Maya and Egyptian Experience
    2003, Routledge.
    pp. 23-29

    Further reading

    Expand entry

    Publisher’s note: Examining a wide range of archaeological data, and using it to explore issues such as the sexual body, mind/body dualism, body modification, and magical practices, Lynn Meskell and Rosemary Joyce offer a new approach to the Ancient Egyptian and Mayan understanding of embodiment. Drawing on insights from feminist theory, art history, phenomenology, anthropology and psychoanalysis, the book takes bodily materiality as a crucial starting point to the understanding and formation of self in any society, and sheds new light on Ancient Egyptian and Maya cultures.

    The book shows how a comparative project can open up new lines of inquiry by raising questions about accepted assumptions as the authors draw attention to the long-term histories and specificities of embodiment, and make the case for the importance of ancient materials for contemporary theorization of the body. For students new to the subject, and scholars already familiar with it, this will offer fresh and exciting insights into these ancient cultures.

    Comment: pp. 23-29 offer a useful discussion of the materiality of the Mayan conception of human beings.

    Study Questions

    1. Think of the different ways in which human creation failed, what was missing at each attempt?
    2. What were the features of human beings when they were finally successfully made? What capacities did they have?
    3. How were human beings changed and why?
    4. What was the aim of the gods in creating humanity?
    5. In what sense can it be said that objects have a sacred quality? And what role can they fulfil in the relation between human and gods?
    6. What are the features of each of the notions of the soul discussed by Freidel, Schele & Parker?
    7. Who is K’awil and in what other ways is the term k’awil (or similar) used?
    8. What is the relation between k’awil and the vital force? How does this relate to sacrifices?
    9. How would you articulate the Mayan view of the relation between the soul, understood as a vital force, and the body?
    Week 8. Personhood

    McLeod begins by asking whether, for ancient Mayans, the name of rulers or gods is a case of proper names or of function names, i.e. a description of a role. He is interested in a Mayan view discussed in previous chapters according to which the attributes of e.g. an exemplary ruler are attached to the role they fulfilled. For McLeod, the Mayan view is partly supported by their metaphysical views on the self. As preamble to his discussion of the Mayan notion of personhood, McLeod provides some comparison between the Mayan view of the self to that of other traditions. He refers, too, to the sacrality of objects discussed in the previous session. McLeod, then, moves on to discuss the ideas that Mayan personhood can be collective and that someone’s essence can extend to material artifacts. The text also includes a discussion of the Mayan notion of substitution (k’ex), the act in which someone took the essence of a god.

    In light of McLeod’s remarks on the relevance of performance for Mayan understanding of personhood and substitution, it is worth considering here that the Popol Vuh was orally transmitted. It is also worth reading the prayer recommended by Andrés Xiloj Peruch to Dennis Tedlock when he was working on the translation of the Popol Vuh.

    As further reading, it is also suggested to review the short paper by Evon Vogt where he discusses the concept of souls of the Mayan people from Zinacanteco, a municipality in Chiapas, Mexico. It might also be interesting to compare McLeod’s view with Gillespie’s.

    On DRL Full text
    McLeod, Alexus. Philosophy of the Ancient Maya: Lords of Time
    2018, Lexington Books.
    pp. 131-160
    Expand entry

    Publisher’s note: This book investigates some of the central topics of metaphysics in the philosophical thought of the Maya people of Mesoamerica, particularly from the Preclassic through Postclassic periods. This book covers the topics of time, change, identity, and truth, through comparative investigation integrating Maya texts and practices — such as Classic Period stelae, Postclassic Codices, and Colonial-era texts such as the Popol Vuh and the books of Chilam Balam — and early Chinese philosophy.

    Comment: McLeod begins by asking whether, for ancient Mayans, the name of rulers or gods is a case of proper names or of function names, i.e. a description of a role. He is interested in a Mayan view discussed in previous chapters according to which the attributes of e.g. an exemplary ruler are attached to the role they fulfilled. For McLeod, the Mayan view is partly supported by their metaphysical views on the self. As preamble to his discussion of the Mayan notion of personhood, McLeod provides some comparison between the Mayan view of the self to that of other traditions. He refers, too, to the sacrality of objects discussed in the previous session. McLeod, then, moves on to discuss the ideas that Mayan personhood can be collective and that someone’s essence can extend to material artifacts. The text also includes a discussion of the Mayan notion of substitution (k’ex), the act in which someone took the essence of a god.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Unknown. Popol Vuh: The Mayan Book of the Dawn of Life.
    1996 1550 1600 1650 1700 1729, Dennis Tedlock (trans.). Simon & Schuster.
    pp. 18-19
    Expand entry

    Adapted from the preface: The Popol Vuh tells the story of the emergence of light in the darkness, from primordial glimmers to brilliant dawns, and from rainstorms as black as night to days so clear the very ends of the earth can be seen. A revised edition of this translation of the Popol Vuh has become necessary because the world of Mayan studies is itself a constantly brightening one. Advances in the understanding of Mayan languages, literature, art, history, politics, and astronomy have required changes in the introduction, notes, commentaries, glossary, and illustrations. There are also changes in the translation itself, some of them subtle refinements and others that readers of the previous edition may find surprising. And finally, an index has been added.

    On DRL Full text
    Vogt, Evon Z.. Zinacanteco ‘Souls’
    1965, Man, 65: 33 - 35.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    In this paper, Vogt describes the notion of the soul of the people from Zinacateco, Mexico, by drawing on Tzotzil concepts. He specifically focuses on two notions that can be assoacied with the soul, namely ch’ulel and chanul. He briefly discusses the social relevance of these notions.

    On DRL Full text
    Gillespie, Susan D. The Extended Person in Maya Ontology
    2021, Estudios Latinoamericanos, 41: 105 – 127.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    For the Maya reality is a unified whole within which every entity shares in the same fundamental animating principle. This is a relational ontology whereby no phenomenon is self-contained but emerges from relations with others, including humans and non-humans, in various fi elds of action. Th is ontology correlates with a more encompassing “process metaphysic” in which reality is in constant flux, continually “becoming.” The process metaphysic envisioned by philosopher Alfred North Whitehead provides a technical language for analyzing the composition and extension of Maya persons, using the model of personhood developed by anthropologist Marcel Mauss. In life individual Maya persons assembled divergent components endowed by their maternal and paternal ancestors, which were subsequently disassembled upon their deaths. They also assembled non-corporeal components–souls and names–that linked them to existences beyond the physical boundaries and timelines of their bodies. Aspects of personhood were also shared by objects worn or manipulated by humans. Persons were thus extended in space and in time, outliving individual human beings. Maya belief and practice reveals the fundamental process known as k’ex, “replacement” or “substitution,” accounts for much of the flux and duration of the universe as a Maya-specific mode of “becoming.”

    Study Questions

    1. Why would it be unintuitive for the Mayans to accept a view of the self as an entity distinct from its community and that retains its identity over time?
    2. What is the Mayan understanding of an entity that contains another entity? What is the connection between this idea and the relevance of performance, ritual, and repetition in Mayan thought?
    3. In what sense did material artifacts (e.g. stelae and monuments) contained the essence of the person they memorialized?
    4. What is the way of an individual? How is it different from their ch’ul? In what sense is way collective?
    5. How can someone’s essence extend beyond the boundaries of their body?
    6. What is, according to McLeod substitution (k’ex)? How is this exemplified in sacrifices? What does this tell us about individual and collective essences?
    7. What is the relation between the self (baah) and the body?
      How does the Mayan view of the soul compare to that of the Nahuas? In what sense is the notion of baah similar to that of tonalli, and that of ch’ul to that of teyolia?
    Week 9. Mayan experience of time

    What is the Mayan conception of time and of the experience of time? To illustrate the Mayan conception of time as cyclical, it is suggested to read some sections of the introduction the Chilam Balam of Tizimin edited and translated by Munro S. Edmonson. As explained here by Edmonson, the Chilam Balam constitute a set of books that have been shaped over centuries by Yucatecan Maya people. According to Edmonson, the Chilam Balam of Tizimin is the most historical of the books. It contains the history of Yucatan, Mexico, from the seventh to the nineteenth century, covering each katun (k’atun) or period of approx. 20 years. The task of recording each katun and predicting upcoming events fell on the shoulders of priests. As an introduction, Edmonson begins by explaining the Mayan view of history as cyclical and predictable. He also provides a summary of the history told by this book.

    While it has been typically argued that the Mayan view of time is cyclical, the suggested paper by Markus Eberl puts pressure to this view. His aim is to change the focus from the conception of time to the experience of time. To this end, Eberl draws on the phenomenological views of Edmund Husserl and Merleau-Ponty to argue that Mayan perception of time is experienced spatially.

    As further reading, it is suggested to review the sections ‘Time as a construct of human-nature cooperation’ and ‘Calendars and ordering’ in McLeod’s Philosophy of the Ancient Maya. Here, McLeod discusses the sense in which time was, for Ancient Mayans, both a human and a natural phenomenon. He also discusses the idea that the ordering of time has a crucial political component.

    On DRL Full text
    Unknown. The Ancient Future of the Itza: The Book of Chilam Balam of Tizimin
    1982 1600 1650 1700 1750, Munro S. Edmonson (ed. and trans.). University of Texas Press.
    pp. xi – xiii and xvi – xx
    Expand entry

    Publisher’s note: The title of Edmonson's work refers to the Mayan custom of first predicting their history and then living it, and it may be that no other peoples have ever gone so far in this direction. The Book of Chilam Balam was a sacred text prepared by generations of Mayan priests to record the past and to predict the future. The official prophet of each twenty-year rule was the Chilam Balam, or Spokesman of the Jaguar—the Jaguar being the supreme authority charged with converting the prophet's words into fact.

    This is a literal but poetic translation of one of fourteen known manuscripts in Yucatecan Maya on ritual and history. It pictures a world of all but incredible numerological order, slowly yielding to Christianity and Spanish political pressure but never surrendering. In fact, it demonstrates the surprising truth of a secret Mayan government during the Spanish rule, which continued to collect tribute in the names of the ruined Classic cities and preserved the essence of the Mayan calendar as a legacy for the tradition's modern inheritors.

    The history of the Yucatecan Maya from the seventh to the nineteenth century is revealed. And this is history as the Maya saw it—of a people concerned with lords and priests, with the cosmology which justified their rule, and with the civil war which they perceived as the real dimension of the colonial period.

    A work of both history and literature, the Tizimin presents a great deal of Mayan thought, some of which has been suspected but not previously documented. Edmonson's skillful reordering of the text not only makes perfect historical sense but also resolves the long-standing problem of correlating the two colonial Mayan calendars. The book includes both interpretative and literal translations, as well as the Maya parallel couplets and extensive annotations on each page. The beauty of the sacred text is illuminated by the literal translation, while both versions unveil the magnificent historical, philosophical, and social traditions of the most sophisticated native culture in the New World.

    The prophetic history of the Tizimin creates a portrait of the continuity and vitality, of the ancient past and the foreordained future of the Maya.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Eberl, Markus. ‘To Put in Order’: Classic Maya Concepts of Time and Space
    2015, In The Measure and Meaning of Time in the Americas, A. Aveni (ed.). Dumbarton Oaks Research Library and Collection.
    pp. 79–104
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Summary adapted from the introduction: The ancient Maya shouldered the burden of time. J. Eric S. Thompson (1950) opens his Maya Hieroglyphic Writing: An Introduction with a collage of god-numbers who carry time units with their mecapal, or head strap. This iconic image has defined our understanding of classic Maya time as cyclical. (…) In the following, I shift the perspective from the “burden of time” to “burdened with time” in order to move from an abstract understanding of time to a study of its practice and bodily experience. I adapt Edmund Husserl’s work to develop a cognitive model of time that I apply to classic Maya culture.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    McLeod, Alexus. Philosophy of the Ancient Maya. Lords of Time
    2018, Lexington Books.
    Sections ‘Time as a construct of human-nature cooperation’ and ‘Calendars and ordering’

    Further reading

    Expand entry

    Publisher’s note: This book investigates some of the central topics of metaphysics in the philosophical thought of the Maya people of Mesoamerica, particularly from the Preclassic through Postclassic periods. This book covers the topics of time, change, identity, and truth, through comparative investigation integrating Maya texts and practices — such as Classic Period stelae, Postclassic Codices, and Colonial-era texts such as the Popol Vuh and the books of Chilam Balam — and early Chinese philosophy.

    Study Questions

    1. Based on Edmonson’s account of the Mayan view of history, why and how can priests predict the fate of a katun?
    2. What was the disagreement between the Itza and the Xiu about?
    3. What was the relation between katun cycles and ruling rights?
    4. In what sense can the Mayan conception of time be thought of as a mechanical clock?
    5. According to Eberl reconstruction of Husserl’s position, what are retentions and protentions? What is the difference between reproduction and retention? Based on these notions, how would you articulate the idea that time is a feature of perceptual experience?
    6. How do the inscriptions in Copan Altar Q. and Zoomorph P. illustrate the Husserlian view of the experience of time? In what sense do each of these narrations create a different cognitive image of the narrated events?
    7. How does Eberl articulate the notion of tz’ak or time-ordering?
    8. In what sense do tz’ak counts allow rulers to stake a future claim?
    9. How does the ordering of time relate to the manipulation of space?
    10. How do Mayan rulers “embody time”?
PDF10Level

Mestizaje, Race, and Aesthetics in Latin America

Expand entry

by Adriana Clavel-Vázquez
Funded by: British Society of Aesthetics

Introduction

Philosophical work around race in 19th and 20th century Latin America goes hand in hand with theorizing about national identity in post-independence republics. Philosophers at the time were concerned with issues faced by emerging multiracial and multicultural states (e.g., Simón Bolívar, José Martí, Leopoldo Zea), and they often regarded racial and cultural mestizaje (mixing) as an ideal that could set the grounds for post-racial (and post-racist) democracies. Aesthetics played a central role in Latin American philosophy at the time since the expressive practices that emerge as a result of mestizaje are regarded as part of the very foundation of Latin American identities. Nevertheless, although mestizaje is postulated as the basis for post-racial societies, the notion needs to be problematized since it risks remaining part of a white supremacist project when whiteness continues to be regarded as that under which contributions by other racial groups should be subsumed.

  • The aim of this Blueprint is to examine issues that emerge from the notion of mestizaje in the context of aesthetic practices and debates around identity in Latin American philosophy. The readings and discussion are aimed at motivating questions such as:
  • What is the role of the aesthetic in the formation of Latin American identities?
  • Is taste racialized in Latin American philosophy as it is in the Western European tradition?
  • Does Latin American philosophy inherit a white supremacist racial hierarchy? Does this racial hierarchy translate into an aesthetic hierarchy?
  • How should cultural appropriation be understood in the context of cultural mestizaje?
  • Is mestizaje problematic insofar as it risks erasing Black and Indigenous identities?
  • What can these debates in Latin American philosophy contribute to contemporary discussions in aesthetics? In the blueprint, its background and rationale.


Contents

    Mestizaje and White Eurocentrism
    On DRL Full text
    1.
    Quijano, Aníbal. Coloniality of Power and Eurocentrism in Latin America
    2000 2000, International Sociology, 15 (2): 215-232.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The globalization of the world is, in the first place, the culmination of a process that began with the constitution of America and world capitalism as a Euro-centered colonial/modern world power. One of the foundations of that pattern of power was the social classification of the world population upon the base of the idea of race, a mental construct that expresses colonial experience and that pervades the most important dimensions of world power, including its specific rationality: Eurocentrism. This article discusses some implications of that coloniality of power in Latin American history.

    Comment: The coloniality of power at the centre of Latin American societies as analysed by Quijano is key to understanding why a notion like mestizaje is problematic when building national identities in multicultural States. Quijano’s notion of the coloniality of power helps explain why even when Latin American identities are purported to include Indigenous and Black culture, mestizaje often involves the “civilizing” force of European rationality. Quijano, therefore, helps in bringing forward the dangers of mestizophilia: the pseudo-integrative spirit of mestizaje into multiethnic, multicultural, multiracial society risks becoming a homogenization under whiteness.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How does racial hierarchy function in different Latin American contexts, according to Quijano?
    2. How does whiteness function in different Latin American contexts
    3. How does racial hierarchy in Latin America compare to the Anglo-American context?
    4. Might mestizaje be better understood not in a strict racial sense, as mere racial mixing, but in a cultural sense, as a transculturation characteristic of Latin American identities?
    5. Would a cultural understanding of mestizaje avoid the risks of homogenization under whiteness?
    6. Given Quijano’s analysis of the coloniality of power, how might cultural appropriation look like in Latin American contexts?
    1. How does racial hierarchy function in different Latin American contexts, according to Quijano?
    2. How does whiteness function in different Latin American contexts
    3. How does racial hierarchy in Latin America compare to the Anglo-American context?
    4. Might mestizaje be better understood not in a strict racial sense, as mere racial mixing, but in a cultural sense, as a transculturation characteristic of Latin American identities?
    5. Would a cultural understanding of mestizaje avoid the risks of homogenization under whiteness?
    6. Given Quijano’s analysis of the coloniality of power, how might cultural appropriation look like in Latin American contexts?
    On DRL Full text
    2.
    Vasconcelos, José. The Cosmic Race
    1997 1997, Didier T. Jaén (trans.), Johns Hopkins University Press.
    'Prologue to the 1948 Edition', 'Mestizaje'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this influential 1925 essay, presented here in Spanish and English, José Vasconcelos predicted the coming of a new age, the Aesthetic Era, in which joy, love, fantasy, and creativity would prevail over the rationalism he saw as dominating the present age. In this new age, marriages would no longer be dictated by necessity or convenience, but by love and beauty; ethnic obstacles, already in the process of being broken down, especially in Latin America, would disappear altogether, giving birth to a fully mixed race, a "cosmic race," in which all the better qualities of each race would persist by the natural selection of love.

    Comment: The main problem with Vasconcelos’ mestizaje is that it is built on the coloniality of power. It postulates the white race as setting the bases for the union of all cultures insofar as it functions as a civilizing force. Mestizaje as Vasconcelos conceives it is thus not simply about racial integration but about the right kind of integration, namely, under the civilizing effects of whiteness. So, although the seeds for the aesthetic stage as postulated by Vasconcelos might be partly in Indigenous and Black peoples, the height of humanity’s cultural progress can only be brought to fruition when non-white sensuality becomes true taste at the hand of the “clear mind of the white”.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How is taste racialized in Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizo culture
    2. Vasconcelos’ mestizaje assumes racial essentialism. Can mestizaje avoid being construed on racial essentialism?
    3. Can a reading of Vasconcelos’ mestizaje as cultural integration avoid the issues?
    4. How might Vasconcelos’ understanding of mestizaje and race hinder, rather than promote, racial justice?
    5. Vasconcelos partly aims at unifying Latin American identity. Is it unproblematic to talk about a Latin American culture characterized by mestizaje?
    1. How is taste racialized in Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizo culture
    2. Vasconcelos’ mestizaje assumes racial essentialism. Can mestizaje avoid being construed on racial essentialism?
    3. Can a reading of Vasconcelos’ mestizaje as cultural integration avoid the issues?
    4. How might Vasconcelos’ understanding of mestizaje and race hinder, rather than promote, racial justice?
    5. Vasconcelos partly aims at unifying Latin American identity. Is it unproblematic to talk about a Latin American culture characterized by mestizaje?
    Indigenismo
    On DRL Full text
    3.
    Villoro, Luis. The Major Moments of Indigenismo in Mexico
    2017 2017, In Mexican Philosophy in the 20th Century: Essential Readings, Carlos Alberto Sanchez and Robert Eli Sanchez, Jr. (eds.). Oxford University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The aim of Luis Villoro’s seminal book on Indigenism was not to incorporate Mexico’s indigenous population into the national culture, or offer an ethnographic account of indigenous peoples, or participate in indigenismo, an earlier state-sponsored effort to valorize Mexico’s indigenous population with varying degrees of success. Instead, Villoro wants to understand the Indigenist’s consciousness, particularly how the history of Mexican consciousness of the Indian resulted in the problematic twentieth-century movement of indigenismo. Villoro divides the history of Indigenism into three major momentos (moments), of which the second and third movement each have two etapas (stages). The “Conclusion,” included here, is a summary of these moments, which demonstrate how the Spanish, criollo, and mestizo consciousness of the Indian have unfolded in a Hegelian dialectic of thesis, antithesis, and synthesis—a historical process of distancing, appropriating, and evaluating the indigenous element of Mexican culture and society.

    Comment: In this text, Villoro aims at understanding and problematizing Indigenismo, a movement in 20th century Latin America that advocated for the integration of Indigenous cultures. In its last pages, Villoro’s analysis brings forward the main problem with many manifestations of Indigenismo: it is often less about addressing the marginalization of Indigenous peoples, and more about the construction of the mestizo identity, which, as discussed by Quijano, can only benefit a few. Villoro notes that in the process of Indigenismo, “the Indian is subjected, in his own reality, to a strange process. His Being plays and is transformed by its passing from one hand to another.” In light of this, it seems unclear that mestizo culture can fulfil the promise of reconciliation and justice. The cultural programme that follows from Indigenismo, therefore, seems in many cases more like a programme built on cultural appropriation than revalorization.

    Discussion Questions

    1. The dialectical process described by Villoro centres the mestizo. What does this mean for Indigenous identities?
    2. What role do aesthetic practices play in the presumed revalorization of Indigenous identities by Indigenismo?
    3. What do Indigenista aesthetic practices look like?
    4. Should integration be the aim of multicultural States?
    5. Is integration consistent with anti-racist commitments that seek to achieve justice for Indigenous peoples?
    6. If integration of Indigenous peoples cannot be done without marginalizing them, how can mestizos construct their identity? What alternatives are there?
    7. Could an understanding of mestizo identity as being in-between rather than as including and overcoming Indigenous identities avoid the issues? Mexican existentialist Emilio Uranga, for example, uses the Nahuatl concept of Nepantla to designate the sense of being in-between characteristic of mestizo identities.
    1. The dialectical process described by Villoro centres the mestizo. What does this mean for Indigenous identities?
    2. What role do aesthetic practices play in the presumed revalorization of Indigenous identities by Indigenismo?
    3. What do Indigenista aesthetic practices look like?
    4. Should integration be the aim of multicultural States?
    5. Is integration consistent with anti-racist commitments that seek to achieve justice for Indigenous peoples?
    6. If integration of Indigenous peoples cannot be done without marginalizing them, how can mestizos construct their identity? What alternatives are there?
    7. Could an understanding of mestizo identity as being in-between rather than as including and overcoming Indigenous identities avoid the issues? Mexican existentialist Emilio Uranga, for example, uses the Nahuatl concept of Nepantla to designate the sense of being in-between characteristic of mestizo identities.
    On DRL Full text
    4.
    Tarica, Estelle. The Inner Life of Mestizo Nationalism
    2008 2008, University of Minnesota Press.
    Chapter 4, 'Rosario Castellanos at the Edge of Entanglement', pp. 137-182.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Tarica examines Rosario Castellanos’ Indigenism in her literary work, particularly in her fictional autobiography Balún Canán (The Nine Guardians). Tarica argues that the novel is an examination of the interaction of Castellanos’ mestiza and female identities, and that it concludes with the constitution of an “utterly lonely figure”. Nevertheless, Tarica argues that the inclusion of other protagonists, such as the protagonist’s Mayan nanny, allow for Castellanos to examine the coloniality of power and the appropriation of indigenous identities. According to Tarica, this allows Castellanos to present the protagonist not as a heroine, but as an antiheroine that offers an “absolutely partial version of national events”, and who manages to affirm herself only in “a place of solitary wandering: Uranga’s Nepantla as in-betweenness.

    Comment: Rosario Castellanos’ examination of mestiza identity as being in-between proves an interesting test to the criticisms of Indigenismo suggested by Villoro. It reveals a complex relation between the mestiza protagonist and the Indigenous cause. Castellanos also offers an opportunity to think about mestizaje from a feminist perspective. When it comes to mestiza, rather than mestizo, consciousness, we find a double displacement. She is out of place insofar as she finds herself in between European and Indigenous cultures. But she is also out of place because, as a woman, she cannot fully be a citizen of the mestizo nation and neither can she go back to an Indigenous culture to which she doesn’t belong.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How does Castellanos’ Indigenismo fit within the dialectical process identified by Villoro?
    2. What characterises the in-betweenness of mestizas in Castellanos’ Indigenismo?
    3. Does the emphasis on solitude in Tarica’s analysis of Castellano’s protagonist avoid the problems of certain versions of Indigenismo?
    4. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of mestizas, and women more generally, in the coloniality of power?
    5. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of Indigenous women in particular in Latin American societies?

    1. How does Castellanos’ Indigenismo fit within the dialectical process identified by Villoro?
    2. What characterises the in-betweenness of mestizas in Castellanos’ Indigenismo?
    3. Does the emphasis on solitude in Tarica’s analysis of Castellano’s protagonist avoid the problems of certain versions of Indigenismo?
    4. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of mestizas, and women more generally, in the coloniality of power?
    5. What can this analysis illuminate about the situation of Indigenous women in particular in Latin American societies?

    On DRL Full text Read free
    5.
    Mariátegui, José Carlos. Seven Interpretative Essays on Peruvian Reality
    1971 1928, Marjory Urquidi (ed.). University of Texas Press.
    Chapter 7, pp. 182-195, 213-217, 250-258, 268-283 and 286-287.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this essay, Mariátegui offers an analysis of Peruvian literary practices and a criticism of some of its central figures. He argues that what has been construed as a “national literature” erases the contributions of Indigenous cultures to Peruvian identity, and, in doing so, it partly contributes to the marginalization of Indigenous Peruvians.

    Comment: Mariátegui’s criticism of the Latin American literary canon is interesting because he brings forward the way in which Eurocentric mestizaje has shaped the aesthetic practices that are regarded as constitutive of Latin American identity. Much like Adrian Piper’s criticism of critical hegemony in the arts, Mariátegui argues that the Latin American literary canon is built on “Hispanism, colonialism, and social privilege” that is passed as a neutral academic spirit. Mariátegui shows, therefore, how even in mestizaje taste remains racialized.

    Discussion Questions

    1. In what sense are aesthetics and politics interlinked in Mariátegui’s criticism of literature?
    2. What is his criticism of critical hegemony behind the Latin American literary canon?
    3. How might the process of formation of Peruvian literature relate to Villoro’s description of the three moments of Indigenismo in Mexico?
    4. How is the white-Eurocentric mestizaje reflected in the different periods of Peruvian literature identified by Mariátegui?
    5. In what sense does César Vallejo embody “genuine Americanism”, according to Mariátegui?
    6. How does Mariátegui understand Indigenismo?
    7. How might Quijano’s coloniality of power explain Mariátegui’s anti-Black attitudes?
    1. In what sense are aesthetics and politics interlinked in Mariátegui’s criticism of literature?
    2. What is his criticism of critical hegemony behind the Latin American literary canon?
    3. How might the process of formation of Peruvian literature relate to Villoro’s description of the three moments of Indigenismo in Mexico?
    4. How is the white-Eurocentric mestizaje reflected in the different periods of Peruvian literature identified by Mariátegui?
    5. In what sense does César Vallejo embody “genuine Americanism”, according to Mariátegui?
    6. How does Mariátegui understand Indigenismo?
    7. How might Quijano’s coloniality of power explain Mariátegui’s anti-Black attitudes?
    Afro-Latinidad
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Hooker, Juliet. Indigenous Inclusion/Black Exclusion: Race, Ethnicity, and Multicultural Citizenship in Latin America
    2005 2005, Journal of Latin American Studies, 37(2): 285-310.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article analyses the causes of the disparity in collective rights gained by indigenous and Afro-Latin groups in recent rounds of multicultural citizenship reform in Latin America. Instead of attributing the greater success of indians in winning collective rights to differences in population size, higher levels of indigenous group identity or higher levels of organisation of the indigenous movement, it is argued that the main cause of the disparity is the fact that collective rights are adjudicated on the basis of possessing a distinct group identity defined in cultural or ethnic terms. Indians are generally better positioned than most Afro-Latinos to claim ethnic group identities separate from the national culture and have therefore been more successful in winning collective rights. It is suggested that one of the potentially negative consequences of basing group rights on the assertion of cultural difference is that it might lead indigenous groups and Afro-Latinos to privilege issues of cultural recognition over questions of racial discrimination as bases for political mobilisation in the era of multicultural politics.

    Comment: Given unjust social conditions faced by Afro-Latin communities in Latin America, it is important to examine the erasure of Afro-Latin identities from narratives about the constitution of mestizo national identities. While Indigenous identities are appropriated as partly constitutive of mestizo identity, Afro-Latin cultures are often regarded by mestizos as that which is Other. This results not only in the exoticization of Afro-Latinidad, but in the lack of available resources to acknowledge and address racial discrimination faced by Afro-Latin groups in many Latin American countries. Moreover, while Latin American cultures are often regarded as the result of Spanish and Indigenous mixing, it hasn’t been until recently that the African diaspora has been acknowledged as the third root of Latin American aesthetic practices.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How can Quijano’s coloniality of power help explain the lack of recognition of Afro-Latin communities as distinct cultural groups?
    2. What role does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America play in this erasure?
    3. If Latin American aesthetic practices have recognizable roots in the African diaspora, what has driven the difference in the role Blackness and Indigenous identities play in the constitution of mestizo identity?
    4. How does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latin communities both in Latin American countries and in Latinx communities in the U.S.?
    5. Given the cultural diversity of the African diaspora, how should we interpret this call for recognition of distinct Afro-Latin groups? Should it be interpreted as a call for recognizing a pan-Afro-Latin identity, similar to some understandings of mestizo identity (like Vasconcelos’)?
    1. How can Quijano’s coloniality of power help explain the lack of recognition of Afro-Latin communities as distinct cultural groups?
    2. What role does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America play in this erasure?
    3. If Latin American aesthetic practices have recognizable roots in the African diaspora, what has driven the difference in the role Blackness and Indigenous identities play in the constitution of mestizo identity?
    4. How does the lack of recognition of Black aesthetics in Latin America contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latin communities both in Latin American countries and in Latinx communities in the U.S.?
    5. Given the cultural diversity of the African diaspora, how should we interpret this call for recognition of distinct Afro-Latin groups? Should it be interpreted as a call for recognizing a pan-Afro-Latin identity, similar to some understandings of mestizo identity (like Vasconcelos’)?
    On DRL Full text
    7.
    Carter, June. La Negra as Metaphor in Afro-Latin American Poetry
    1985 1985, Caribbean Quarterly, 31(1): 73–82.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Carter examines the anti-Black sentiment in Latin American culture and pays particular attention to how, even in negrista poetry aimed at contributing to the fight against oppression of Black people, Black women are used as a symbol of sensuality and primitiveness. The paper argues that when Black women feature in poetry in the figure of la mulata, they are associated with nature and portrayed as inherently evil, sensual and primitive. Moreover, while representations of Black men evolved to focus on their inner consciousness, rather than on their physical attributes, and to combat oppressive imagery and symbolism, la mulata continued being used as a satire aimed at inviting Afro-Latin communities to take positive steps towards improving their social conditions. They were used to advance a criticism for how the anti-Black sentiment at the heart of popular conceptions of mestizaje ends up being internalized by members of Afro-Latin communities, so that Black women are represented as renouncing Blackness and engaging in a “whitening” process.

    Comment: Carter’s discussion of Afro-Latin women offers a good opportunity to reflect on what an intersectional approach to race in Latin American needs to involve. As evidenced by the analysis of Rosario Castellanos’ Balún Canán, mestizas in Latin American societies face a double displacement: first as being in-between cultures, and second, as not quite part of the mestizo nation. In addition to this condition of mestiza womanhood, Afro-Latin women face another dimension of displacement. They are part of mestizo nations, but, as Black, they are not fully recognised as such; they are part of mestizo nations, but, as women, they are not fully recognised as such; they are part of Afro-Latin communities, but, as women, they are not fully recognised as such.

    Discussion Questions

    1. In what sense do we find in negrista poetry anti-Black attitudes? How have they evolved?
    2. Does the representation of Afro-Latin women involve racist attitudes directed specifically at Black women? Has this representation evolved in Latin American poetry?
    3. Contrast representations of Indigenous peoples in Indigenismo with representations of Afro-Latin communities in mestizo identity. What is the difference?
    4. Mestizo identity is characterised as displaced insofar as it emerges in between Spanish and Indigenous cultures. Is Afro-Latin identity also characteristically displaced in the same way?
    5. Isn’t there a tension between Hooker’s claim that Afro-Latin communities are not recognised as distinct cultural groups, and the exoticization of Afro-Latin communities in/through art as examined by Carter? How can these claims be consistent?
    1. In what sense do we find in negrista poetry anti-Black attitudes? How have they evolved?
    2. Does the representation of Afro-Latin women involve racist attitudes directed specifically at Black women? Has this representation evolved in Latin American poetry?
    3. Contrast representations of Indigenous peoples in Indigenismo with representations of Afro-Latin communities in mestizo identity. What is the difference?
    4. Mestizo identity is characterised as displaced insofar as it emerges in between Spanish and Indigenous cultures. Is Afro-Latin identity also characteristically displaced in the same way?
    5. Isn’t there a tension between Hooker’s claim that Afro-Latin communities are not recognised as distinct cultural groups, and the exoticization of Afro-Latin communities in/through art as examined by Carter? How can these claims be consistent?
    On DRL Full text
    8.
    Olliz Boyd, Antonio. The Latin American Identity and the African Diaspora: Ethnogenesis in Context
    2010 2010, Cambria Press.
    Essay 1, 'Aesthetic Blackness in the Creative Literature of the Latin/Hispanic Reality'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Olliz Boyd’s essay examines Blackness in the Latin American literary practices with the aim of showing its centrality to Latin American cultures. He argues that the African heritage of Latin America has been erased as a result of Eurocentric mestizaje. Olliz Boyd first examines this erased heritage in the understanding of race in Latin America and its peculiar processes of racialization, before moving on to centring the analysis on aesthetic practices and literature in particular. Olliz Boyd’s essay examines the erasure of Afro-Latininidad from a perspective that differs from Hooks’ analysis of the erasure of self-identified Afro-Latin communities. He argues that mestizos in general have mixed-race roots that include not just European and Indigenous ancestry, but African as well. The erasure of Afro-Latininidad is, thus, more radical as it involves the negation of an Afro-Latin reality at the heart of mestizaje.

    Comment: Olliz Boyd’s work brings forward the third root of Latin America: the relevance of the African diaspora for the constitution of Latin American identities. An adequate understanding of the complexity of race in Latin America involves not just understanding the erasure of Afro-Latin communities, but the erasure of the contributions of African cultures to mestizo culture. It might be that the latter erasure partly explains the former.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How might we analyse the erasure of Latin America’s third root in light of the coloniality of power?
    2. How do issues related to the African diaspora in Latin America relate to issues that emerge from Indigenismo?
    3. How can mestizo culture acknowledge its African heritage without engaging in appropriation that contributes to the marginalization of Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Could Vasconcelos’ cosmic race be rehabilitated to counteract a notion of mestizaje that leaves out the contributions of the African diaspora to analyse mestizo identity merely in light of Spanish and Indigenous cultures?
    5. How does the notion of mestizaje look like once Afro-Latin cultures are acknowledged?
    6. Should we speak of mestizo consciousness as being in-between three different identities?
    7. What would that mean for Afro-Latin identities?
    1. How might we analyse the erasure of Latin America’s third root in light of the coloniality of power?
    2. How do issues related to the African diaspora in Latin America relate to issues that emerge from Indigenismo?
    3. How can mestizo culture acknowledge its African heritage without engaging in appropriation that contributes to the marginalization of Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Could Vasconcelos’ cosmic race be rehabilitated to counteract a notion of mestizaje that leaves out the contributions of the African diaspora to analyse mestizo identity merely in light of Spanish and Indigenous cultures?
    5. How does the notion of mestizaje look like once Afro-Latin cultures are acknowledged?
    6. Should we speak of mestizo consciousness as being in-between three different identities?
    7. What would that mean for Afro-Latin identities?
    New Mestizaje
    On DRL Full text Read free
    9.
    Pitts, Andrea J.. Toward an Aesthetics of Race: Bridging the Writings of Gloria Anzaldúa and José Vasconcelos
    2014 2014, Inter-American Journal of Philosophy, 5 (1): 80-100.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper examines the relationship between the aesthetic frameworks of José Vasconcelos and Gloria Anzaldúa. Contemporary readers of Anzaldúa have described her work as developing an “aesthetics of the shadow,” wherein the Aztec conception of Nepantilism—i.e. to be “torn between ways”—provides a potential avenue to transform traditional associations between darkness and evil, and lightness and good. On this reading, Anzaldúa offers a revaluation of darkness and shadows to build strategies for resistance and coalitional politics for communities of color in the U.S. To those familiar with the work of Vasconcelos, Anzaldúa’s aesthetics appears to contrast sharply with his conceptions of aesthetic monism and mestizaje. I propose, however, that if we read both authors as supplementing one another’s work, we can see that their theoretical points of contrast and similarity help frame contemporary philosophical discussions of racial perception.

    Comment: In this paper, Pitts does two things that are relevant for the aims of this blueprint. First, she understands Anzaldúa to be in dialogue with, and as a continuation of, the Latin American philosophical tradition. In this sense, rather than seeing Latinx feminism as emerging simply from an opposition to the Anglo-American intellectual tradition, she sees it as inheriting and furthering a rich Latin American philosophical tradition that, although problematic at times, has plenty to offer to contemporary philosophical thought, and which has been unfortunately ignored for too long. Second, she brings forward the role that aesthetics plays in theorizing about race and mestizo identities in Latin America, and in the constitution of social identities, as well as the centrality of aesthetics in the Latin American philosophical tradition.

    Discussion Questions

    1. By displacing Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizaje from the Latin American context that is constituted by the coloniality of power, and by using it to analyse the situation of Latinx populations in USA, can Anzaldúa overcome the criticisms faced by Vasconcelos’ cosmic race?
    2. Can Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza preserve a distinction between mestizo, Indigenous, and Afro Latin identities? Should it?
    3. How does Anzaldúa’s intersectional analysis of mestiza culture relate to Castellanos’ protagonist who is doubly displaced?
    4. Given that Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza is not only in-between in the sense of not being Indigenous, nor Black, nor white, but in the sense of being Mexican-American, should we identify in the nueva mestiza a third displacement?
    5. Given the different dimensions of displacement of mestizas in the U.S. context and in the Latin American context, should we treat them as a different kind of mestizo consciousness?
    6. What can they illuminate about each other?
    1. By displacing Vasconcelos’ ideal of mestizaje from the Latin American context that is constituted by the coloniality of power, and by using it to analyse the situation of Latinx populations in USA, can Anzaldúa overcome the criticisms faced by Vasconcelos’ cosmic race?
    2. Can Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza preserve a distinction between mestizo, Indigenous, and Afro Latin identities? Should it?
    3. How does Anzaldúa’s intersectional analysis of mestiza culture relate to Castellanos’ protagonist who is doubly displaced?
    4. Given that Anzaldúa’s nueva mestiza is not only in-between in the sense of not being Indigenous, nor Black, nor white, but in the sense of being Mexican-American, should we identify in the nueva mestiza a third displacement?
    5. Given the different dimensions of displacement of mestizas in the U.S. context and in the Latin American context, should we treat them as a different kind of mestizo consciousness?
    6. What can they illuminate about each other?
    On DRL Full text
    10.
    Pérez, Laura. Chicana Art: The Politics of Spiritual and Aesthetic Altarities
    2007 2007, Duke University Press.
    Chapter 1, 'Spirit, Glyphs', pp. 17-49.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This book examines the work of Chicana artists, feminist Mexican-Americans who aim at interrogating their identity through art. In this chapter, Pérez examines what she regards as “the general intellectual vindication of Indigenous epistemologies that characterized much of the thought and art of the Chicana/o movement”. She argues that, in opposition to the male Chicano perspective that characterized the early movement, Chicana artists embrace their Indigenousness in a way that aims not simply at antagonizing Eurocentric culture, but that aims at “a genuinely more decolonizing struggle at the epistemological level”. The chapter focuses on writers Gloria Anzaldúa, Cherríe Moraga, Ana Castillo, and Sandra Cisneros, and on artists Frances Salomé España, Yreina Cervántez, and Esther Hernández.

    Comment: Pérez’s analysis is interesting for the aims of the blueprint for three reasons. First, it is interesting to see the role she grants to spirituality in the fight for social justice, particularly when it comes to gender, race, and ethnicity in the U.S. Second, it is interesting to see whether the emphasis on the connection between aesthetic practices and spirituality might help avoid mestiza aesthetics falling into appropriative practices. Finally, it is important to analyse mestiza culture in the U.S. to see whether it might offer any lessons for mestizo cultures in Latin America.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How might the Chicana/o movement’s emphasis on mestizaje contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latinxs in the U.S.?
    2. Chicana artists and writers posit mestiza consciousness in opposition to a dominant culture: white Americans. This might be helpful when examining Latinx identities in the U.S. But how can their analysis translate to Latin American societies in which mestizaje was partly conceived (either implicitly or explicitly) as being at the service of whiteness and as helping sustain the coloniality of power?
    3. Can Chicana’s nueva mestiza help rehabilitate mestizaje in a way that serves Indigenous and Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Why does Pérez place special attention to the spiritual dimension of the work by Chicana writers and artists?
    5. Does this emphasis on spirituality risk appropriating Indigenous cultures by non-Indigenous Mexican-Americans?
    6. How can it avoid falling trap to the excesses of Indigenismo?
    1. How might the Chicana/o movement’s emphasis on mestizaje contribute to the invisibility of Afro-Latinxs in the U.S.?
    2. Chicana artists and writers posit mestiza consciousness in opposition to a dominant culture: white Americans. This might be helpful when examining Latinx identities in the U.S. But how can their analysis translate to Latin American societies in which mestizaje was partly conceived (either implicitly or explicitly) as being at the service of whiteness and as helping sustain the coloniality of power?
    3. Can Chicana’s nueva mestiza help rehabilitate mestizaje in a way that serves Indigenous and Afro-Latin communities?
    4. Why does Pérez place special attention to the spiritual dimension of the work by Chicana writers and artists?
    5. Does this emphasis on spirituality risk appropriating Indigenous cultures by non-Indigenous Mexican-Americans?
    6. How can it avoid falling trap to the excesses of Indigenismo?

PDF10Level

A Comparative Introduction to the Philosophy of Non-Human Animals

Expand entry

by Björn Freter

Introduction

A comparative, explicitly non-eurocentric and non-anthropocentric introduction to philosophical thought about the non-human animal. This blueprint aims to develop a deeper understanding of the problem of speciesism and advocatesf the inclusion of non-human animals in philosophical thinking. It is divided into two parts. First, the understanding of non-human animals in Western, Zen-Buddhist, Maori, Indian and African thought is examined. In the second part, with the help of what was learned in the first part, special problems in dealing with non-human animals are dealt with, including the problem areas of meat consumption, the rights of non-human animals, and speciesism. The texts given are all essential readings for holding the respective weekly units.


Contents

    Week 1. What is an Animal in Western Thought?
    On DRL Full text
    Holland, Peter. The Animal Kingdom: A Very Short Introduction
    2011 2011, Oxford University Press.
    Chapter 1, Chapter 2
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Animal Kingdom: A Very Short Introduction presents a modern tour of the animal kingdom. Beginning with the definition of animals, this VSI goes on to show the high-level groupings of animals (phyla) and new views on their evolutionary relationships based on molecular data, together with an overview of the biology of each group of animals. This phylogenetic view is central to zoology today. The animal world is immensely diverse, and our understanding of it has been greatly enhanced by analysis of DNA and the study of evolution and development.

    Comment: Provides a summary of the modern (Western) understanding of the animal world and its evolution .

    On DRL Full text
    Gruen, Lori. Animals
    1991 1991, In Peter Singer (ed.) A Companion to Ethics, Blackwell Publishers: Oxford, Malden, 343-353.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: While there are different philosophical principles that may help in deciding how we ought to treat animals, one strand runs through all those that withstand critical scrutiny: we ought not to treat animals the way we, as a society, are treating them now. We are very rarely faced with lifeboat decisions: our moral choices are not usually ones that exist in extremes. It simply isn’t the case that I will suffer great harm without a fur coat or a leg of lamb. The choice between our baby and our dog is one that virtually none of us will be forced to make. The hypothetical realm is one where we can clarify and refine our moral intuitions and principles, but our choices and the suffering of billions of animals are not hypothetical. However the lines are drawn, there are no defensible grounds for treating animals in any way other than as beings worthy of moral consideration.

    Comment: Introduction into basic questions of (non-human) animal ethics.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in the Western (scientific) understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. Why has the non-human animal been so long disregarded in Western philosophy?
    5. Is an anthropocentric ethics possible without contradiction? In what way must the capacity for suffering of non-human beings be considered?
    6. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    1. What is a non-human animal in the Western (scientific) understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. Why has the non-human animal been so long disregarded in Western philosophy?
    5. Is an anthropocentric ethics possible without contradiction? In what way must the capacity for suffering of non-human beings be considered?
    6. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    Week 2. What is an Animal in Japanese Thought?
    On DRL Full text
    McRae, James. Cutting the cat in one: Zen Master Dōgen on the moral status of nonhuman animals
    2014 2014, In Neil Dalal and Chloë Taylor (eds.) Asian Perspectives on Animal Ethics. London: Routledge.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Dōgen’s ethics of nonhuman animals is grounded in wisdom of interdependent arising, which produces a sense of compassion for all beings, including nonhuman animals. While there are rules and precepts that prohibit the killing of living beings—human and nonhuman alike—the precepts are not unbreakable universal laws, but rather guidelines that promote the cultivation of the twin virtues of wisdom and compassion, which are the real ground of ethical conduct in Zen. Though all beings are part of the same karmic cycle of rebirth, human beings have a special soteriological status as thinking, moral beings, which means only we are capable of realizing enlightenment. This results in an ethic that is somewhat weaker than the strong animal rights view: while causing suffering to sentient beings is wrong, it may be done on those rare occasions when it promotes the awakening of human beings. This means that eating meat or using animals for medical testing might be justified, so long as there is no reasonable alternative available that would minimize suffering and maximize awakening more effectively. Even though skillful means might be used to justify violations of the precepts against killing, Dōgen argues that the only time a bad unintended consequence is justified is when the agent’s motive is pure and there is no better option. Zen prompts us to continually reevaluate the ways in which we both perceive and conceive the world. The purpose of a kōan is to discourage our everyday ways of thinking and push us to a higher level of understanding grounded in interdependent arising. Often, we choose to harm sentient beings, not because we have no other choice, but because we lack the imagination to create alternative solutions that minimize suffering to the greatest possible extent. The law of karma is always in effect: the infliction of wanton suffering upon sentient beings will become an impediment to one’s awakening.

    Comment: Introduction into Dōgen’s ethics of nonhuman animals based on the wisdom of interdependent arising producing a sense of compassion for all beings, including nonhuman animals.

    On DRL Full text
    Dōgen. Dōgen 道元 (1200–1253)
    2011 1200 1253, In James W. Heisig, Thomas P. Kasulis and John C. Maraldo (eds.) Japanese Philosophy. A Sourcebook. Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press, pp. 141-162.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In Japanese religious history, Dōgen (1200–1253) is revered as the founder of the Japanese school of Sōtō Zen Buddhism. Tradition says he was born of an aristocratic family, orphaned, and at the age of twelve joined the Tendai Buddhist monastic community on Mt Hiei in northeastern Kyoto. In search of an ideal teacher, he soon wandered off from the central community on the mountain and ended up in a small temple in eastern Kyoto, Kennin-ji.

    Comment: Excerpts from Shōbōgenzō (Repository of the Eye for the Truth), the major philosophical work of Dōgen (1200–1253), founder of the Japanese school of Sōtō Zen Buddhism allowing to deepen his philosophical understanding of nature.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in the Zen-Buddhist understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Zen-Buddhist and the Western understanding of non-human animals?
    5. What obligations do human beings have to animals in Zen-Buddhism? Can it ever be acceptable to injure non-human animals for human benefit? What role does the hōben-principle play in this?
    6. Is anthropocentricity possible from a Zen-Buddhist perspective?
    1. What is a non-human animal in the Zen-Buddhist understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Zen-Buddhist and the Western understanding of non-human animals?
    5. What obligations do human beings have to animals in Zen-Buddhism? Can it ever be acceptable to injure non-human animals for human benefit? What role does the hōben-principle play in this?
    6. Is anthropocentricity possible from a Zen-Buddhist perspective?
    Week 3. What is an Animal in Māori Thought?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Woodhouse, Jordan, et al.. Conceptualizing Indigenous Human–Animal Relationships in Aotearoa New Zealand: An Ethical Perspective
    2021 2021, Animals. 11(10): 2899.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article considers the complexity and diversity of ethical concepts and beliefs held by Maori, the indigenous people of Aotearoa New Zealand (hereafter New Zealand), relating to animals. A combination of interviews and focus group discussions were conducted with individuals who identify as Maori and were working with wildlife, primarily in an eco-tourism and conservation context. Two main themes emerged from the data: ethical concepts relating to the environment, and concepts relating to the spiritual relationships between people, animals and the environment. These findings highlight that the connections between humans and animals through a M¯aori lens are nuanced in ways not typically accounted for in Western philosophy. This is of particular importance because of the extent to which standard Western thought is embodied in law and policy related to human treatment of animals and the environment. In New Zealand, relationships and partnerships are informed by Te Tiriti o Waitangi, one of New Zealand’s founding documents. Where these partnerships include activities and environments involving human–animal interaction, policy and legislation should account for Maori knowledge, and diverse of thought among different hapu (tribal groups). We conclude by exploring ways of including Maori ethical concepts around animals in general, and wild animals in particular, in law and policy, providing a case study relevant to other bicultural or multicultural societies.

    Comment: Some ethical concepts and beliefs held by the Maori people are explained through interviews and focus group discussions with focus on ethical concepts relating to the environment, and concepts relating to the spiritual relationships between people, animals and the environment.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in Maori understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist and the Maori understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. How can we understand the concept of mauri (spiritual health of animals) and what ethical implications does it have?
    7. What role does the environment (material and non-material) play in Maori understanding?
    8. What is meant by Kaitiakitanga and mana whenua and how are they related?
    1. What is a non-human animal in Maori understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist and the Maori understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. How can we understand the concept of mauri (spiritual health of animals) and what ethical implications does it have?
    7. What role does the environment (material and non-material) play in Maori understanding?
    8. What is meant by Kaitiakitanga and mana whenua and how are they related?
    Week 4. What is an Animal in African Thought?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Horsthemke, Kai. Animals and African Ethics
    2017 2017, Journal of Animal Ethics. 7 (2):119-144.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: African ethics is primarily concerned with community and harmonious communal relationships. The claim is frequently made on behalf of African moral beliefs and customs that, in stark contrast with Western moral attitudes and practices, there is no comparable objectification and exploitation of other-than-human animals and nature. This article investigates whether this claim is correct by examining the status of animals in religious and philosophical thought, as well as traditional cultural practices, in Africa. I argue that moral perceptions and attitudes on the African continent remain resolutely anthropocentric. Although values like ubuntu (humanness) or ukama (relationality) have been expanded to include nonhuman nature, animals are characteristically not seen to have any rights, and human duties to them are almost exclusively “indirect.” I conclude by asking whether those who, following their own liberation, continue to exploit and oppress other creatures—simply because they can—are not thereby contributing to their own dehumanization.

    Comment: An examination of the status of non-human animals in religious and philosophical African thought with a focus on the problem that animals are characteristically not seen to have any rights. An examination of the status of non-human animals in religious and philosophical African thought with a focus on the problem that animals are characteristically not seen to have any rights.

    On DRL Read free
    Odour, Reginald M.J.. African Philosophy, and Non-human Animals [Interview]
    2012 2012, Rainer Ebert [Blog].
    Expand entry
    Abstract: University of Nairobi’s Reginald M. J. Oduor talks to Anteneh Roba and Rainer Ebert.

    Comment: A general introduction into African philosophy and ethics with a focus on the role of non-human animal life in African philosophy, explaining that in in indigenous African thought, humans are not understood as animals, but as a class of their own superior to the class of animals.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in African understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori and the African understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. Is ubuntu-philosophy necessarily anthropocentric?
    1. What is a non-human animal in African understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori and the African understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    6. Is ubuntu-philosophy necessarily anthropocentric?
    Week 5. What is an Animal in Indian Thought?
    On DRL Full text
    Carpenter, Amber. Illuminating Community – Animals in Classical Indian Thought
    2018 2018, In Peter Adamson and G. Fay Edwards (eds) Animals: A History. Oxford University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter presents a discussion of the rich tradition of reflection on animals in ancient Indian philosophy, which deals with but is not restricted to the topic of reincarnation. At the center of the piece is the continuity that Indians saw between human and nonhuman animals and the consequences of this outlook for the widespread idea of nonviolence. Consideration is also given to the philosophical interest of fables centrally featuring animals, for example the Pañcatantra. In general it is suggested that ancient Indian authors did not, unlike European counterparts, focus on the question of what makes humans unique in contrast to all other animals, but rather on the ethical and metaphysical interconnections between humans and various kinds of animals.

    Comment: An overview of the role of non-human animals in Indian Thought pointing out that there is not much evidence of that presumption of a fundamental difference between human and nonhuman forms of life that allows us in English to use the word “animal” simply to mean “nonhuman animal.” The concept of the animal is thus not best suited to explore the nature of the human by contrast. Instead we more often find a background presumption of a common condition: whatever lives seeks to sustain its life, wants pleasure and not pain, wants its desires and aims satisfied rather than thwarted.

    On DRL Full text
    Carpenter, Amber. Amber Carpenter on Animals in Indian Philosophy [Podcast]
    2018 2018, History of Philosophy Without Any Gaps [Blog].
    Expand entry
    Abstract: An interview with Amber Carpenter about the status of nonhuman animals in ancient Indian philosophy and literature.

    Comment: An interview about the status of nonhuman animals in ancient Indian philosophy and literature; a very good complement to her paper.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a non-human animal in Indian understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori, the African and the Indian understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    1. What is a non-human animal in Indian understanding?
    2. What are the specific differences between human and non-human animals?
    3. What are the ethical implications of the posited differences between human and non-human animal?
    4. What are similarities and differences between the Western, the Zen-Buddhist, the Maori, the African and the Indian understanding of non-human animals?
    5. Is the difference between human and non-human animal of normative relevance? Who determines and how what a living being is worth? Does the particular understanding of the of difference allow the establishment of a dominance relationship?
    Week 6. Hardlyanimal and Justanimal
    On DRL Full text
    Kant, Immanuel. The False Subtlety of the Four Syllogistic Figures
    1992 1762, In his Theoretical Philosophy, 1755-1770, David Walford (trans. and ed.). Cambridge University Press, pp. 102-5.
    Expand entry

    Comment: A classical Western philosophical text insisting on a foundational difference between human and non-human animals; human animals have higher knowledge than non-human animals because human animals are able to make their own ideas objects of their thoughts. This has severe implications for the ethical value of non-human animals.

    Study Questions

    1. How is difference construed in Kant’s text?
    2. Why is difference so important? Some existential remarks and some reflections on Kant’s idea that the difference between the human animal and non-human animals is the ability to differentiate (“it is one thing to differentiate things from each other, and quite another thing to recognize the difference between them” [Kant 1762/1992, 104]
    3. Do we need difference? And if so, for what? And if not, why is difference (between human and non-human animal) such a persistent motive in (Western) philosophy?
    4. What are the ethical consequences for non-human animals when we understand them in the Kantian way?
    1. How is difference construed in Kant’s text?
    2. Why is difference so important? Some existential remarks and some reflections on Kant’s idea that the difference between the human animal and non-human animals is the ability to differentiate (“it is one thing to differentiate things from each other, and quite another thing to recognize the difference between them” [Kant 1762/1992, 104]
    3. Do we need difference? And if so, for what? And if not, why is difference (between human and non-human animal) such a persistent motive in (Western) philosophy?
    4. What are the ethical consequences for non-human animals when we understand them in the Kantian way?
    Week 7. Speciesism
    On DRL Full text
    Joy, Melanie. Why we Love Dogs, Eat Pigs and Wear Cows
    2009 2009, Red Wheel.
    pp. 23-72
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Why We Love Dogs, Eat Pigs, and Wear Cows offers an absorbing look at what social psychologist Melanie Joy calls carnism, the belief system that conditions us to eat certain animals when we would never dream of eating others. Carnism causes extensive animal suffering and global injustice, and it drives us to act against our own interests and the interests of others without fully realizing what we are doing. Becoming aware of what carnism is and how it functions is vital to personal empowerment and social transformation, as it enables us to make our food choices more freely—because without awareness, there is no free choice.

    Comment: Introduction to Joy's concept of carnism, the invisible but dominant paradigm used to defend meat consumption; argues against carnism, by showing that there is indeed a problem with eating non-human animals, that meat eating is not necessarily to be understood as normal, that carnism prevents the cognitive dissonance (of caring for animals and at the same time consuming them) by re-defining non-human animals as objects.

    On DRL Full text
    Williams, Bernard. The Human Prejudice
    2006 2006, In his Philosophy as a Humanistic Discipline, A. W. Moore (ed.). Princeton University Press.
    pp. 135-152
    Expand entry
    Abstract: What can — and what can’t — philosophy do? What are its ethical risks — and its possible rewards? How does it differ from science? In Philosophy as a Humanistic Discipline, Bernard Williams addresses these questions and presents a striking vision of philosophy as fundamentally different from science in its aims and methods even though there is still in philosophy “something that counts as getting it right.” Written with his distinctive combination of rigor, imagination, depth, and humanism, the book amply demonstrates why Williams was one of the greatest philosophers of the twentieth century.

    Comment: A sophisticated defense of speciesism, i.e. the human privilege; to be juxtaposed to the reading of Melanie Joy.

    Study Questions

    1. What is Speciesism? What are arguments for or against speciesism?
    2. Can speciesism and/or carnism be compared with, e.g., racism or sexism?
    3. Do we need the species-difference? Is the species-difference normatively relevant?
    4. Can we be truly indifferent to suffering? Do we have to make use of speciest/carnist arguments to convince ourselves to be indifferent?
    5. If we assume – for the sake of the argument – that the human animal has to be considered more valuable, what would be necessary consequences of this understanding?
    6. Looking at Joy’s and Williams’ arguments – what are their respective strengths and weaknesses? Do any of their arguments have practical impact on you?
    1. What is Speciesism? What are arguments for or against speciesism?
    2. Can speciesism and/or carnism be compared with, e.g., racism or sexism?
    3. Do we need the species-difference? Is the species-difference normatively relevant?
    4. Can we be truly indifferent to suffering? Do we have to make use of speciest/carnist arguments to convince ourselves to be indifferent?
    5. If we assume – for the sake of the argument – that the human animal has to be considered more valuable, what would be necessary consequences of this understanding?
    6. Looking at Joy’s and Williams’ arguments – what are their respective strengths and weaknesses? Do any of their arguments have practical impact on you?
    Week 8. Eating and Killing
    On DRL Full text
    Fischer, Bob. The Ethics of Eating Animals: Usually Bad, Sometimes Wrong, Often Permissible
    2019 2019, New York: Routledge.
    pp. 20-49 and pp. 104-127
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Intensive animal agriculture wrongs many, many animals. Philosophers have argued, on this basis, that most people in wealthy Western contexts are morally obligated to avoid animal products. This book explains why the author thinks that’s mistaken. He reaches this negative conclusion by contending that the major arguments for veganism fail: they don’t establish the right sort of connection between producing and eating animal-based foods. Moreover, if they didn’t have this problem, then they would have other ones: we wouldn’t be obliged to abstain from all animal products, but to eat strange things instead—e.g., roadkill, insects, and things left in dumpsters. On his view, although we have a collective obligation not to farm animals, there is no specific diet that most individuals ought to have. Nevertheless, he does think that some people are obligated to be vegans, but that’s because they’ve joined a movement, or formed a practical identity, that requires that sacrifice. This book argues that there are good reasons to make such a move, albeit not ones strong enough to show that everyone must do likewise.
    On DRL Read free
    Dogget,Tyler. Moral Vegetarianism
    2018 2018, The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. Edward N. Zalta (ed.).
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The topic of this entry is moral vegetarianism and the arguments for it. Strikingly, most contemporary arguments for moral vegetarianism start with premises about the wrongness of producing meat and move to conclusions about the wrongness of consuming it. They do not fasten on some intrinsic feature of meat and insist that consuming things with such a feature is wrong. They do not fasten on some effect of meat-eating on the eater and insist that producing such an effect is wrong. Rather, they assert that the production of meat is wrong and that consumption bears a certain relation to production and that bearing such a relation to wrongdoing is wrong. So this entry gives significant space to food production as well as the tricky business of connecting production to consumption.

    Comment: A solid overview of the history and arguments of moral vegetarianism.

    Study Questions

    1. What are arguments against and what are arguments for the consumption of non-human animal meat? Try to take into account your knowledge of the Western, Buddhist, Maori, Indian and African traditions.
    2. What were the most prominent arguments vegetarism in its historical development?
    3. Is plant-consumption speciest?
    4. What do you think of arguments claiming a normative difference between different non-human species? Can there be valid arguments claiming the inferiority of certain species, eg. of fishes or insects?
    1. What are arguments against and what are arguments for the consumption of non-human animal meat? Try to take into account your knowledge of the Western, Buddhist, Maori, Indian and African traditions.
    2. What were the most prominent arguments vegetarism in its historical development?
    3. Is plant-consumption speciest?
    4. What do you think of arguments claiming a normative difference between different non-human species? Can there be valid arguments claiming the inferiority of certain species, eg. of fishes or insects?
    Week 9. Non-human Individuality
    On DRL Read free
    Skabelund, Aaron. A Dog’s Life: The Challenges and Possibilities of Animal
    2018 2018, In Animal Biography: Re-framing Animal Lives. André Krebber and Mieke Roscher (eds.). Palgrave Macmillan.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: If one were to write a biography of a nonhuman animal, a likely candidate is Hachikō, an Akita dog who became popular in 1932 when a newspaper claimed he had been awaiting the return of his master at a Tokyo train station since his owner’s death seven years earlier. That fame led to the production of an enormous variety of source material that a historian could use to reconstruct his life’s story. This chapter uses Hachikō to explore the methodological and theoretical challenges of animal biography. It argues that two new(er) kinds of primary sources—taxidermy and photography—allow Hachikō (and some other animals) to “speak” and play a collaborative role in telling their own stories.

    Comment: Using Hachikō as example (an Akita dog who became popular in 1932 when it was claimed it waited for his owner at a train station for seven years) this article explores the methodological and theoretical challenges of animal biography.

    On DRL Full text
    Baratay, Éric. Animal Biographies: Toward a History of Individuals
    2022 2022, Lindsay Turner (trans). University of Georgia Press.
    Chapter 7 'Bummer and Lazarus'
    Expand entry
    Abstract: What would we learn if animals could tell their own stories? Éric Baratay, a pioneering researcher in animal histories in France, applies his knowledge of historical methodologies to give voice to some of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries’ most interesting animals. He offers brief yet innovative accounts of these animals’ lives in a way that challenges the reader’s thinking about animals. Baratay illustrates the need to develop a nonanthropocentric means of viewing the lives of animals and including animals themselves in the narrative of their lives. Animal Biographies launches an all-new investigation into the lives of animals and is a major contribution to the field of animal studies. This English translation of Éric Baratay’s Biographies animales: Des Vies retrouvées, originally published in France in 2017 (Éditions du Seuil), uses firsthand accounts starting from the nineteenth century about specific animals who lived in Europe and the United States to reconstruct, as best as possible, their stories as they would have experienced them. History is, after all, not just the domain of humans. Animals have their own. Baratay breaks the model of human exceptionalism to give us the biographies of some of history and literature’s most famous animals. The reader will catch a glimpse of storied lives as told by Modestine, the donkey who carried Robert Louis Stevenson through the Alps; Warrior, the World War I horse made famous in Steven Spielberg’s War Horse; Islero, the bull who gored Spain’s greatest bullfighter; and others. Through these stories we discover their histories, their personalities, and their shared experiences with others of their species.

    Comment: The chapter provides one of the very few attempts to write the biography of a non-human animal; strictly focussing on the dogs Lazarus and Bummer and how they might have experienced the events of their lives.

    Study Questions

    1. Can non-human animals have a biography? Can non-human animals have a personal history?
    2. Can we – as human beings – know enough about a non-human being to write an autobiography?
    3. What could be the (ethical) purpose of non-human animal biographies?
    4. Why is the non-human animal biography such a rare literary genre?
    5. Is writing a non-human animal biography speciest?
    6. What are the ethical consequences of taking the idea of non-human biographies seriously?
    1. Can non-human animals have a biography? Can non-human animals have a personal history?
    2. Can we – as human beings – know enough about a non-human being to write an autobiography?
    3. What could be the (ethical) purpose of non-human animal biographies?
    4. Why is the non-human animal biography such a rare literary genre?
    5. Is writing a non-human animal biography speciest?
    6. What are the ethical consequences of taking the idea of non-human biographies seriously?
    Week 10: Utopia and Zoopolis: Philosophical and Artistic Visions of the Future
    On DRL Full text
    McKenna, Erin. Living with Animals: Rights, Responsibilities, and Respect
    2020 2020, Rowman and Littlefield.
    pp. 1-18
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Living with Animals brings a pragmatist ecofeminist perspective to discussions around animal rights, animal welfare, and animal ethics to move the conversation beyond simple use or non-use decisions. Erin McKenna uses a case study approach with select species to question how humans should live and interact with various animal beings through specific instances of such relationships. Addressing standard topics such as the use of animals for food, use for biomedical research, use in entertainment, use as companions, use as captive specimens in zoos, and use in hunting and ecotourism through a revolutionary pluralist and experimental approach, McKenna provides an uncommonly nuanced accounts for complex relationships and changing circumstances. Rather than seek absolute moral stands regarding human relationships with other animal beings, and rather than trying to end such relationships altogether, the books urges us to make existing relations better.

    Comment: This chapter provides philosophical arguments for a better understanding of the complexity of human relationships with other animal beings through a pragmatist and ecofeminist lens.

    On DRL Full text
    Donaldson, Sue, Kymlicka, Will. Zoopolis: A Political Theory of Animal Rights
    2011 2011, Oxford University Press.
    pp. 1-16
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Zoopolis offers a new agenda for the theory and practice of animal rights. Most animal rights theory focuses on the intrinsic capacities or interests of animals, and the moral status and moral rights that these intrinsic characteristics give rise to. Zoopolis shifts the debate from the realm of moral theory and applied ethics to the realm of political theory, focusing on the relational obligations that arise from the varied ways that animals relate to human societies and institutions. Building on recent developments in the political theory of group-differentiated citizenship, Zoopolis introduces us to the genuine "political animal". It argues that different types of animals stand in different relationships to human political communities. Domesticated animals should be seen as full members of human-animal mixed communities, participating in the cooperative project of shared citizenship. Wilderness animals, by contrast, form their own sovereign communities entitled to protection against colonization, invasion, domination and other threats to self-determination. `Liminal' animals who are wild but live in the midst of human settlement (such as crows or raccoons) should be seen as "denizens", resident of our societies, but not fully included in rights and responsibilities of citizenship. To all of these animals we owe respect for their basic inviolable rights. But we inevitably and appropriately have very different relations with them, with different types of obligations. Humans and animals are inextricably bound in a complex web of relationships, and Zoopolis offers an original and profoundly affirmative vision of how to ground this complex web of relations on principles of justice and compassion.

    Comment: An introduction to the groundbreaking theory of Zoopolis focussing on developing a political vision of human aninmals and non-human animals living together.

    Study Questions

    1. What is a Zoopolis?
    2. What are the ethical consequences to accept non-human animals as citizens?
    3. How would our lives change if non-human animals had enforceable rights?
    4. Is Anti-speciesim possible? How could we live anti-speciestically? Can and should Anti-Speciesism become codified law?
    5. What does it mean when a non-human animal has rights? What would be the consequences for our understanding of the human species?
    1. What is a Zoopolis?
    2. What are the ethical consequences to accept non-human animals as citizens?
    3. How would our lives change if non-human animals had enforceable rights?
    4. Is Anti-speciesim possible? How could we live anti-speciestically? Can and should Anti-Speciesism become codified law?
    5. What does it mean when a non-human animal has rights? What would be the consequences for our understanding of the human species?

PDF10Level

Postcolonial Theory, Race and Caste

Expand entry

by Suddhasatwa Guharoy and Andreas Sorger
Funded by: AHRC

Introduction

Postcolonial theory is, broadly speaking, the study of how societies have conquered, controlled, and perceived “other” societies – physically, spiritually, and intellectually – and how the resulting colonized societies have responded to and resisted being conquered, controlled, or perceived in those ways. It seeks to understand these things, but it also seeks to “de-colonize” aspects of the colonized societies in the hope of achieving physical, spiritual, and intellectual liberation and self-determination. It intersects with a number of intellectual traditions, including: various national and cultural traditions, critical race theory, feminism, existentialism, Marxism, liberation theology, and more. It also draws on a number of disciplines, including: sociology, history, literature, aesthetics, economics, geography, political science, and more. Each of the authors on this blueprint constitutes some of the best that such theorizing has to offer. Organization-wise, we have provided materials for 10 weeks worth of reading, and have provided questions for focused discussions about them. However, by all means, readers can pick and choose which weeks they want to focus on if less time is available. Or, if they have the time and energy, they can also pick and choose several readings to engage with per week, seeing as we have tried to make the readings relatively short.


Contents

    On DRL Full text Read free
    1.
    Césaire, Aimé. Discourse on Colonialism
    2000 2000, NYU Press.
    31-46
    Expand entry

    Publisher's Note: This classic work, first published in France in 1955, profoundly influenced the generation of scholars and activists at the forefront of liberation struggles in Africa, Latin America, and the Caribbean. Nearly twenty years later, when published for the first time in English, Discourse on Colonialism inspired a new generation engaged in the Civil Rights, Black Power, and anti-war movements and has sold more than 75,000 copies to date.

    Aimé Césaire eloquently describes the brutal impact of capitalism and colonialism on both the colonizer and colonized, exposing the contradictions and hypocrisy implicit in western notions of "progress" and "civilization" upon encountering the "savage," "uncultured," or "primitive." Here, Césaire reaffirms African values, identity, and culture, and their relevance, reminding us that "the relationship between consciousness and reality are extremely complex. . . . It is equally necessary to decolonize our minds, our inner life, at the same time that we decolonize society."

    Comment: Aimé Césaire’s Discourse on Colonialism is a foundational text in postcolonial theory, which provides an excoriating critique of not only European practices of colonialism, but also the underlying theories and logics used to justify them. Specifically, Césaire takes aim at the view of colonialism as a ‘civilising mission’, where benevolent Europeans would provide non-white non- Europeans with the tools necessary for modernisation. Instead, he argued that colonialism wrought destruction everywhere it went, killing people, eradicating civilisations, and obliterating any alternative cultural ideas that contrasted European values. Crucially, Césaire explores the psychological effects of colonialism on both the colonised and the coloniser – a theme that would be taken further by Frantz Fanon (a student of Césaire’s) in his writings.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Throughout Discourse on Colonialism, Césaire uses images of decay to describe European or Western civilisation. In the sections you are reading, he talks about it as a “stricken” and “dying” civilisation (p.31) and likens every act of brutality perpetuated by Europeans to a “gangrene” that spreads throughout Western civilisation as a whole. What do you think Césaire means by this image? What effect does it have on the reader?
    2. Césaire writes: “The colonialists may kill in Indochina, torture in Madagascar, and imprison in Black Africa, crack down in the West Indies. Henceforth the colonised know that they have an advantage over them. They know their temporary ‘masters’ are lying” (p.32). Why does Césaire suggest the colonialists are lying? Why does this give the colonised an “advantage over [the colonisers]”?
    3. What connections does Césaire draw between Nazism and colonialism? Why does he suggest that every “humanistic … Christian bourgeois of the twentieth century … has a Hitler inside him” (p.36)?
    4. What implications follow from Césaire’s claim that “no one colonises innocently” (p.39)? How might this change the way we examine the legacy of colonial practices today?
    5. What is the “boomerang effect of colonisation” (p.41) that Césaire diagnoses?
    6. What does Césaire mean by the phrase “Colonialism = thingification”? How does this relate to his discussion of the psychological effects of colonialism on both the coloniser and the colonised?
    7. What values does Césaire suggest we can find in pre-colonial non-European civilizations? What role do you think these values play in his wider argument?
    8. On the one hand, Césaire explicitly details the destructive power of Western colonialism, such that entire cultures and civilisations have been eradicated as a result of its On the other, Césaire defends the values of pre-colonial non-European civilisations (see p.44-46). Do you think this points to a tension within Césaire’s argument? If so, how might we resolve it? If not, why not?
    1. Throughout Discourse on Colonialism, Césaire uses images of decay to describe European or Western civilisation. In the sections you are reading, he talks about it as a “stricken” and “dying” civilisation (p.31) and likens every act of brutality perpetuated by Europeans to a “gangrene” that spreads throughout Western civilisation as a whole. What do you think Césaire means by this image? What effect does it have on the reader?
    2. Césaire writes: “The colonialists may kill in Indochina, torture in Madagascar, and imprison in Black Africa, crack down in the West Indies. Henceforth the colonised know that they have an advantage over them. They know their temporary ‘masters’ are lying” (p.32). Why does Césaire suggest the colonialists are lying? Why does this give the colonised an “advantage over [the colonisers]”?
    3. What connections does Césaire draw between Nazism and colonialism? Why does he suggest that every “humanistic … Christian bourgeois of the twentieth century … has a Hitler inside him” (p.36)?
    4. What implications follow from Césaire’s claim that “no one colonises innocently” (p.39)? How might this change the way we examine the legacy of colonial practices today?
    5. What is the “boomerang effect of colonisation” (p.41) that Césaire diagnoses?
    6. What does Césaire mean by the phrase “Colonialism = thingification”? How does this relate to his discussion of the psychological effects of colonialism on both the coloniser and the colonised?
    7. What values does Césaire suggest we can find in pre-colonial non-European civilizations? What role do you think these values play in his wider argument?
    8. On the one hand, Césaire explicitly details the destructive power of Western colonialism, such that entire cultures and civilisations have been eradicated as a result of its On the other, Césaire defends the values of pre-colonial non-European civilisations (see p.44-46). Do you think this points to a tension within Césaire’s argument? If so, how might we resolve it? If not, why not?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    2.
    Baldwin, James. The Fire Next Time
    1963 1963, Penguin Classics. pp. 3-22.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    A national bestseller when it first appeared in 1963, The Fire Next Time galvanized the nation and gave passionate voice to the emerging civil rights movement. At once a powerful evocation of James Baldwin’s early life in Harlem and a disturbing examination of the consequences of racial injustice, the book is an intensely personal and provocative document. It consists of two “letters,” written on the occasion of the centennial of the Emancipation Proclamation, that exhort Americans, both black and white, to attack the terrible legacy of racism. Described by The New York Times Book Review as “sermon, ultimatum, confession, deposition, testament, and chronicle…all presented in searing, brilliant prose,” The Fire Next Time stands as a classic of our literature.

    Comment: Published in 1963, this essay offers a scathing attack on the racist history of America and its contemporary present in the 1960s. The text provides a trenchant critique of the way racism has shaped, and continues to shape, relations between whites and blacks in American society by suggesting that whites are trapped by a history they refuse to acknowledge – thereby making them unable to conceive of black Americans as their fellow co-citizens. Thus, for Baldwin, it is imperative that whites are made to recognise this history, as a failure to do so will inevitably result in an outbreak of violence. It is a compelling narrative of various quotidian as well as extraordinary incidents interwoven with local and international political causes and repercussions.

    Discussion Questions

    1. With respect to the religious journey of Baldwin:
      • What made him enter the ‘church racket’ (p.6) and get indoctrinated in Christianity?
      • What was his subsequent understanding of the historical role that Christianity played ‘in the realm of power and in the realm of morals’?
    2. “The white God has not delivered them; perhaps the Black God ” (p.12). How would one describe Baldwin’s conception of God?
    3. “…this leads, imperceptibly but inevitably, to a state of mind in which, having long ago learned to expect the worst, one finds it very easy to believe the worst”
      • Why does Baldwin consider not being able to believe ‘the humanity of white people is more real to them than their colour’ to be worst? What do we understand about Baldwin’s idea of love for people?
    4. What was the initial impression Baldwin had of Elijah? Did the impression change? If yes then what was the revised impression of Elijah that Baldwin had?
    5. “…the Negro has been formed by this nation…and does not belong to any other — not to Africa, and certainly not to Islam.” (p. 16)
      • Why does the identity of the Black Americans not belong to Africa and Islam?
      • Why does Baldwin claim that only a radical change in the constitution of American social and political structure can bring a real change in the life of a Black American? Do you believe that radical change in the social-political structure has occurred?
    6. What is the definition of ‘tokenism’ (p.18) that we get in the text? What are its material causes and consequences?
      • Against the idea of tokenism, how does Baldwin envisage freedom?
    7. “…a vast amount of the white anguish is rooted in the white man’s equally profound need to be seen as he is, to be released from the tyranny of his mirror.” (p.19)
      • What, according to the text, was Baldwin’s diagnosis of the problem in America? What does the idea of the mirror evoke?
      • “To create one nation has proved to be a hideously difficult task; there is certainly no need now to create two, one black and one ’ (p. 20) How does Baldwin envision the creation of a new America?
    1. With respect to the religious journey of Baldwin:
      • What made him enter the ‘church racket’ (p.6) and get indoctrinated in Christianity?
      • What was his subsequent understanding of the historical role that Christianity played ‘in the realm of power and in the realm of morals’?
    2. “The white God has not delivered them; perhaps the Black God ” (p.12). How would one describe Baldwin’s conception of God?
    3. “…this leads, imperceptibly but inevitably, to a state of mind in which, having long ago learned to expect the worst, one finds it very easy to believe the worst”
      • Why does Baldwin consider not being able to believe ‘the humanity of white people is more real to them than their colour’ to be worst? What do we understand about Baldwin’s idea of love for people?
    4. What was the initial impression Baldwin had of Elijah? Did the impression change? If yes then what was the revised impression of Elijah that Baldwin had?
    5. “…the Negro has been formed by this nation…and does not belong to any other — not to Africa, and certainly not to Islam.” (p. 16)
      • Why does the identity of the Black Americans not belong to Africa and Islam?
      • Why does Baldwin claim that only a radical change in the constitution of American social and political structure can bring a real change in the life of a Black American? Do you believe that radical change in the social-political structure has occurred?
    6. What is the definition of ‘tokenism’ (p.18) that we get in the text? What are its material causes and consequences?
      • Against the idea of tokenism, how does Baldwin envisage freedom?
    7. “…a vast amount of the white anguish is rooted in the white man’s equally profound need to be seen as he is, to be released from the tyranny of his mirror.” (p.19)
      • What, according to the text, was Baldwin’s diagnosis of the problem in America? What does the idea of the mirror evoke?
      • “To create one nation has proved to be a hideously difficult task; there is certainly no need now to create two, one black and one ’ (p. 20) How does Baldwin envision the creation of a new America?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    3.
    Said, Edward W.. Orientalism
    1978 1978, Pantheon Books..
    pp 1-23
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    More than three decades after its first publication, Edward Said's groundbreaking critique of the West's historical, cultural, and political perceptions of the East has become a modern classic.
    In this wide-ranging, intellectually vigorous study, Said traces the origins of "orientalism" to the centuries-long period during which Europe dominated the Middle and Near East and, from its position of power, defined "the orient" simply as "other than" the occident. This entrenched view continues to dominate western ideas and, because it does not allow the East to represent itself, prevents true understanding. Essential, and still eye-opening, Orientalism remains one of the most important books written about our divided world.

    Comment: Orientalism is a classic text in postcolonial theory which successfully brought out the politics of ‘othering’. It shows how the ‘Orient’ was constructed by delineating it from the supposedly morally, culturally and politically advanced (and superior) ‘Occident’. The book is not so much about the East as much as it is about how the Orient was ‘produced’ by the imperial masters of Europe and America and perceived as the ‘other’ to the rest of the ‘civilized’ world. The author traces and examines various literary and political sources which originated and perpetuated Orientalism. The abstract gives an overview of the argument and introduces the reader to the rest of the book.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the relationship between Orientalism and imperialism?
    2. What does Said mean when he says ‘producing the Orient, politically, sociologically, militarily…’ (p.3)?
    3. What is the Gramscian distinction between civil and political society? Express your views on whether you find the distinction helpful. How does the concept of ‘hegemony’ figure in the discourse? Why is it an important tool to understand the cultural life of the West?
    4. “Orientalism is after all a system for citing works and authors.” Discuss the relationship between the overarching ideology of Orientalism and the contribution of individual works. What position does Said take in the debate? Do you agree with his position? Give reasons for your answer.
    5. What is Said’s opinion on the ‘liberal consensus’ (p.10) about true, ‘non-political’ knowledge? Can there be non-political, pure knowledge in human sciences? State reasons for your agreement/disagreement.
    6. What does Said mean when he says orientalism is ‘premised on exteriority’ (p.20)? How does the Orient rest on representation? In relation to this discuss briefly the politics of ‘representation’. (Discussion in greater detail available in chapter 1)
    7. What special significance does ‘Islamic Orient’ add to the study of Orientalism, given contemporary geopolitics?
    1. What is the relationship between Orientalism and imperialism?
    2. What does Said mean when he says ‘producing the Orient, politically, sociologically, militarily…’ (p.3)?
    3. What is the Gramscian distinction between civil and political society? Express your views on whether you find the distinction helpful. How does the concept of ‘hegemony’ figure in the discourse? Why is it an important tool to understand the cultural life of the West?
    4. “Orientalism is after all a system for citing works and authors.” Discuss the relationship between the overarching ideology of Orientalism and the contribution of individual works. What position does Said take in the debate? Do you agree with his position? Give reasons for your answer.
    5. What is Said’s opinion on the ‘liberal consensus’ (p.10) about true, ‘non-political’ knowledge? Can there be non-political, pure knowledge in human sciences? State reasons for your agreement/disagreement.
    6. What does Said mean when he says orientalism is ‘premised on exteriority’ (p.20)? How does the Orient rest on representation? In relation to this discuss briefly the politics of ‘representation’. (Discussion in greater detail available in chapter 1)
    7. What special significance does ‘Islamic Orient’ add to the study of Orientalism, given contemporary geopolitics?
    On DRL Full text
    4.
    Wiredu, Kwasi. Philosophy and an African Culture
    1980 1980, Cambridge University Press..
    pp 26-50
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    What can philosophy contribute to African culture? What can it draw from it? Could there be a truly African philosophy that goes beyond traditional folk thought? Kwasi Wiredu tries in these essays to define and demonstrate a role for contemporary African philosophers which is distinctive but by no means parochial. He shows how they can assimilate the advances of analytical philosophy and apply them to the general social and intellectual changes associated with 'modernisation' and the transition to new national identities. But we see too how they can exploit traditional resources and test the assumptions of Western philosophy against the intimations of their own language and culture. The volume as a whole presents some of the best non-technical work of a distinguished African philosopher, of importance equally to professional philosophers and to those with a more general interest in contemporary African thought and culture.

    Comment: Kwasi Wiredu’s Philosophy and an African Culture grapples with the relationship between African philosophy and African traditional folk thought in order to carve out a distinctive role for African philosophers in the present day. In the chapters for this week, Wiredu is contributing to a debate in African philosophy that seeks to answer the question: “What is African Philosophy?”. Wiredu takes issue with Europeans elevating the traditional folk beliefs of Africans to the status of philosophy, which historically has been used to justify and legitimise the racist belief in the inferiority of black Africans. Instead, Wiredu suggests that the absence of a written tradition of philosophy means that African philosophy can only exist in the present. Thus, it is up to contemporary African philosophersto create a ‘new’ tradition with distinctive insights for the problems faced by African societies.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How does the comparison between African philosophy and African versions of other disciplines, such as engineering, illuminate the problem Wiredu is grappling with?
    2. What is the difference between the universalist and nationalist conceptions of African philosophy? What, for Wiredu, are the limitations of the nationalist conception?
    3. Why does Wiredu suggest that traditional African philosophies are “pre-scientific”? Is this a distinct problem for African philosophy? Does the pre-scientific nature of traditional African philosophy mean that it should not be made the subject of further study?
    4. What is Wiredu’s conception of philosophy in a technical sense? Why does Wiredu think that this conception of philosophy is useful for contemporary African society?Can philosophy, in Wiredu’s sense, be universal and, if so, in what ways?
      • Similarly, how are cultural considerations relevant for philosophical thinking? In answering this question, refer to Wiredu’s comments about the relationship between language and philosophy.
      • What implications do you think follow from this relationship between language and philosophy?
    5. What is the definition of African philosophy Wiredu offers at the end of Chapter 2? Why does he suggest that this project is “urgent”?
    6. What are the criticisms Wiredu advances against Western anthropologists who focus on the “pre-scientific characteristics of African traditional thought” (p.39)? What are the problematic consequences of such thinking for the perception of Africans by the West, as well as the self-image of Africans themselves? Can you draw any connections between Wiredu’s remarks here and the effects of colonialism discussed by Césaire?
    7. How does Wiredu’s contrast between African and Western traditions of thought serve to undermine the binary opposition between a rational modern West and an irrational superstitious Africa?
    8. How do you interpret Wiredu’s conception of development as a “continuing world- historical process” (p.43) in which all peoples are engaged? What are the advantages of conceptualising development in this way?
    9. Towards the end of Chapter 3, Wiredu seems to suggest that a written tradition is necessary for possessing a philosophical heritage. Do you think this is fair or it does it unfairly marginalise oral traditions of philosophy as being ‘folk wisdom’?
    1. How does the comparison between African philosophy and African versions of other disciplines, such as engineering, illuminate the problem Wiredu is grappling with?
    2. What is the difference between the universalist and nationalist conceptions of African philosophy? What, for Wiredu, are the limitations of the nationalist conception?
    3. Why does Wiredu suggest that traditional African philosophies are “pre-scientific”? Is this a distinct problem for African philosophy? Does the pre-scientific nature of traditional African philosophy mean that it should not be made the subject of further study?
    4. What is Wiredu’s conception of philosophy in a technical sense? Why does Wiredu think that this conception of philosophy is useful for contemporary African society?Can philosophy, in Wiredu’s sense, be universal and, if so, in what ways?
      • Similarly, how are cultural considerations relevant for philosophical thinking? In answering this question, refer to Wiredu’s comments about the relationship between language and philosophy.
      • What implications do you think follow from this relationship between language and philosophy?
    5. What is the definition of African philosophy Wiredu offers at the end of Chapter 2? Why does he suggest that this project is “urgent”?
    6. What are the criticisms Wiredu advances against Western anthropologists who focus on the “pre-scientific characteristics of African traditional thought” (p.39)? What are the problematic consequences of such thinking for the perception of Africans by the West, as well as the self-image of Africans themselves? Can you draw any connections between Wiredu’s remarks here and the effects of colonialism discussed by Césaire?
    7. How does Wiredu’s contrast between African and Western traditions of thought serve to undermine the binary opposition between a rational modern West and an irrational superstitious Africa?
    8. How do you interpret Wiredu’s conception of development as a “continuing world- historical process” (p.43) in which all peoples are engaged? What are the advantages of conceptualising development in this way?
    9. Towards the end of Chapter 3, Wiredu seems to suggest that a written tradition is necessary for possessing a philosophical heritage. Do you think this is fair or it does it unfairly marginalise oral traditions of philosophy as being ‘folk wisdom’?
    On DRL Full text
    5.
    Smith, Linda Tuhiwai. Decolonising Methodologies: Research and Indigenous Peoples
    2012 2012, 2nd Edition. London and New York: Zed Books..
    “Imperialism, History, Writing, and Theory”, pp 19-41
    Expand entry
    Abstract: To the colonized, the term 'research' is conflated with European colonialism; the ways in which academic research has been implicated in the throes of imperialism remains a painful memory. This essential volume explores intersections of imperialism and research - specifically, the ways in which imperialism is embedded in disciplines of knowledge and tradition as 'regimes of truth.' Concepts such as 'discovery' and 'claiming' are discussed and an argument presented that the decolonization of research methods will help to reclaim control over indigenous ways of knowing and being. Now in its eagerly awaited second edition, this bestselling book has been substantially revised, with new case-studies and examples and important additions on new indigenous literature, the role of research in indigenous struggles for social justice, which brings this essential volume urgently up-to-date.

    Comment: Linda Tuhiwai Smith’s Decolonising Methodologies argued that, for the colonised, the idea and practice of academic research was imbued with imperialism. Thus, to escape this problem and reclaim indigenous forms of knowing, an effort to decolonise the methodologies of research is imperative. The reading for this week is the first chapter of the book, in which Smith advances her critique of Western knowledge to show that “every aspect of producing knowledge has influenced the ways in which indigenous ways of knowing have been represented” (p.35). Smith’s critique is far-reaching, and her point is to suggest that Western notions of history, writing, and theorising are bound up in the way research is pursued such that they exclude and marginalise indigenous groups.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the four different uses of the term ‘imperialism’ that Smith distinguishes between? What is the main difference between the fourth use of imperialism and the first three? Why is this significant?
    2. What are the two main strands of critique offered by indigenous scholarship on imperialism and colonialism? Why do discussions of globalisation and post-colonialism pose new challenges for the ways indigenous communities “think and talk about imperialism” (p.24)?
    3. How does Smith conceptualise the struggle to assert and claim humanity? What do you think Smith means by her suggestion that, for indigenous peoples, fragmentation is not “a phenomenon of postmodernism” but rather “the consequence of imperialism (p.28)”? What connections can you draw betweenthe ideas articulated in this section and the writings of Césaire?
    4. What are the 9 interconnected ideas that Smith suggests are central to Western conceptions of history? What is the critique of this kind of history raised by post-colonial and indigenous theorists alike? Do you find her critique convincing? If so, why? If not, why not?
    5. If history in its modern/Western construction is predicated on a sense of Otherness that marginalises indigenous peoples, how and why is history important for decolonisation? In answering this question, think about how Smith conceptualises the relationship between history and power, as well as what Smith means by “coming to know the past” (p.34) and what this entails for decolonisation efforts.
    6. On page 36, Smith writes “Writing can also be dangerous because we reinforce and maintain a style of discourse which is never innocent”. What are some of the dangers she talks about, and how have indigenous and post-colonial theorists attempted to resist and push back?
    7. In drawing on the work of Cherryl Smith and Edward Said, Linda Tuhiwai Smith highlights the importance of “‘writing back’ and simultaneously writing to ourselves” (p.37). How do you interpret this idea and what implications do you think it has for both writing and interpreting academic texts? Does it make you rethink the assumptions in your writing? Or does it reinforce concerns you may already have?
    8. How and why is theory important for indigenous communities? What kind of theory development is necessary for indigenous communities, and what does this process entail?
    1. What are the four different uses of the term ‘imperialism’ that Smith distinguishes between? What is the main difference between the fourth use of imperialism and the first three? Why is this significant?
    2. What are the two main strands of critique offered by indigenous scholarship on imperialism and colonialism? Why do discussions of globalisation and post-colonialism pose new challenges for the ways indigenous communities “think and talk about imperialism” (p.24)?
    3. How does Smith conceptualise the struggle to assert and claim humanity? What do you think Smith means by her suggestion that, for indigenous peoples, fragmentation is not “a phenomenon of postmodernism” but rather “the consequence of imperialism (p.28)”? What connections can you draw betweenthe ideas articulated in this section and the writings of Césaire?
    4. What are the 9 interconnected ideas that Smith suggests are central to Western conceptions of history? What is the critique of this kind of history raised by post-colonial and indigenous theorists alike? Do you find her critique convincing? If so, why? If not, why not?
    5. If history in its modern/Western construction is predicated on a sense of Otherness that marginalises indigenous peoples, how and why is history important for decolonisation? In answering this question, think about how Smith conceptualises the relationship between history and power, as well as what Smith means by “coming to know the past” (p.34) and what this entails for decolonisation efforts.
    6. On page 36, Smith writes “Writing can also be dangerous because we reinforce and maintain a style of discourse which is never innocent”. What are some of the dangers she talks about, and how have indigenous and post-colonial theorists attempted to resist and push back?
    7. In drawing on the work of Cherryl Smith and Edward Said, Linda Tuhiwai Smith highlights the importance of “‘writing back’ and simultaneously writing to ourselves” (p.37). How do you interpret this idea and what implications do you think it has for both writing and interpreting academic texts? Does it make you rethink the assumptions in your writing? Or does it reinforce concerns you may already have?
    8. How and why is theory important for indigenous communities? What kind of theory development is necessary for indigenous communities, and what does this process entail?
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Chakrabarty, Dipesh. Provincializing Europe: Postcolonial Thought and Historical Difference
    2007 2007, New Edition. Princeton University Press..
    pp 3 -23
    Expand entry
    Abstract: First published in 2000, Dipesh Chakrabarty's influential Provincializing Europe addresses the mythical figure of Europe that is often taken to be the original site of modernity in many histories of capitalist transition in non-Western countries. This imaginary Europe, Dipesh Chakrabarty argues, is built into the social sciences. The very idea of historicizing carries with it some peculiarly European assumptions about disenchanted space, secular time, and sovereignty. Measured against such mythical standards, capitalist transition in the third world has often seemed either incomplete or lacking. Provincializing Europe proposes that every case of transition to capitalism is a case of translation as well - a translation of existing worlds and their thought-categories into the categories and self-understandings of capitalist modernity. Now featuring a new preface in which Chakrabarty responds to his critics, this book globalizes European thought by exploring how it may be renewed both for and from the margins.

    Comment: This book is a watershed in Indian history, labour theory and postcolonial theory. Chakrabarty begins by accepting the idea that history has already provincialized Europe. However, time and again we find the author acknowledging that the categories and ideals that European thought and the Enlightenment produced are both indispensable and at the same time inadequate to understand the modern political relations of non-European, ex-colonial lands. On the one hand, the familiar theories we use to understand the lives of the proletariat or bourgeois political relations were inadequate to explain their postcolonial existence in Bengal and India. Yet, on the other, these frameworks are simultaneously indispensable for theories about the proletariat in postcolonial Bengal to be accepted as knowledge. A quest, therefore, ensued to interpret the lives of the working class and bourgeoisie political relations in parts of the world that did not replicate the historical transition of Europe. This book challenges the monolithic understanding of historical progression and attempts to follow a different historiography (using Marxist insights) to understand political modernity in places with different histories.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is understood by ‘Europe’? Is it a geographical identity or a historical and ideological category?
    2. Why does the author think that European thought is both ‘indispensable and inadequate’ for understanding political modernity in a non-European country like India?
    3. What is the meaning of historicism implied in the text? How did it turn into a political prescription to non-European peoples?
      • What was the response of the anticolonial movements to such an idea?
      • With respect to India, what could be considered as a national gesture of rejecting Mill’s historicist prescription? What tension did the Indian political modernity run into for making that gesture? (pp. 6-11)
    4. How does subaltern historiography extend the meaning of ‘political’ by critiquing the standard binaries of ‘political’ and ‘pre-political’? Discuss with reference to the debate between Eric Hobsbawm and Ranajit Guha. (pp.12-15)
      • How does the binary division of political and pre-political lead us to a ‘stagist’ reading of history, and to the assumption that capitalism brings with it bourgeois power relations?
    5. What are two strands of modern European social science?
      • How does a Marxist reading of history ‘occlude’ questions pertaining to belonging and diversity, thus producing an insufficient tool to read history? (p.18)
      • Was Marx himself clear about questions pertaining to History 2? (Discussions in greater detail available in chapter 2)
    1. What is understood by ‘Europe’? Is it a geographical identity or a historical and ideological category?
    2. Why does the author think that European thought is both ‘indispensable and inadequate’ for understanding political modernity in a non-European country like India?
    3. What is the meaning of historicism implied in the text? How did it turn into a political prescription to non-European peoples?
      • What was the response of the anticolonial movements to such an idea?
      • With respect to India, what could be considered as a national gesture of rejecting Mill’s historicist prescription? What tension did the Indian political modernity run into for making that gesture? (pp. 6-11)
    4. How does subaltern historiography extend the meaning of ‘political’ by critiquing the standard binaries of ‘political’ and ‘pre-political’? Discuss with reference to the debate between Eric Hobsbawm and Ranajit Guha. (pp.12-15)
      • How does the binary division of political and pre-political lead us to a ‘stagist’ reading of history, and to the assumption that capitalism brings with it bourgeois power relations?
    5. What are two strands of modern European social science?
      • How does a Marxist reading of history ‘occlude’ questions pertaining to belonging and diversity, thus producing an insufficient tool to read history? (p.18)
      • Was Marx himself clear about questions pertaining to History 2? (Discussions in greater detail available in chapter 2)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    7.
    Wynter, Sylvia. The Re-Enchantment of Humanism: An Interview with Sylvia Wynter
    2000 2000, Small Axe 8. pp. 119-207..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Sylvia Wynter is a radical Jamaican theorist influenced, among others, by Frantz Fanon. This well known interview is often considered to be the best introduction to her thinking about the question of human in the aftermath of 1492 and the consequent racialisation of humanity.
    Wynter rethinks dominant concepts of being human, arguing that they are based on a colonial and racialized model that divides the world into asymmetric categories such as "the selected and the dysselected", center and periphery, or colonizers and colonized. Against this Wynter proposes a new humanism. According to Katherine McKittrick Wynter develops a "counterhumanism", that breaks from the classification of humans in static, asymmetric categories.

    Comment: Sylvia Wynter is a Jamaican novelist, playwright, and academic who draws on a huge breadth of academic literature, including amongst others anthropology, critical race theory, postcolonialism, and feminism, in her prolific academic writings that cover an equally diverse set of themes. One important strand of her work involves “unsettling” what she sees as the dominant (Western/European) understanding of “Man”, which she argues is responsible for enabling the brutal and harrowing treatment of non-whites by the European colonisers. Indeed, one of the goals of Wynter’s project is to theorise a new kind of humanism that does not collapse into violence and exclusion, as the current dominant Western paradigm has, but rather one that is truly “comprehensive and planetary” (p.121) in scope. The reading for this week is a long-form interview Wynter did with David Scott, the editor of Small Axe, and covers a huge breadth of her work. The preface of the interview offers a helpful contextualisation of Wynter’s work, while the section we will be reading offers an overview into Wynter’s thinking about the ways in which humanist discourse has functioned to exclude non-whites.

    Discussion Questions

    1. At the bottom of page 174, Wynter says “I am suggesting that from the very origin of the modern world, of the Western world system, there were never simply ‘men’ and ‘women’. Rather there was, on the one hand Man, as invented in the sixteenth century by Europe, as Foucault notes, and then, on the other hand, Man’s human Others”. What do you think she means by this? What is the significance of this construction for Wynter’s argument?
    2. In a similar vein, Wynter suggests that “at the beginning of the modern world, the only women were White and Western” (p.174). Why do you think Wynter specifically talks about the construction of women? What does this add to her analysis of the inherently exclusive conception of Man constructed by Western Europe in the modern period?
    3. What is the dilemma that Wynter talks about confronting on page 175? How does ‘appreciating the West’s intellectual breakthroughs’ help to “transform their world”?
    4. What is the relationship between “ethnoastronomies” and the ways in which old civilisations were ordered?
    5. Wynter states that “Copernicus’s breakthrough could only have been made in the wake of the earlier humanists’ invention of a revalorized natural Man in the place of Christianity’s fallen creature” (p.176). What do you think Wynter means by this? How does a “revalorized natural Man” enable the scientific revolution driven by Copernicus? Why is this significant for the construction of human Others as the opposite of the West’s ‘rational Man’? Finally, how and why does this characterisation become “purely secular” (p.177) and biological?
    6. Thinking back to Chakrabarty’s and Smith’s critiques of Western historicism, why does Wynter prefer to use the term “desupernaturalizing” or “de-godding” rather than “secular” to characterise the rising biological conception of Man?
    7. Wynter argues that, in a medieval scholastic order of knowledge, “a lay intellectual … had to think in paradigms which served to confirm the hegemony of the church over the lay world” (p.178). What does this mean?
      • From this idea, Wynter draws on the writings of AiméCésaire and Jean-François Lyotard to suggest that the Human Other is conceptualised as “the name of what is evil”. How does this occur and why is this significant for Wynter’s argument?
      • How is the above related to Wynter’s suggestion that the current dominant paradigm of Man enabled the white Western world to see non-whites as racially inferior?
    8. Does the change in the dominant conception of Man go directly from a theocentric religious conception to a biocentric one? Or is there a stage in between? If so, what is the in-between stage and how does it conceptualise the Human Other?
    9. How does Wynter conceive the relationship between race and gender? How and why does Wynter see gender as an “emancipatory opening”? How do you think Wynter understands gender and how does it relate to her wider argument?
    1. At the bottom of page 174, Wynter says “I am suggesting that from the very origin of the modern world, of the Western world system, there were never simply ‘men’ and ‘women’. Rather there was, on the one hand Man, as invented in the sixteenth century by Europe, as Foucault notes, and then, on the other hand, Man’s human Others”. What do you think she means by this? What is the significance of this construction for Wynter’s argument?
    2. In a similar vein, Wynter suggests that “at the beginning of the modern world, the only women were White and Western” (p.174). Why do you think Wynter specifically talks about the construction of women? What does this add to her analysis of the inherently exclusive conception of Man constructed by Western Europe in the modern period?
    3. What is the dilemma that Wynter talks about confronting on page 175? How does ‘appreciating the West’s intellectual breakthroughs’ help to “transform their world”?
    4. What is the relationship between “ethnoastronomies” and the ways in which old civilisations were ordered?
    5. Wynter states that “Copernicus’s breakthrough could only have been made in the wake of the earlier humanists’ invention of a revalorized natural Man in the place of Christianity’s fallen creature” (p.176). What do you think Wynter means by this? How does a “revalorized natural Man” enable the scientific revolution driven by Copernicus? Why is this significant for the construction of human Others as the opposite of the West’s ‘rational Man’? Finally, how and why does this characterisation become “purely secular” (p.177) and biological?
    6. Thinking back to Chakrabarty’s and Smith’s critiques of Western historicism, why does Wynter prefer to use the term “desupernaturalizing” or “de-godding” rather than “secular” to characterise the rising biological conception of Man?
    7. Wynter argues that, in a medieval scholastic order of knowledge, “a lay intellectual … had to think in paradigms which served to confirm the hegemony of the church over the lay world” (p.178). What does this mean?
      • From this idea, Wynter draws on the writings of AiméCésaire and Jean-François Lyotard to suggest that the Human Other is conceptualised as “the name of what is evil”. How does this occur and why is this significant for Wynter’s argument?
      • How is the above related to Wynter’s suggestion that the current dominant paradigm of Man enabled the white Western world to see non-whites as racially inferior?
    8. Does the change in the dominant conception of Man go directly from a theocentric religious conception to a biocentric one? Or is there a stage in between? If so, what is the in-between stage and how does it conceptualise the Human Other?
    9. How does Wynter conceive the relationship between race and gender? How and why does Wynter see gender as an “emancipatory opening”? How do you think Wynter understands gender and how does it relate to her wider argument?
    On DRL Full text
    8.
    Chen, Kuan-hsing. Asia as Method: Toward Deimperialization
    2010 2010, Duke University Press..
    “Asia as Method: Overcoming the Present Conditions of Knowledge Production” pp. 211-227.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Centering his analysis in the dynamic forces of modern East Asian history, Kuan-Hsing Chen recasts cultural studies as a politically urgent global endeavor. He argues that the intellectual and subjective work of decolonization begun across East Asia after the Second World War was stalled by the cold war. At the same time, the work of deimperialization became impossible to imagine in imperial centers such as Japan and the United States. Chen contends that it is now necessary to resume those tasks, and that decolonization, deimperialization, and an intellectual undoing of the cold war must proceed simultaneously. Combining postcolonial studies, globalization studies, and the emerging field of “Asian studies in Asia,” he insists that those on both sides of the imperial divide must assess the conduct, motives, and consequences of imperial histories.

    Chen is one of the most important intellectuals working in East Asia today; his writing has been influential in Taiwan, South Korea, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore, and mainland China for the past fifteen years. As a founding member of the Inter-Asia Cultural Studies Society and its journal, he has helped to initiate change in the dynamics and intellectual orientation of the region, building a network that has facilitated inter-Asian connections. Asia as Method encapsulates Chen’s vision and activities within the increasingly “inter-referencing” East Asian intellectual community and charts necessary new directions for cultural studies.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the potential of Asia as method? From the remarks Chen makes at the start of the chapter, what do you think Asia as method entails?
    2. What are some of the problems associated with both the idea of Asia as method and the Inter-Asia project that inspired it?
    3. Why does Chen suggest that “due to historical constraints and current local differences, the general mood does not justify using Asia” as an “emotional signifier to call for regional integration and solidarity” (p.213)?
    4. What is the relationship between “anxiety over the meaning of Asia” and the “politics of representation” (p.215)? What are the implications of this relationship for Asia as method? Why is this significant for Chen’s argument?
    5. What does Chen mean by an “imaginary West” and what role has it played in Asian nationalist discourses? Thinking back to some of the earlier readings, what is the relationship between the West and forms of knowledge production? Why is this a problem for Chen?
    6. What are the four strategies of “dealing with the West” Chen considers and how does he critique each of them? Thinking back to your reading of Dipesh Chakrabarty, are you convinced by Chen’s critique? If so, why? If not, why not?
    7. Chen diagnoses a particular “predicament of postcolonial discourse” (p.222). What do you think Chen means by this? How does he attempt to move beyond it?
    8. What are the similarities between Partha Chatterjee’s writings and Chen’s experiences in Taiwan? What is Chen’s idea of “shifting [the] points of reference” (p.225) and how does this inform his engagement with Chatterjee? How does shifting the points of reference collapse the “division between researcher and native informant” (p.227)?
    9. Are you convinced that Asia as method can meaningfully “deal with the West”? Do you think it entails similar ideas in other parts of the world, such as Africa as method or Latin America as method? If so, what implications follow for political philosophy and/or political science?
    1. What is the potential of Asia as method? From the remarks Chen makes at the start of the chapter, what do you think Asia as method entails?
    2. What are some of the problems associated with both the idea of Asia as method and the Inter-Asia project that inspired it?
    3. Why does Chen suggest that “due to historical constraints and current local differences, the general mood does not justify using Asia” as an “emotional signifier to call for regional integration and solidarity” (p.213)?
    4. What is the relationship between “anxiety over the meaning of Asia” and the “politics of representation” (p.215)? What are the implications of this relationship for Asia as method? Why is this significant for Chen’s argument?
    5. What does Chen mean by an “imaginary West” and what role has it played in Asian nationalist discourses? Thinking back to some of the earlier readings, what is the relationship between the West and forms of knowledge production? Why is this a problem for Chen?
    6. What are the four strategies of “dealing with the West” Chen considers and how does he critique each of them? Thinking back to your reading of Dipesh Chakrabarty, are you convinced by Chen’s critique? If so, why? If not, why not?
    7. Chen diagnoses a particular “predicament of postcolonial discourse” (p.222). What do you think Chen means by this? How does he attempt to move beyond it?
    8. What are the similarities between Partha Chatterjee’s writings and Chen’s experiences in Taiwan? What is Chen’s idea of “shifting [the] points of reference” (p.225) and how does this inform his engagement with Chatterjee? How does shifting the points of reference collapse the “division between researcher and native informant” (p.227)?
    9. Are you convinced that Asia as method can meaningfully “deal with the West”? Do you think it entails similar ideas in other parts of the world, such as Africa as method or Latin America as method? If so, what implications follow for political philosophy and/or political science?
    On DRL Full text
    9.
    Khader, Serene J.. Decolonizing Universalism: A Transnational Feminist Ethic
    2018 2018, OUP USA.
    pp. 1-19
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Decolonizing Universalism develops a genuinely anti-imperialist feminism. Against relativism/universalism debates that ask feminists to either reject normativity or reduce feminism to a Western conceit, Khader's nonideal universalism rediscovers the normative core of feminism in opposition to sexist oppression and reimagines the role of moral ideals in transnational feminist praxis.

    Comment: The book is a prescription for feminist praxis in lands and cultures which have histories different from that of the vanguards of the (‘Western’) world. It challenges both the ‘progressive’ ideals of the Enlightenment, which (according to the author) are ethnocentric in many ways, and their universalizing tendencies. It recognizes, and is apprehensive of, the fact that Enlightenment values operate as background assumptions in the works of many Northern and Western feminists, all the more when they are concerned with advancing women’s rights in ‘other’ cultures. The author rejects such tendencies and proposes a different approach to the understanding of normativity and universalism.

    Discussion Questions

    1. The terms ‘Western’ and ‘Northern’ appear frequently in the text. (a) Do the words refer to the same idea? If not, then what is the difference? (pp. 16-17; pp.18-19)
      • Why does the author levy the charge of ethnocentrism against what they call ‘Western’ universalism?
      • What position does the author take against that brand of universalism? Is it relativism or is it any other conception of universalism?
    2. “Anti- imperialist feminisms, in my view, contain substantive normative claims.” (p.3)
      • What is the substantive normative claim of the anti-imperialist feminism?
      • How is this normative claim different from that of the Enlightenment liberalist/ universalist claim of normativity?
    3. “…according to the Enlightenment liberal retelling of history, moral progress means the erosion of community and tradition that the West has ostensibly already achieved.” (p.5)
      • Do Chakrabarty’s ideas of ‘historicism’ and the ‘imaginary waiting room of history’ shed some light on this understanding of history?
    4. What are the ‘specific values’ that the author wishes to examine in the book? Discuss in brief how the author engages with the values. (pp. 7-10) State your views about the discussions. (Discussions in greater detail are available in chapters – 2, 3, 4)
    5. With respect to feminist solidarity and praxis:
      • How does the author qualify the notion of ‘positive ideals’?
      • How must we understand the goods of human rights, and generally the universal indicators of advantage and disadvantage? (pp. 11-12)
    6. The stated feminist position challenges the conventions and methodology of Anglo- American political philosophy in three distinct and important ways. Discuss briefly each of them and register your own response to those.
    7. How does the stated feminist position interact with the notion of intersectionality of oppression? Do you agree that the expressed position is compatible with the intersectionality thesis or is the latter at odds with the former?
    1. The terms ‘Western’ and ‘Northern’ appear frequently in the text. (a) Do the words refer to the same idea? If not, then what is the difference? (pp. 16-17; pp.18-19)
      • Why does the author levy the charge of ethnocentrism against what they call ‘Western’ universalism?
      • What position does the author take against that brand of universalism? Is it relativism or is it any other conception of universalism?
    2. “Anti- imperialist feminisms, in my view, contain substantive normative claims.” (p.3)
      • What is the substantive normative claim of the anti-imperialist feminism?
      • How is this normative claim different from that of the Enlightenment liberalist/ universalist claim of normativity?
    3. “…according to the Enlightenment liberal retelling of history, moral progress means the erosion of community and tradition that the West has ostensibly already achieved.” (p.5)
      • Do Chakrabarty’s ideas of ‘historicism’ and the ‘imaginary waiting room of history’ shed some light on this understanding of history?
    4. What are the ‘specific values’ that the author wishes to examine in the book? Discuss in brief how the author engages with the values. (pp. 7-10) State your views about the discussions. (Discussions in greater detail are available in chapters – 2, 3, 4)
    5. With respect to feminist solidarity and praxis:
      • How does the author qualify the notion of ‘positive ideals’?
      • How must we understand the goods of human rights, and generally the universal indicators of advantage and disadvantage? (pp. 11-12)
    6. The stated feminist position challenges the conventions and methodology of Anglo- American political philosophy in three distinct and important ways. Discuss briefly each of them and register your own response to those.
    7. How does the stated feminist position interact with the notion of intersectionality of oppression? Do you agree that the expressed position is compatible with the intersectionality thesis or is the latter at odds with the former?
    On DRL Full text
    10.
    Dhanda, Meena. Philosophical Foundations of Anti-Casteism
    2020 2020, Proceedings of the Aristotelian Society. 120 (1): 71-96..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The paper begins from a working definition of caste as a contentious form of social belonging and a consideration of casteism as a form of inferiorization. It takes anti-casteism as an ideological critique aimed at unmasking the unethical operations of caste, drawing upon B. R. Ambedkar’s notion of caste as ‘graded inequality’. The politico-legal context of the unfinished trajectory of instituting protection against caste discrimination in Britain provides the backdrop for thinking through the philosophical foundations of anti-casteism. The peculiar religio-discursive aspect of ‘emergent vulnerability’ is noted, which explains the recent introduction of the trope of ‘institutional casteism’ used as a shield by deniers of caste against accusations of casteism. The language of protest historically introduced by anti-racists is thus usurped and inverted in a simulated language of anti-colonialism. It is suggested that the stymieing of the UK legislation on caste is an effect of collective hypocrisies, the refusal to acknowledge caste privilege, and the continuity of an agonistic intellectual inheritance, exemplified in the deep differences between Ambedkar and Gandhi in the Indian nationalist discourse on caste. The paper argues that for a modern anti-casteism to develop, at stake is the possibility of an ethical social solidarity. Following Ambedkar, this expansive solidarity can only be found through our willingness to subject received opinions and traditions to critical scrutiny. Since opposed groups ‘make sense’ of their worlds in ways that might generate collective hypocrisies of denial of caste effects, anti-casteism must be geared to expose the lie that caste as the system of graded inequality is benign and seamlessly self-perpetuating, when it is everywhere enforced through penalties for transgression of local caste norms with the complicity of the privileged castes. The ideal for modern anti-casteism is Maitri formed through praxis, eschewing birth-ascribed caste status and loyalties.

    Comment: This is a brilliant introductory essay to the problem of casteism which plagues not only Indian societies in India, but also the diaspora abroad. The essay provides a nuanced perspective of how we must understand caste (both in its concept and its practice), introduces us to the 20th century debates which were ongoing alongside the freedom struggle against the Raj, and links the caste debate to the debates around it in contemporary British politics. It is a novel attempt to unearth the philosophical underpinnings of the movement against caste oppression. The timing of the essay seems apposite, given the current political situation in India and its impact in the politics of the countries where Indians constitute a sizeable population.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is caste? Is a perfect definition possible? If not, what are ways to identify caste and the practice of casteism or caste discrimination? Does the notion of caste interact with the notion of class? If so, how?
    2. What is the connection between Colonialism and Casteism? Take into consideration viewpoints of deniers of caste discrimination as well as that of anti-casteists.
    3. Discuss the nature of relationship between the supposedly ‘amoral’ capitalist market and caste norms. Has the market been able to dissolve caste or is it entrenching caste divisions?
    4. What do we understand about Gandhi’s idea of caste and casteism?
      • What contradiction does Gandhi run into while describing the caste system?
    5. What is the notion of morality, inspired from Buddhism, that Ambedkar endorses?
      • What is ‘anti-social morality’ and how is it different from the morality that Ambedkar propounds?
      • Express your opinions on the two conceptions of morality.
    6. How does caste and casteism figure in the rubric of Britain’s ‘multi-ethnic’ politics and specifically in its legal discourse?
    1. What is caste? Is a perfect definition possible? If not, what are ways to identify caste and the practice of casteism or caste discrimination? Does the notion of caste interact with the notion of class? If so, how?
    2. What is the connection between Colonialism and Casteism? Take into consideration viewpoints of deniers of caste discrimination as well as that of anti-casteists.
    3. Discuss the nature of relationship between the supposedly ‘amoral’ capitalist market and caste norms. Has the market been able to dissolve caste or is it entrenching caste divisions?
    4. What do we understand about Gandhi’s idea of caste and casteism?
      • What contradiction does Gandhi run into while describing the caste system?
    5. What is the notion of morality, inspired from Buddhism, that Ambedkar endorses?
      • What is ‘anti-social morality’ and how is it different from the morality that Ambedkar propounds?
      • Express your opinions on the two conceptions of morality.
    6. How does caste and casteism figure in the rubric of Britain’s ‘multi-ethnic’ politics and specifically in its legal discourse?

PDF10Level
NEW

Female Philosophers in African Philosophy: A Selection

Expand entry

by Björn Freter & Marc Gwodog

Introduction

The contribution of women philosophers has often been confined to the margins of African philosophical historiography. This blueprint seeks to challenge and expand the traditional canon by foregrounding the philosophical reflections of African women. It aims to develop an alternative perspective that acknowledges and critically engages with the intellectual labor of women across diverse African contexts.


The selection of texts spans over three centuries, encompassing thinkers from varied geographical regions, linguistic traditions, and cultural backgrounds. These works demonstrate the depth and diversity of African women’s philosophical engagement, addressing a range of critical issues such as the place of women in the African philosophical world, feminism in African societies, the politics of decolonization, and women’s relationship to religion and spirituality.


By situating these texts at the center of philosophical inquiry rather than the periphery, this blueprint not only broadens the scope of African philosophy but also disrupts the gendered silences that have shaped its historiography. In doing so, it opens up a space for a more inclusive and pluralistic understanding of Africa’s rich intellectual traditions.


Contents

    Week 1. The Marginalization of African Women Philosophers
    On DRL Full text
    Edet, Mesembe Ita. Women in the History of African Philosophy and the Imperative of ‘Her-Storical’ Perspective in the Contemporary African Philosophy
    2018, in Chimakonam, J. and du Toit, L. (eds.), African Philosophy and the Epistemic Marginalization of Women. London, New York: Routledge.
    pp. 155-166
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The points this chapter labors to make are straight and simple. First, the documented reflections of women in contemporary African philosophy, of individuals such as Sophie Oluwole, Anke Graness, Wangari Maathai, Nkiru Nzegwu, Ebunoluwa Oduwole, Betty Wambui, Gail Presbey, and Louise du Toit, are impossible to deny or to ignore; the heritage they (and other female thinkers on the African condition, too numerous to do justice to here) have bequeathed to African philosophy and the world deserves the recognition denied it for so long, and current African philosophical historiography must remediate this epistemic injustice. Furthermore, I maintain that concepts are crucial in philosophical discourse, and this work has thrown up fresh concepts and keywords such as ‘his-story’, ‘her-story’, ‘her-storycide’, ‘her-storicity’, and ‘Afro-herstoricism’. These concepts are pregnant with implications, consequences, and creative possibilities for African philosophy and her place in the philosophical world. These concepts encapsulate the idea that women’s lives, experiences, deeds, contributions, voices, perceptions, representations, struggles, problems, expectations and participation in human affairs have been too long neglected or undervalued in standard historical narratives, and that serious cognizance must be taken of the creative works that women have produced in the development of knowledge and how these have affected the philosophic temper. Contemporary African philosophy cannot run away from honoring its ‘debts and duties’ to women in African philosophy.

    Comment: Introducing the problem of women's marginalization in African philosophy via a rich historical exposition and explanation of new concepts such as his-story, her-story, her-storycide, her-storicity, and Afro-herstoricism.

    On DRL Full text
    Akiode, Olajumoke. African Philosophy, its Questions, the Place and the Role of Women and its Disconnect with its World
    2018, in Chimakonam, J. and du Toit, L. (eds.), African Philosophy and the Epistemic Marginalization of Women. London, New York: Routledge.
    pp. 57-73
    Expand entry
    Abstract: An African philosophy that excludes women despite its African cultural origin and DNA of complementarity, inclusion, interrelatedness, and interconnectedness, as highlighted by concepts like ‘Ubuntu’, is indeed an aberration. The excuse that the process of forging the African identity in an era of exclusion from rationality called for a blanket or block procedure that could not accommodate demographic disaggregation is untenable. Also, the assumption of gender neutrality is a farce. This African philosophical enterprise is essentially an exhibition of a colonized mentality. The hermeneutic analysis of the pre-colonial Yoruba African world-view, its concept of existence, being/self, governance, and eldership, has offered proof that ideas of interconnectedness, interrelatedness, being-with-others, inclusion, and complementarity are entrenched and inseparable from the African world-view. In conclusion, it is therefore a valid argument and conclusion that if African philosophy is based on African world-views of complementarity, inclusion, and being-with-others, then external (colonial) influence on thought and the socialization process is responsible for the contemporary marginalization of women. When a correct diagnosis has been made, a prescription can be made accurately, and the cure is at hand.

    Comment: Examines the intersections of African philosophy, gender, and colonialism and thus provides a good introduction to these issues. This is a rather easily accessible text to learn about a contemporary position on issues of African women philosophers.

    Study Questions

    1. Are women marginalized in philosophy, and are women marginalized in African philosophy?
    2. What does it mean to be marginalized or to marginalize? Is there a purpose/plan/goal to marginalization?
    3. If you are marginalized, what can you do to demarginalize yourself?
    4. If you are someone who marginalizes (consciously or unconsciously), how can you overcome contributing to marginalization?
    5. What does herstorycide mean, and do you think that this is a helpful concept?
    6. What is the damage done to philosophy if women are excluded from it?
    7. What are the suggestions of Edet and Akiode to address the problem of marginalization?
    8. What is the relevance of colonization and decolonization in the area of marginalization of women?
    Week 2. Oyèrónkẹ́ Oyěwùmí
    On DRL Full text
    Oyěwùmí, Oyèrónkẹ́. Visualizing the Body: Western Theories and African Subjects
    1997, in The Invention of Women. Making an African Sense of Western Gender Discourse. London: University of Minnesota Press.
    pp. 1-30
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The “woman question,” this book asserts, is a Western one, and not a proper lens for viewing African society. A work that rethinks gender as a Western construction, The Invention of Women offers a new way of understanding both Yoruban and Western cultures. Author Oyeronke Oyewumi reveals an ideology of biological determinism at the heart of Western social categories-the idea that biology provides the rationale for organizing the social world. And yet, she writes, the concept of “woman,” central to this ideology and to Western gender discourses, simply did not exist in Yorubaland, where the body was not the basis of social roles. Oyewumi traces the misapplication of Western, body-oriented concepts of gender through the history of gender discourses in Yoruba studies. Her analysis shows the paradoxical nature of two fundamental assumptions of feminist theory: that gender is socially constructed and that the subordination of women is universal. The Invention of Women demonstrates, to the contrary, that gender was not constructed in old Yoruba society, and that social organization was determined by relative age. A meticulous historical and epistemological account of an African culture on its own terms, this book makes a persuasive argument for a cultural, context-dependent interpretation of social reality. It calls for a reconception of gender discourse and the categories on which such study relies. More than that, the book lays bare the hidden assumptions in the ways these different cultures think. A truly comparative sociology of an African culture and the Western tradition, it will change the way African studies and gender studies proceed.

    Comment: A foundational and controversial work of African (feminist) philosophy. Oyěwùmí introduces the idea of gender being a Western construct that has been imposed on African communities. Oyěwùmí provides a perspective on the Western discourse on sex and gender widely unknown within Western philosophical institutions.

    On DRL Full text
    Oyěwùmí, Oyèrónkẹ́. (Re)constituting the Cosmology and Sociocultural Institutions of Ọ̀yọ́-Yorùbá
    1997, in The Invention of Women. Making an African Sense of Western Gender Discourse. London: University of Minnesota Press.
    pp. 31-79
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The “woman question,” this book asserts, is a Western one, and not a proper lens for viewing African society. A work that rethinks gender as a Western construction, The Invention of Women offers a new way of understanding both Yoruban and Western cultures. Author Oyeronke Oyewumi reveals an ideology of biological determinism at the heart of Western social categories-the idea that biology provides the rationale for organizing the social world. And yet, she writes, the concept of “woman,” central to this ideology and to Western gender discourses, simply did not exist in Yorubaland, where the body was not the basis of social roles. Oyewumi traces the misapplication of Western, body-oriented concepts of gender through the history of gender discourses in Yoruba studies. Her analysis shows the paradoxical nature of two fundamental assumptions of feminist theory: that gender is socially constructed and that the subordination of women is universal. The Invention of Women demonstrates, to the contrary, that gender was not constructed in old Yoruba society, and that social organization was determined by relative age. A meticulous historical and epistemological account of an African culture on its own terms, this book makes a persuasive argument for a cultural, context-dependent interpretation of social reality. It calls for a reconception of gender discourse and the categories on which such study relies. More than that, the book lays bare the hidden assumptions in the ways these different cultures think. A truly comparative sociology of an African culture and the Western tradition, it will change the way African studies and gender studies proceed.

    Comment: A foundational and controversial work of African (feminist) philosophy. Oyěwùmí introduces the idea of gender being a Western construct that has been imposed on African communities. Oyěwùmí provides a perspective on the Western discourse on sex and gender widely unknown within Western philosophical institutions.

    Study Questions

    For Visualizing the Body: Western Theories and African Subjects

    1. What is gender? What is sex?
    2. Is “biology destiny” in Western thought, as Oyěwùmí claims?
    3. Are gender and sex foundational human phenomena, or do they, as Oyěwùmí argues, only appear in certain societies?
    4. What would be the damage if, as Oyěwùmí argues, it is true that gender is an imposed Western category?
    5. What are the organizing structures of Yoruba society?

    For (Re)constituting the Cosmology and Sociocultural Institutions of Ọ̀yọ́-Yorùbá

    1. What is the principle of seniority?
    2. Can seniority explain the societal structures of the Yoruba?
    3. Does seniority explain what gender could not?
    4. What are the relevant societal participants?
    5. What is meant by anafemale and anamale? Are these categories helpful?
    6. What is ọkọ? In what way is ọkọ important for the understanding of Yoruba social structure?
    7. What is the difference between the Western and the Yoruba understanding of marriage?
    8. What does marriage mean in a Yoruba context?
    9. What are the ethical ties between members of the Yoruba society? Why is responsibility so important in these structures?
    Week 3. Abosede Priscilla Ipadeola
    On DRL Full text
    Ipadeola, Abosede Priscilla. African Philosophy and the Shackles of Androcentrism
    2022, in Feminist African Philosophy. Women and the Politics of Difference. 1st ed. London: Routledge.
    pp. 69-91
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The book argues that women's perspectives and gender issues must be mainstreamed across African philosophy in order for the discipline to truly represent the thoughts of Africans across the continent. African philosophy as an academic discipline emerged as a direct challenge to Western and Eurocentric hegemonies. It sought to actualize the project of decolonization and to contribute African perspectives to global discourses. There has, however, been a dominance of male perspectives in this field of human knowledge. This book argues that African philosophy cannot claim to have liberated people of African descent from marginalization until the androcentric nature of African philosophy is addressed. Key concepts such as Ujamaa, Negritude, Ubuntu, Consciencism, and African Socialism are explored as they relate to African women's lives or as models of inclusion or exclusion from politics. In addition to offering a feminist critique of African philosophy, the book also discusses topics that have been consistently overlooked in African philosophy. These topics include sex, sexuality, rape, motherhood, prostitution, and the low participation of women in politics. By highlighting the work of women feminist scholars such as Oyeronke Oyewumi, Nkiru Nzegwu, Ifi Amadiume, Amina Mama, and Bibi Bakare-Yusuf, the book engages with African philosophy from an African feminist viewpoint. This book will be an essential resource for students and researchers of African philosophy and gender studies.

    Comment: Ipadeola's work not only addresses the problem of the marginalization of African women philosophers but also allows us to understand that this problem has a massive impact on philosophy itself. Students can find in these two chapters (1) a solid overview of the androcentric problem and (2) an epistemological approach to how to solve not only the androcentric problem, but the problem of suppressive thought in general by claiming that whatever is used to suppress can no longer be understood as knowledge but as not-knowledge. This not-knowledge lacks any argumentative power. This is one of the most ingenious recent African ideas in philosophy.

    On DRL Full text
    Ipadeola, Abosede Priscilla. African Women, Illogicality and Epistemic Tyranny
    2022, in Feminist African Philosophy. Women and the Politics of Difference. 1st ed. London: Routledge.
    pp. 109-116
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The book argues that women's perspectives and gender issues must be mainstreamed across African philosophy in order for the discipline to truly represent the thoughts of Africans across the continent. African philosophy as an academic discipline emerged as a direct challenge to Western and Eurocentric hegemonies. It sought to actualize the project of decolonization and to contribute African perspectives to global discourses. There has, however, been a dominance of male perspectives in this field of human knowledge. This book argues that African philosophy cannot claim to have liberated people of African descent from marginalization until the androcentric nature of African philosophy is addressed. Key concepts such as Ujamaa, Negritude, Ubuntu, Consciencism, and African Socialism are explored as they relate to African women's lives or as models of inclusion or exclusion from politics. In addition to offering a feminist critique of African philosophy, the book also discusses topics that have been consistently overlooked in African philosophy. These topics include sex, sexuality, rape, motherhood, prostitution, and the low participation of women in politics. By highlighting the work of women feminist scholars such as Oyeronke Oyewumi, Nkiru Nzegwu, Ifi Amadiume, Amina Mama, and Bibi Bakare-Yusuf, the book engages with African philosophy from an African feminist viewpoint. This book will be an essential resource for students and researchers of African philosophy and gender studies.

    Comment: Ipadeola's work not only addresses the problem of the marginalization of African women philosophers but also allows us to understand that this problem has a massive impact on philosophy itself. Students can find in these two chapters (1) a solid overview of the androcentric problem and (2) an epistemological approach to how to solve not only the androcentric problem, but the problem of suppressive thought in general by claiming that whatever is used to suppress can no longer be understood as knowledge but as not-knowledge. This not-knowledge lacks any argumentative power. This is one of the most ingenious recent African ideas in philosophy.

    Freter, Björn. Abosede Priscilla Ipadeola’s Philosophy of Liberation
    2025, in Chimakonam, A. E. and Idika, C. (eds.), Her-storical Perspectives in African Philosophy. Cham: Springer.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This contribution aims to present the work of Abosede Priscilla Ipadeola. The text attempts to reconstruct her thoughts on male supremacy, epistemic tyranny, and, most importantly, her ingenious way of redefining epistemic freedom. It concludes with Ipadeola’s suggestions regarding rewriting history and education. This reconstructive work is necessary to disseminate Ipadeola’s wisdom more widely and recommend it with fervor to anyone who partakes in the discourses surrounding African philosophy, feminism, colonialism, and marginalization. The contributions of African women philosophers need to be recentered, reclaimed, and revealed. It is our sincere hope that this overview, in some way, and be it in the smallest, contributes to that vital work. The contemporary significance and relevance of Ipadeola’s work cannot be denied. Unfortunately, it also cannot be denied that it is becoming increasingly important these days, and we would do well to learn as much as possible from it, as quickly as possible. Let us, then, begin our work.

    Comment: There are virtually no explicit and extended secondary sources on Ipadeola; this paper will allow students to develop an overview of her ethical and epistemological thought.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the problem with androcentrism, according to Ipadeola? What is the damage philosophy suffered from androcentrism?
    2. Is African androcentrism different from Western androcentrism?
    3. What is freedom? What is epistemic freedom?
    4. What is, in Ipadeola’s understanding, knowledge, and what is not-knowledge? What are the dangers of the philosophical discipline of epistemology?
    5. How do we have to understand Ìmo ̣̀, e ̣̀rí, ẹlẹ́ẹ̣̀rí, ọmọlúàbí?
    6. How are knowledge and community connected?
    7. What is the relationship between academic and non-specialized knowledge?
    8. What helps against the androcentrist suppression?
    Week 4. Sophie Bọsẹdé Olúwọlé
    On DRL
    Olúwọlé, Sophie Bọsẹdé. The Rational Basis of Yoruba Ethical Thinking
    1992, in Witchcraft, Reincarnation and the God-Head (Issues in African Philosophy). Lagos: Excel Publishers.
    pp. 55-72
    Expand entry
    Abstract: An explanation of the Yoruba understanding of rationality, its immediate connection to practical ethics, and its roots in oral Yoruba traditions.

    Comment: By studying Olúwọlé, students can learn this week that African women philosophers have not worked on feminist issues alone. Olúwọlé allows one to learn about a different rationale than the commonly known Western one. This can nicely be juxtaposed with philosophers like Descartes or Kant. Olúwọlé's philosophy of rationality and the connection of this philosophy with Yoruba culture, esp. with Yoruba oral traditions of philosophy, allows to re-evaluate the (seemingly) undeniable evidence of Western philosophy. Furthermore, it also shows some commonalities that were denied in later Western philosophical history (for instance, that at the inception of Western philosophy we do find in Socrates another oral philosopher).

    On DRL
    Olúwọlé, Sophie Bọsẹdé. Philosophy and Oral Tradition
    1999, in Philosophy and Oral Tradition. Lagos: African Research Konsultancy (ARK).
    pp. 1-38
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    From: Sophie Oluwole: Celebrating the Radical Spirit of African Philosophy, By Tunji Olaopa

    In Philosophy and Oral Tradition (1997), Sophie Oluwole urges us to return to Africa’s oral tradition as the source of excavating an authentic foundation of Africa’s intellectual culture which the West has tried so hard to undermine and destroy. One argument that underlies the relevance of Africa’s oral tradition is that the traditional and cultural practices of the past must have been guided by some form of logic and rational principles which not only predate the Western scientific canon, but which cannot also be subsumed totally under it. 

    Comment: By studying Olúwọlé, students can learn this week that African women philosophers have not worked on feminist issues alone. Olúwọlé allows one to learn about a different rationale than the commonly known Western one. This can nicely be juxtaposed with philosophers like Descartes or Kant. Olúwọlé's philosophy of rationality and the connection of this philosophy with Yoruba culture, esp. with Yoruba oral traditions of philosophy, allows to re-evaluate the (seemingly) undeniable evidence of Western philosophy. Furthermore, it also shows some commonalities that were denied in later Western philosophical history (for instance, that at the inception of Western philosophy we do find in Socrates another oral philosopher).

    Full text
    Freter, Björn. Sophie Bọsẹdé Olúwọlé on Yoruba Philosophy, Knowing, Not-Knowingand the Pain of Letting Go
    2024, in Agada, A., Ofuasia, E. and Ikuli, B. Y. (eds.), Contemporary African Metaphysical Thought. Cham: Palgrave Macmillan.
    pp. 105-129
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This contribution will outline some important aspects of Sophie Bọsẹdé Olúwọlés' groundbreaking work on Yorùbá oral philosophy. Using the Yorùbá story ‘The Toothless Queen’ as a vehicle, we will outline her understanding of oral philosophy as philosophy proper and investigate her radically inclusive, non-absolutist, anti-nihilist conception of philosophy as well as the fundamental onto-epistemological axioms of Yorùbá thought. We will especially focus on Olúwọlés radical and revolutionary philosophical approach to rationality and rational conjectures. We will finish our paper with Olúwọlés’ reflections on some of the obstacles that must be overcome to make her revolution a reality in the global philosophical community, that is, the pain of letting theories, ideas, and principles dear to us go.

    Comment: There is only a handful of secondary literature on Sophie Bọsẹdé Olúwọlé. This recent paper addresses the issues of rationality and oral philosophy and is thus a helpful additional resource for the study of Olúwọlé.

    Study Questions

    1. What is Western rationality, and what is Yoruba rationality?
    2. Can there be different types of rationality, or is there one universal rationality?
    3. What is the moral of the story of the ‘Toothless Queen’?
    4. What is a rational conjecture? Why would we need something like that, and what does this have to do with the Gods?
    5. What are some principles of Yoruba philosophical thought, and in what way are these different from a Western understanding of philosophy?
    6. Can we even live with each other if we cannot even agree on what rationality is? How can we take each other seriously?
    7. Do we need ethical universalism? What is the connection between ethical universalism and colonial thought?
    8. What is oral philosophy? What are the differences between oral and written philosophy?
    9. What are the differences between African and Western philosophy? Do they matter? Are those differences to be understood as normative differences or merely as different phenomena?
    Week 5. Amina Mama
    On DRL Full text
    Mama, Amina. Enslaving the Soul of the Other
    1995, in Beyond the Masks. Race, Gender and Subjectivity. 1st ed. London: Taylor & Francis Group.
    pp. 27-53
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Psychology has had a number of things to say about black and coloured people, none of them favourable, and most of which have reinforced stereotyped and derogatory images. Beyond the Masks is a readable account of black psychology, exploring key theoretical issues in race and gender. In it, Amina Mama examines the history of racist psychology, and of the implicit racism throughout the discipline. Beyond the Masks also offers an important theoretical perspective, and will appeal to all those involved with ethnic minorities, gender politics and questions of identity.

    Comment: The study of Amina Mama allows for the development of an understanding of black women's multiple subjectivities and their experience of racism and sexism, while at the same time showing that the black individual cannot be defined only via racism. She unveils the absurd effects of anti-black thought in psychology and how black psychologists have worked on developing non-racist theories of black identity.

    On DRL Full text
    Mama, Amina. Inventing Black Identity
    1995, in Beyond the Masks. Race, Gender and Subjectivity. 1st ed. London: Taylor & Francis Group.
    pp. 54-76
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Psychology has had a number of things to say about black and coloured people, none of them favourable, and most of which have reinforced stereotyped and derogatory images. Beyond the Masks is a readable account of black psychology, exploring key theoretical issues in race and gender. In it, Amina Mama examines the history of racist psychology, and of the implicit racism throughout the discipline. Beyond the Masks also offers an important theoretical perspective, and will appeal to all those involved with ethnic minorities, gender politics and questions of identity.

    Comment: The study of Amina Mama allows for the development of an understanding of black women's multiple subjectivities and their experience of racism and sexism, while at the same time showing that the black individual cannot be defined only via racism. She unveils the absurd effects of anti-black thought in psychology and how black psychologists have worked on developing non-racist theories of black identity.

    On DRL Full text
    de la Rey, Cheryl, Mama, Amina, Magubane, Zine. Beyond the Masks [A Discussion with Amina Mama]
    1997, Agenda: Empowering Women for Gender Equity, 32, Taylor & Francis, Ltd.
    pp. 17-23
    Expand entry
    Abstract: CHERYL DE LA REY leads a discussion with AMINA MAMA about the writer's groundbreaking work on black subjectivity. ZINE MAGUBANE presents some of the highlights of the conversation on the book BEYOND THE MASKS, held at the African Gender Institute in Cape Town.

    Comment: This conversation with Amina Mama on some of the core elements of her book provides an excellent guide to some of her ideas and allows to place them within the larger context.

    Study Questions

    1. What is black identity? What is black female identity?
    2. What is oppression? How does oppression change one’s understanding of oneself?
    3. Can a non-oppressed person ever understand an oppressed person?
    4. Can a woman oppressed for being a woman ever be understood by a man not oppressed for being a man?
    5. What does subjectivity mean? What does it mean to have multiple subjectivities?
    6. What is anti-black psychology? How is it even possible to develop something like anti-black psychology?
    7. What could be foundational ideas of a non-racist psychology of black identity?
    8. What is anti-black racism?
    9. Why did Western psychologists develop anti-black psychology even though it contradicted all scientific evidence and (seemingly) all moral axioms of Western thought?
    Week 6. Ifi Amadiume
    On DRL Full text
    Amadiume, Ifi. Gender and the Economy
    1987, in Male Daughters, Female Husbands: Gender and Sex in an African Society. London/New Jersey: Zed Books.
    pp. 27-41
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In 1987, more than a decade before the dawn of queer theory, Ifi Amadiume published the groundbreaking 'Male Daughters, Female Husbands' to critical acclaim. This compelling, enduring, and highly original book argues that gender, as constructed in Western feminist discourse, did not exist in Africa before the colonial imposition of a dichotomous understanding of sexual difference. Amadiume examines the African societal structures that enabled people to achieve power within fluid masculine and feminine roles. At a time when gender and queer theory is viewed by many as overly focused on identity politics, this apt text not only warns against the danger of projecting Western notions of difference onto other cultures, but also questions the very concept of gender itself.

    Comment: Amadiume explains the institutional and ideological power of women in the pre-colonial 19th century, the downfall of this power during colonialism, and the continuation of women's marginalization in society. This study allows to develop an understanding of the highly complex sex/gender understanding in African (here: Igbo) societies. It will show that the Western understanding of sex and gender might be fruitfully applicable for certain (Western) societies, but is only of limited (if not detrimental) use within African spaces. The book is thus not only a lesson in African philosophy, African feminism, or Igbo thought, it also teaches an important caveat with regard to the cultural relativity of concepts (like sex and gender).

    On DRL Full text
    Amadiume, Ifi. Women, Wealth, Titles and Power
    1987, in Male Daughters, Female Husbands: Gender and Sex in an African Society. London/New Jersey: Zed Books.
    pp. 42-50
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In 1987, more than a decade before the dawn of queer theory, Ifi Amadiume published the groundbreaking 'Male Daughters, Female Husbands' to critical acclaim. This compelling, enduring, and highly original book argues that gender, as constructed in Western feminist discourse, did not exist in Africa before the colonial imposition of a dichotomous understanding of sexual difference. Amadiume examines the African societal structures that enabled people to achieve power within fluid masculine and feminine roles. At a time when gender and queer theory is viewed by many as overly focused on identity politics, this apt text not only warns against the danger of projecting Western notions of difference onto other cultures, but also questions the very concept of gender itself.

    Comment: Amadiume explains the institutional and ideological power of women in the pre-colonial 19th century, the downfall of this power during colonialism, and the continuation of women's marginalization in society. This study allows to develop an understanding of the highly complex sex/gender understanding in African (here: Igbo) societies. It will show that the Western understanding of sex and gender might be fruitfully applicable for certain (Western) societies, but is only of limited (if not detrimental) use within African spaces. The book is thus not only a lesson in African philosophy, African feminism, or Igbo thought, it also teaches an important caveat with regard to the cultural relativity of concepts (like sex and gender).

    On DRL Full text
    Amadiume, Ifi. The Ideology of Gender
    1987, in Male Daughters, Female Husbands: Gender and Sex in an African Society. London/New Jersey: Zed Books.
    pp. 69-88
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In 1987, more than a decade before the dawn of queer theory, Ifi Amadiume published the groundbreaking 'Male Daughters, Female Husbands' to critical acclaim. This compelling, enduring, and highly original book argues that gender, as constructed in Western feminist discourse, did not exist in Africa before the colonial imposition of a dichotomous understanding of sexual difference. Amadiume examines the African societal structures that enabled people to achieve power within fluid masculine and feminine roles. At a time when gender and queer theory is viewed by many as overly focused on identity politics, this apt text not only warns against the danger of projecting Western notions of difference onto other cultures, but also questions the very concept of gender itself.

    Comment: Amadiume explains the institutional and ideological power of women in the pre-colonial 19th century, the downfall of this power during colonialism, and the continuation of women's marginalization in society. This study allows to develop an understanding of the highly complex sex/gender understanding in African (here: Igbo) societies. It will show that the Western understanding of sex and gender might be fruitfully applicable for certain (Western) societies, but is only of limited (if not detrimental) use within African spaces. The book is thus not only a lesson in African philosophy, African feminism, or Igbo thought, it also teaches an important caveat with regard to the cultural relativity of concepts (like sex and gender).

    Study Questions

    1. What is gender? What is sex?
    2. Are gender and sex foundational human phenomena?
    3. What are, according to Amadiume, the principles that structure Igbo society? What is a male daughter? What is a female husband?
    4. What can we learn from the flexible Igbo gender understanding for the further development of tolerance towards different gender conceptions?
    5. Is the Igbo gender system a moral problem? If so, why? And, if not, why not?
    6. What does it mean to ‘become’ male or female in Igbo thought?
    7. What can we learn from Igbo gender/sex discourse for the Western gender/sex discourse?
    8. What are the similarities/differences between Amadiume and Oyěwùmí?
    Week 7. Nana Asma'u
    On DRL Full text
    Asma'u, Nana. The Path of Truth
    1997, in Boyd, J. and Mack B. B. (eds.), Collected Works of Nana Asma’u, Daughter of Usman Dan Fodiyo, (1793-1864). East Lansing: MSU Press.
    pp. 178-188
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This manuscript is from a collection of poems written by Nana Asma'u Bint Usman 'dan Fodiyo, a nineteenth-century Muslim scholar, who lived in the region now known as northern Nigeria and was an eyewitness to battles of the largest of the West-African jihads of the era. The preparation and conduct of the jihad provide the topics for Nana Asma'u's poetry. Her work also includes treatises on history, law, mysticism, theology, and politics, and was heavily influenced by the Arabic poetic tradition. Asma'u rallied public opinion behind a movement devoted to the revival of Islam in West Africa and organized a public education system for women.

    Comment: The work of Nana Asma'u is an example of the contribution of women scholars to the Sufi intellectual tradition in the Sokoto Caliphate. The selected poems (1) emphasize the importance of acting rightly, and (2) offer a reflection on the relation between the moral/religious order and the political order. In the theocratic social structure she defends, she sets civil and religious responsibilities on an equal footing and insists on the duties and obligations imposed on those who govern as a guarantee of social justice.

    On DRL Full text
    Asma'u, Nana. Be Sure of God’s Truth
    1997, in Boyd, J. and Mack B. B. (eds.), Collected Works of Nana Asma’u, Daughter of Usman Dan Fodiyo, (1793-1864). East Lansing: MSU Press.
    pp. 47-57
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This manuscript is from a collection of poems written by Nana Asma'u Bint Usman 'dan Fodiyo, a nineteenth-century Muslim scholar, who lived in the region now known as northern Nigeria and was an eyewitness to battles of the largest of the West-African jihads of the era. The preparation and conduct of the jihad provide the topics for Nana Asma'u's poetry. Her work also includes treatises on history, law, mysticism, theology, and politics, and was heavily influenced by the Arabic poetic tradition. Asma'u rallied public opinion behind a movement devoted to the revival of Islam in West Africa and organized a public education system for women.

    Comment: The work of Nana Asma'u is an example of the contribution of women scholars to the Sufi intellectual tradition in the Sokoto Caliphate. The selected poems (1) emphasize the importance of acting rightly, and (2) offer a reflection on the relation between the moral/religious order and the political order. In the theocratic social structure she defends, she sets civil and religious responsibilities on an equal footing and insists on the duties and obligations imposed on those who govern as a guarantee of social justice.

    Study Questions

    1. Does following religious rules prevent you from doing wrong?
    2. Are wrongdoing and injustice caused by ignorance?
    3. What is the basis of a just society?
    4. What are the obligations of the governed towards the rulers? And those of the rulers towards the governed?
    5. Can institutions find legitimacy in a moral or religious order?
    6. What is the purpose of assuming a compensatory system of retribution and punishment in an afterworld?
    7. Are religious principles indispensable to achieve justice in a society?
    Week 8. Tanella Boni
    On DRL Full text
    Boni, Tanella. Feminism, Philosophy, and Culture in Africa
    2017, in Garry, A., Khader, S. J. and Stone, A. (eds.), The Routledge Companion to Feminist Philosophy. 1st ed. London: Routledge.
    pp. 49-59
    Expand entry
    Abstract: African feminisms emerge out of a heterogeneous context. Because Africa's globalization has been ongoing for centuries now, African women pay a steep price for it, all while the patriarchal order remains firmly in place. The many African feminisms, however, cannot be boiled down to "gender" or a "gendered approach", since that word does not mean much if it is not being applied to a set of facts. Indeed, it seems that "gender" serves to unravel the causes of the inequalities, injustices and harms that women must face. While there is, among African women, a desire to throw off the colonial yoke by thinking of ourselves through the paradigms of a pre-colonial past, it is also worrisome that theoretical reflection is often too far away from the situations in which most African women find themselves. A language barrier separates African feminists from one another.

    Comment: This text is interesting in highlighting the challenges of feminism in the African context. In this text, Tanella Boni explains the discomfort caused by the use of the term "feminism" and analyzes how the language gap in Africa affects the way women-related issues are addressed.

    On DRL Full text
    Boni, Tanella. What Does Being in the World Mean? Thinking Life and Domestic Bonds in the Twenty-First-Century Africa
    2021, in Bidima, J. G. and Hengehold, L. (eds.), African Philosophy for the Twenty-First Century: Acts of Transition. 1st ed. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
    pp. 17-34
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper explores the mutations of the domestic bonds in contemporary Africa. Tanella Boni argues that the economic and social globalization led to a transformation of familial relations. These changes have forced a redefinition of the nature of positions and relationships within families. The desire to cope with these changes has led to the implementation of adaptive strategies, producing familial entities characterized by more complex relationships but still retaining their hierarchical structures and inequalities.

    Comment: In this paper, Tanella Boni provides an analysis of the social dynamics in Africa based on its smallest unit, the family. She explains how bonds and positions within families are reinterpreted to adapt to changes in African societies.

    Study Questions

    For Feminism, Philosophy, and Culture in Africa

    1. What explains the reluctance of African writers to use the term feminism?
    2. Why does life experience matter to the feminist struggle?
    3. How does the language gap affect the debate on feminism in Africa?
    4. According to Tanella Boni, why doesn’t gender designate a two-pole relation of domination between man (the dominant) and woman (the dominated)?
    5. How do the women collaborate in the reproduction of the patriarchal ideology?

    For What Does Being in the World Mean? Thinking Life and Domestic Bonds in the Twenty-First-Century Africa

    1. What is the African conception of family? How does it differ from the Western conception?
    2. What can explain the changes in the domestic bonds undergone by the African family?
    3. Why is individuality a paradoxical notion in the African context?
    4. Can understanding women’s position in the family help to understand their place in society?
    5. How do the traditional practices and power relations survive social changes and mutations of the domestic bonds?
    Week 9. Fatima Mernissi
    On DRL Full text
    Mernissi, Fatima. The Muslim Concept of Active Female Sexuality
    2011, in Beyond the Veil: Male-Female Dynamics in Muslim Society. London: Saqi Books.
    pp. 27-45
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From the writing of her first book, Beyond the Veil: Male-Female Dynamics in Modern Muslim Society in 1975, Mernissi has sought to reclaim the ideological discourse on women and sexuality from the stranglehold of patriarchy. She critically examines the classical corpus of religious-juristic texts, including the Hadith, and reinterprets them from a feminist perspective. In her view, the Muslim ideal of the silent, passive, obedient woman has nothing to do with the authentic message of Islam. Rather, it is a construction of the 'ulama', the male jurists-theologians who manipulated and distorted the religious texts in order to preserve the patriarchal system. Mernissi's work explores the relationship between sexual ideology, gender identity, sociopolitical organization, and the status of women in Islam; her special focus, however, is Moroccan society and culture. As a feminist, her work represents an attempt to undermine the ideological and political systems that silence and oppress Muslim women.

    Comment: Fatima Mernissi’s works provide an insight into the debate on the place of women in Muslim societies. This book is interesting in that it shows how the male-female dynamic was built on a particular interpretation of the Qur'an and how this ideology organized and regulated social roles according to gender. It also provides an understanding of how male-female interactions are affected by the processes of modernization in Muslim societies.

    On DRL Full text
    Mernissi, Fatima. Women’s Liberation in Muslim Countries
    2011, in Beyond the Veil: Male-Female Dynamics in Muslim Society. London: Saqi Books.
    pp. 165-178
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From the writing of her first book, Beyond the Veil: Male-Female Dynamics in Modern Muslim Society in 1975, Mernissi has sought to reclaim the ideological discourse on women and sexuality from the stranglehold of patriarchy. She critically examines the classical corpus of religious-juristic texts, including the Hadith, and reinterprets them from a feminist perspective. In her view, the Muslim ideal of the silent, passive, obedient woman has nothing to do with the authentic message of Islam. Rather, it is a construction of the 'ulama', the male jurists-theologians who manipulated and distorted the religious texts in order to preserve the patriarchal system. Mernissi's work explores the relationship between sexual ideology, gender identity, sociopolitical organization, and the status of women in Islam; her special focus, however, is Moroccan society and culture. As a feminist, her work represents an attempt to undermine the ideological and political systems that silence and oppress Muslim women.

    Comment: Fatima Mernissi’s works provide an insight into the debate on the place of women in Muslim societies. This book is interesting in that it shows how the male-female dynamic was built on a particular interpretation of the Qur'an and how this ideology organized and regulated social roles according to gender. It also provides an understanding of how male-female interactions are affected by the processes of modernization in Muslim societies.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the antagonism between sexual desire and social order in the Muslim conception?
    2. In which ways are sexual instincts supposed to serve the divine order?
    3. What is passive sexuality? What is active sexuality?
    4. Why does Fatima Mernissi consider muslim women to have an active sexuality? Why are men fearing women’s active sexuality?
    5. How does the double theory (the explicit and the implicit) of sexual dynamics hide the reality of men’s passive and women’s active sexuality?
    6. What are the implications of recognizing active female sexuality in the social order?
    7. What are the consequences of denying the similarity of male and female sexualities in the social order?
    8. What does Arab sexuality have in common with bourgeois sexuality?
    9. Why has the Westernization of women fueled men’s fears in the Arab world?
    10. Why is there a contradiction between the ideology promoted in the political sphere and the economic reality of modern Arab societies?
    11. Is the muslim system equally oppressive for both men and women? Is male privilege an illusion in this system?
    12. Why does Fatima Mernissi consider the liberation of women to be a material problem and not only a spiritual one? Which changes does this imply for society?
    Week 10. Louise du Toit
    On DRL Full text
    du Toit, Louise, Coetzee, Azille. Gendering African Philosophy, or: African Feminism as Decolonizing Force
    2017, in Afolayan, A. and Falola, T. (eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of African Philosophy. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
    pp. 333-348
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Although feminist authors and publications abound in other disciplines on the continent, professional African philosophy is overwhelmingly male dominated, with a conspicuous absence of feminist and gender themes. To redress the situation, du Toit and Coetzee consider the choice between applying globally dominant feminist frameworks to issues and debates in the African context or outright immersion in the masculine field of African philosophy in order to open up spaces for feminist questions in dialogue with indigenous worldviews and philosophical positions. In this chapter the authors focus on the second option, in line with recent calls to more authentically contextualize philosophical practice on the continent. The chapter examines the themes of sexual agency and motherhood. Grounded in this way, African feminist philosophy emerges as a potentially powerful source of critique and partner in dialogue with the more established strands of feminist thought.

    Comment: The interest of this article lies in the way it addresses the question of decolonization. It offers an analysis of the mechanisms that have allowed the memory of colonized peoples to remain under the influence of the colonial narrative and shows how feminist studies can contribute to a real emancipation of African memories and identities.

    On DRL Full text
    du Toit, Louise. Old Wives’ Tales and Philosophical Delusions: On ‘the Problem of Women and African Philosophy’
    2008, in South African Journal of Philosophy, 27(4), Taylor & Francis.
    pp. 413-429
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article represents a response to ‘the problem of women and African philosophy’, which refers mainly to the absence of strong women’s and feminist voices within the discipline of African philosophy. I investigate the possibility that African women are not so much excluded from the institutionalized discipline of philosophy, as preferring fiction as a genre for intellectual expression. This hypothesis can be supported by some feminists who read the absolute prioritisation of abstraction and generalization over the concrete and the particular as a masculine and western oppressive strategy. Attention to the concrete and the unique which is made possible by literature more readily than by philosophy, could thus operate as a form of political resistance in certain contexts. If fiction is currently the preferred form of intellectual expression of African women, it is crucial that the community of professional philosophers in a context like South Africa should come to terms with the relevance of such a preference for philosophy’s self-conception, and it should work to make these intellectual contributions philosophically fruitful. In the process, we may entertain the hope that philosophy itself will move closer to its root or source as ‘love of wisdom’.

    Comment: This paper is interesting because it addresses the question of the representation of women in philosophy. It contrasts the underrepresentation of women in philosophy with their representation in literature and explains this difference by a deliberate choice consistent with the struggles of African women.

    Study Questions

    For Gendering African Philosophy, or: African Feminism as Decolonizing Force

    1. What was the aim of the colonial project? What is the purpose of decolonization?
    2. Why is feminism suspected to be a colonizing force in Africa?
    3. What is the problem with the temptation of nostalgia?
    4. How did colonization bring out a biased African memory?
    5. Why is addressing the question of sex and gender indispensable to achieving decolonization?

    For Old Wives’ Tales and Philosophical Delusions: On ‘the Problem of Women and African Philosophy’

    1. What is the evidence of the underrepresentation of women in African philosophy?
    2. Is the absence of strong female voices in African philosophy the result of an exclusion?
    3. According to Louise du Toit, what are the reasons for women to resist entering philosophy? What explains the preference of engaged women for literature?
    4. What is the difference between intellectual and popular African feminism? What are the strengths and weaknesses of each one?
    5. Why can philosophy be considered an obstacle to women’s resistance strategies?
    6. What challenges are raised for philosophy by African women’s fiction?

PDF11Level

People and Proofs

Expand entry

by Fenner Stanley Tanswell

Introduction

This blueprint is about the role that people play in mathematics and its practices. Traditional philosophy of mathematics tends to idealise away from and ignore the human contexts, cultures, and practices that shape and underlie it. However, despite its abstract subject matter, mathematics is a social human discipline involving collaborations, communication, subjective evaluative judgements, power dynamics, norms, fallibility, and disagreements. The aim of this blueprint is to look at works that engage with these ways in which social features of mathematical practice affect the mathematics that is produced, who gets to produce it, and how it is evaluated.

A central theme of the blueprint will be about proofs and knowledge in mathematics. We will look at how the traditional notion of proof and its link to absolute certainty is challenged by practices involving testimony, probabilistic reasoning, large-scale and online collaboration, diagrams, and computer proofs. To engage with these topics, this blueprint contains a selection of readings that include works by philosophers, mathematicians, historians, social scientists, and data scientists. This emphasises the point that multiple perspectives and approaches are valuable in addressing philosophical issues in mathematics. While several of the papers do mathematical content, some of it a bit tricky, I have attempted to make this blueprint accessible to interested participants without a mathematical background. The mathematical content that there is can mostly be skimmed over or skipped altogether without losing too much of the spirit of the papers.

Each week contains a main reading and a secondary reading or other resource. These have been paired to complement one another, but the secondary resource can be set aside for a shorter discussion.


Contents

    Week 1. What is the role of philosophy in mathematics?
    On DRL Read free
    Cheng, Eugenia. Mathematics, Morally
    2004 2004, Cambridge University Society for the Philosophy of Mathematics..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    A source of tension between Philosophers of Mathematics and Mathematicians is the fact that each group feels ignored by the other; daily mathematical practice seems barely affected by the questions the Philosophers are considering. In this talk I will describe an issue that does have an impact on mathematical practice, and a philosophical stance on mathematics that is detectable in the work of practising mathematicians. No doubt controversially, I will call this issue ‘morality’, but the term is not of my coining: there are mathematicians across the world who use the word ‘morally’ to great effect in private, and I propose that there should be a public theory of what they mean by this. The issue arises because proofs, despite being revered as the backbone of mathematical truth, often contribute very little to a mathematician’s understanding. ‘Moral’ considerations, however, contribute a great deal. I will first describe what these ‘moral’ considerations might be, and why mathematicians have appropriated the word ‘morality’ for this notion. However, not all mathematicians are concerned with such notions, and I will give a characterisation of ‘moralist’ mathematics and ‘moralist’ mathematicians, and discuss the development of ‘morality’ in individuals and in mathematics as a whole. Finally, I will propose a theory for standardising or universalising a system of mathematical morality, and discuss how this might help in the development of good mathematics.

    Comment: Cheng is a mathematician working in Category Theory. In this article she complains about traditional philosophy of mathematics that it has no bearing on real mathematics. Instead, she proposes a system of “mathematical morality” about the normative intuitions mathematicians have about how it ought to be.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Cheng complains about philosophy of mathematics having no relevance to mathematical practice, and even gives a short dialogue featuring an obstinate philosopher. What do you think the impact of philosophy of mathematics on mathematics should be?
    2. What is Cheng’s notion of “mathematical moral truth”? Do you think it picks out a robust phenomenon?
    3. Cheng says morality is about “how mathematics ought to behave”. What kind of normativity do you think she has in mind?
    4. What is the connection between expertise and feelings of mathematical morality?
    5. Should/would a mathematician on a desert island do mathematics differently?
    1. Cheng complains about philosophy of mathematics having no relevance to mathematical practice, and even gives a short dialogue featuring an obstinate philosopher. What do you think the impact of philosophy of mathematics on mathematics should be?
    2. What is Cheng’s notion of “mathematical moral truth”? Do you think it picks out a robust phenomenon?
    3. Cheng says morality is about “how mathematics ought to behave”. What kind of normativity do you think she has in mind?
    4. What is the connection between expertise and feelings of mathematical morality?
    5. Should/would a mathematician on a desert island do mathematics differently?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Tao, Terence. What is good mathematics?
    2007 2007, Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 44(4): 623-634..
    Section 1, pp 623-626
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Some personal thoughts and opinions on what “good quality mathematics” is and whether one should try to define this term rigorously. As a case study, the story of Szemer´edi’s theorem is presented.

    Comment: Tao is a mathematician who has written extensively about mathematics as a discipline. In this piece he considers what counts as “good mathematics”. The opening section that I’ve recommended has a long list of possible meanings of “good mathematics” and considers what this plurality means for mathematics. (The remainder details the history of Szemerédi’s theorem, and argues that good mathematics also involves contributing to a great story of mathematics. However, it gets a bit technical, so only look into it if you’re particularly interested in the details of the case.)

    Discussion Questions

    1. Which of the listed qualities of good mathematics would benefit most from philosophical analysis?
    2. Are some qualities of good mathematics more important than others?
    3. Do you think mathematicians would agree on how to apply the various qualities? For example, would they agree on what counts as: rigorous maths? good pedagogy? mathematical beauty? good taste?
    4. Do you agree with Tao that the standards of good mathematics in a field should be constantly debated and updated? Or do there exist eternal standards of good mathematics?
    1. Which of the listed qualities of good mathematics would benefit most from philosophical analysis?
    2. Are some qualities of good mathematics more important than others?
    3. Do you think mathematicians would agree on how to apply the various qualities? For example, would they agree on what counts as: rigorous maths? good pedagogy? mathematical beauty? good taste?
    4. Do you agree with Tao that the standards of good mathematics in a field should be constantly debated and updated? Or do there exist eternal standards of good mathematics?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Hamami, Yacin, Morris, Rebecca Lea. Philosophy of mathematical practice: a primer for mathematics educators
    2020 2020, ZDM, 52(6): 1113-1126..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, philosophical work directly concerned with the practice of mathematics has intensified, giving rise to a movement known as the philosophy of mathematical practice. In this paper we offer a survey of this movement aimed at mathematics educators. We first describe the core questions philosophers of mathematical practice investigate as well as the philosophical methods they use to tackle them. We then provide a selective overview of work in the philosophy of mathematical practice covering topics including the distinction between formal and informal proofs, visualization and artefacts, mathematical explanation and understanding, value judgments, and mathematical design. We conclude with some remarks on the potential connections between the philosophy of mathematical practice and mathematics education.

    Comment: While this paper by Hamami & Morris is not a necessary reading, it provides a fairly broad overview of the practical turn in mathematics. Since it was aimed at mathematics educators, it is a very accessible piece, and provides useful directions to further reading beyond what is included in this blueprint.

    Week 2. Proof and Fallibility
    On DRL Full text
    De Toffoli, Silvia. Groundwork for a Fallibilist Account of Mathematics
    2021 2021, The Philosophical Quarterly, 71(4)..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: According to the received view, genuine mathematical justification derives from proofs. In this article, I challenge this view. First, I sketch a notion of proof that cannot be reduced to deduction from the axioms but rather is tailored to human agents. Secondly, I identify a tension between the received view and mathematical practice. In some cases, cognitively diligent, well-functioning mathematicians go wrong. In these cases, it is plausible to think that proof sets the bar for justification too high. I then propose a fallibilist account of mathematical justification. I show that the main function of mathematical justification is to guarantee that the mathematical community can correct the errors that inevitably arise from our fallible practices.

    Comment: De Toffoli makes a strong case for the importance of mathematical practice in addressing important issues about mathematics. In this paper, she looks at proof and justification, with an emphasis on the fact that mathematicians are fallible. With this in mind, she argues that there are circumstances under which we can have mathematical justification, despite a possibility of being wrong. This paper touches on many cases and questions that will reappear later across the Blueprint, such as collaboration, testimony, computer proofs, and diagrams.

    Discussion Questions

    1. People often talk of proofs giving an unusual sense of certainty in what they prove, that it can be no other way. Can this be reconciled with De Toffoli’s fallibilist account?
    2. Do you think proofs should be shareable?
    3. De Toffoli says an argument that is convincing for aliens might not be shareable with humans. How do you think alien proofs might be different from human ones?
    4. Is having a simil-proof enough to justify a mathematical belief?
    5. Will what counts as a proof change over time? What about what counts as a simil-proof?
    1. People often talk of proofs giving an unusual sense of certainty in what they prove, that it can be no other way. Can this be reconciled with De Toffoli’s fallibilist account?
    2. Do you think proofs should be shareable?
    3. De Toffoli says an argument that is convincing for aliens might not be shareable with humans. How do you think alien proofs might be different from human ones?
    4. Is having a simil-proof enough to justify a mathematical belief?
    5. Will what counts as a proof change over time? What about what counts as a simil-proof?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Müller-Hill, Eva. Formalizability and Knowledge Ascriptions in Mathematical Practice
    2009 2009, Philosophia Scientiæ. Travaux d'histoire et de philosophie des sciences, (13-2): 21-43..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    We investigate the truth conditions of knowledge ascriptions for the case of mathematical knowledge. The availability of a formalizable mathematical proof appears to be a natural criterion:

    (*) X knows that p is true iff X has available a formalizable proof of p.

    Yet, formalizability plays no major role in actual mathematical practice. We present results of an empirical study, which suggest that certain readings of (*) are not necessarily employed by mathematicians when ascribing knowledge. Further, we argue that the concept of mathematical knowledge underlying the actual use of “to know” in mathematical practice is compatible with certain philosophical intuitions, but seems to differ from philosophical knowledge conceptions underlying (*).

    Comment: Müller-Hill is interested in the question of when mathematicians have mathematical knowledge and to what extent it relies on the formalisability of proofs. In this paper, she undertakes an empirical investigation of mathematicians’ views of when mathematicians know a theorem is true. Amazingly, while they say that they believe proofs have an exact definition and that the standards of knowledge are invariant, when presented with various toy scenarios, their judgements seem to suggest systematic context-sensitivity of a number of factors.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why do you think mathematicians might say they believe one thing, while applying different standards in practice?
    2. How surprising are the findings?
    3. What do Müller-Hill’s results mean for the nature of mathematical knowledge?
    1. Why do you think mathematicians might say they believe one thing, while applying different standards in practice?
    2. How surprising are the findings?
    3. What do Müller-Hill’s results mean for the nature of mathematical knowledge?
    Week 3. Testimony and Mathematics 1
    On DRL Full text
    Andersen, Line Edslev, Hanne Andersen, Kragh Sørensen, Henrik. The Role of Testimony in Mathematics
    2021 2021, Synthese, 199(1): 859-870..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Mathematicians appear to have quite high standards for when they will rely on testimony. Many mathematicians require that a number of experts testify that they have checked the proof of a result p before they will rely on p in their own proofs without checking the proof of p. We examine why this is. We argue that for each expert who testifies that she has checked the proof of p and found no errors, the likelihood that the proof contains no substantial errors increases because different experts will validate the proof in different ways depending on their background knowledge and individual preferences. If this is correct, there is much to be gained for a mathematician from requiring that a number of experts have checked the proof of p before she will rely on p in her own proofs without checking the proof of p. In this way a mathematician can protect her own work and the work of others from errors. Our argument thus provides an explanation for mathematicians’ attitude towards relying on testimony.

    Comment: The orthodox picture of mathematical knowledge is so individualistic that it often leaves out the mathematician themselves. In this piece, Andersen et al. look at what role testimony plays in mathematical knowledge. They thereby emphasise social features of mathematical proofs, and why this can play an important role in deciding which results to trust in the maths literature.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are some of the ways that expertise is important in mathematics? What might it mean to be an expert mathematician?
    2. How important is it for maths papers to go through peer review?
    3. Should mathematicians rely on testimony? When is it acceptable to do so?
    4. Should mathematicians be epistemically autonomous? Under what circumstances?
    5. What reasons can you think of that someone might claim to have checked a proof when they actually haven’t?
    1. What are some of the ways that expertise is important in mathematics? What might it mean to be an expert mathematician?
    2. How important is it for maths papers to go through peer review?
    3. Should mathematicians rely on testimony? When is it acceptable to do so?
    4. Should mathematicians be epistemically autonomous? Under what circumstances?
    5. What reasons can you think of that someone might claim to have checked a proof when they actually haven’t?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Inglis, Matthew, et al.. On Mathematicians’ Different Standards When Evaluating Elementary Proofs
    2013 2013, Topics in cognitive science, 5(2): 270-282..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this article, we report a study in which 109 research-active mathematicians were asked to judge the validity of a purported proof in undergraduate calculus. Significant results from our study were as follows: (a) there was substantial disagreement among mathematicians regarding whether the argument was a valid proof, (b) applied mathematicians were more likely than pure mathematicians to judge the argument valid, (c) participants who judged the argument invalid were more confident in their judgments than those who judged it valid, and (d) participants who judged the argument valid usually did not change their judgment when presented with a reason raised by other mathematicians for why the proof should be judged invalid. These findings suggest that, contrary to some claims in the literature, there is not a single standard of validity among contemporary mathematicians.

    Comment: In this paper, Inglis et al. carry out an empirical study to see whether mathematicians will agree in their judgements of validity. The surprising finding is that they might not, and that this cannot be explained by some simply being better at detecting errors: there seem to be substantial disagreements about what counts as a valid inference.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Do mathematicians have a special level of agreement?
    2. These results do not fit well with the general view that a piece of reasoning is either a proof or it isn’t. What do these results mean for the nature of proof?
    1. Do mathematicians have a special level of agreement?
    2. These results do not fit well with the general view that a piece of reasoning is either a proof or it isn’t. What do these results mean for the nature of proof?
    Week 4. Testimony and Mathematics 2
    On DRL Full text
    Easwaran, Kenny. Rebutting and Undercutting in Mathematics
    2015 2015, Philosophical Perspectives, 29(1): 146-162..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In my (2009) I argued that a central component of mathematical practice is that published proofs must be “transferable” — that is, they must be such that the author's reasons for believing the conclusion are shared directly with the reader, rather than requiring the reader to essentially rely on testimony. The goal of this paper is to explain this requirement of transferability in terms of a more general norm on defeat in mathematical reasoning that I will call “convertibility”. I begin by discussing two types of epistemic defeat: “rebutting” and “undercutting”. I give examples of both of these kinds of defeat from the history of mathematics. I then argue that an important requirement in mathematics is that published proofs be detailed enough to allow the conversion of rebutting defeat into undercutting defeat. Finally, I show how this sort of convertibility explains the requirement of transferability, and contributes to the way mathematics develops by the pattern referred to by Lakatos (1976) as “lemma incorporation”.

    Comment: Easwaran brings the notions of undercutting and rebutting from epistemology to bare on the mathematical realm. These serve as motivation for conditions on proofs that Easwaran calls “transferability” and “convertibility”. He argues that proposed proofs should be convertible, so that if one finds a counterexample, one can also figure out where the proof went wrong. This paper is rich with examples, though if the mathematics is too tricky for the reader one can skim over it without losing too much.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Easwaran discusses mathematical discovery, from students solving homework questions to mathematicians working on open problems, as a process of defeasible reasoning. Can we ever get certainty from mathematics on this picture?
    2. Should proofs be transferable? Should they be convertible? What reasons might there be to reject this?
    3. Easwaran links his notion of transferability to the intellectual virtue of epistemic autonomy (like Andersen et al. did above). What other intellectual virtues might it link to?
    4. If convertibility is incompatible with relying on testimony in mathematics, is one of them more important than the other? Which would you rather give up?
    5. In what ways can mistaken proofs still be valuable?
    1. Easwaran discusses mathematical discovery, from students solving homework questions to mathematicians working on open problems, as a process of defeasible reasoning. Can we ever get certainty from mathematics on this picture?
    2. Should proofs be transferable? Should they be convertible? What reasons might there be to reject this?
    3. Easwaran links his notion of transferability to the intellectual virtue of epistemic autonomy (like Andersen et al. did above). What other intellectual virtues might it link to?
    4. If convertibility is incompatible with relying on testimony in mathematics, is one of them more important than the other? Which would you rather give up?
    5. In what ways can mistaken proofs still be valuable?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Andersen, Line Edslev, Johansen, Mikkel Willum, Kragh Sørensen, Henrik. Mathematicians Writing for Mathematicians
    2021 2021, Synthese, 198(26): 6233-6250..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    We present a case study of how mathematicians write for mathematicians. We have conducted interviews with two research mathematicians, the talented PhD student Adam and his experienced supervisor Thomas, about a research paper they wrote together. Over the course of 2 years, Adam and Thomas revised Adam’s very detailed first draft. At the beginning of this collaboration, Adam was very knowledgeable about the subject of the paper and had good presentational skills but, as a new PhD student, did not yet have experience writing research papers for mathematicians. Thus, one main purpose of revising the paper was to make it take into account the intended audience. For this reason, the changes made to the initial draft and the authors’ purpose in making them provide a window for viewing how mathematicians write for mathematicians. We examined how their paper attracts the interest of the reader and prepares their proofs for validation by the reader. Among other findings, we found that their paper prepares the proofs for two types of validation that the reader can easily switch between.

    Comment: In this paper, Andersen et al. track the genesis of a maths research paper written in collaboration between a PhD student and his supervisor. They track changes made to sequential drafts and interview the two authors about the motivations for them, and show how the edits are designed to engage the reader in a mathematical narrative on one level, and prepare the paper for different types of validation on another level.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are the two levels that a mathematical article is arguing at? How are they related?
    2. How much does of the writing process described by Andersen et al. tracks making the paper’s proofs more transferable in Easwaran’s sense?
    3. To what extent should telling a coherent story about the mathematics affect how it is validated?
    4. What does the collaboration between supervisor and student tell us about mathematical collaboration?
    5. What does the way a paper is best written in maths tell us about how mathematicians pass knowledge from one to another?
    1. What are the two levels that a mathematical article is arguing at? How are they related?
    2. How much does of the writing process described by Andersen et al. tracks making the paper’s proofs more transferable in Easwaran’s sense?
    3. To what extent should telling a coherent story about the mathematics affect how it is validated?
    4. What does the collaboration between supervisor and student tell us about mathematical collaboration?
    5. What does the way a paper is best written in maths tell us about how mathematicians pass knowledge from one to another?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Schattschneider, Doris. Marjorie Rice (16 February 1923–2 July 2017)
    2018 2018, Journal of Mathematics and the Arts, 12(1): 51-54..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Marjorie Jeuck Rice, a most unlikely mathematician, died on 2 July 2017 at the age of 94. She was born on 16 February 1923 in St. Petersburg, Florida, and raised on a tiny farm near Roseburg in southern Oregon. There she attended a one-room country school, and there her scientific interests were awakened and nourished by two excellent teachers who recognized her talent. She later wrote, ‘Arithmetic was easy and I liked to discover the reasons behind the methods we used.… I was interested in the colors, patterns, and designs of nature and dreamed of becoming an artist’?

    Comment: Easwaran discusses the case of Marjorie Rice, an amateur mathematician who discovered new pentagon tilings. This obituary gives some details of her life and the discovery.

    Discussion Questions

    1. It is fairly unusual for an amateur to make important discoveries in maths. How could it be made more open to this kind of contribution? Should it?
    1. It is fairly unusual for an amateur to make important discoveries in maths. How could it be made more open to this kind of contribution? Should it?
    Week 5. The Gender Gap in Mathematics
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Barrow-Green, June. Historical Context of the Gender Gap in Mathematics
    2019 2019, in World Women in Mathematics 2018: Proceedings of the First World Meeting for Women in Mathematics, Carolina Araujo et al. (eds.). Springer, Cham..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter is based on the talk that I gave in August 2018 at the ICM in Rio de Janeiro at the panel on The Gender Gap in Mathematical and Natural Sciences from a Historical Perspective. It provides some examples of the challenges and prejudices faced by women mathematicians during last two hundred and fifty years. I make no claim for completeness but hope that the examples will help to shed light on some of the problems many women mathematicians still face today.

    Comment: Barrow-Green is a historian of mathematics. In this paper she documents some of the challenges that women faced in mathematics over the last 250 years, discussing many famous women mathematicians and the prejudices and injustices they faced.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What social mechanisms were used to exclude women from professional mathematical practices?
    2. One common theme is that the work of women mathematicians has been obscured to the historical record in various ways. How do you think this perpetuates stereotypes today?
    3. To what extent were supposedly objective judgements of mathematics used to make biased assessments of women’s work?
    4. Why is it valuable to research the history of mathematics?
    1. What social mechanisms were used to exclude women from professional mathematical practices?
    2. One common theme is that the work of women mathematicians has been obscured to the historical record in various ways. How do you think this perpetuates stereotypes today?
    3. To what extent were supposedly objective judgements of mathematics used to make biased assessments of women’s work?
    4. Why is it valuable to research the history of mathematics?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mihaljević, Helena, Santamaría, Lucía. Authorship in top-ranked mathematical and physical journals: Role of gender on self-perceptions and bibliographic evidence
    2020 2020, Quantitative Science Studies, 1(4): 1468-1492..
    Introduction, pp1468-1471, and Section 4, pp1487-1489.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Despite increasing rates of women researching in math-intensive fields, publications by female authors remain underrepresented. By analyzing millions of records from the dedicated bibliographic databases zbMATH, arXiv, and ADS, we unveil the chronological evolution of authorships by women in mathematics, physics, and astronomy. We observe a pronounced shortage of female authors in top-ranked journals, with quasistagnant figures in various distinguished periodicals in the first two disciplines and a significantly more equitable situation in the latter. Additionally, we provide an interactive open-access web interface to further examine the data. To address whether female scholars submit fewer articles for publication to relevant journals or whether they are consciously or unconsciously disadvantaged by the peer review system, we also study authors’ perceptions of their submission practices and analyze around 10,000 responses, collected as part of a recent global survey of scientists. Our analysis indicates that men and women perceive their submission practices to be similar, with no evidence that a significantly lower number of submissions by women is responsible for their underrepresentation in top-ranked journals. According to the self-reported responses, a larger number of articles submitted to prestigious venues correlates rather with aspects associated with pronounced research activity, a well-established network, and academic seniority.

    Comment: Mihaljević and Santamaría here use large-scale quantitative research methods to investigate the gender gap in contemporary mathematics. I’ve recommended reading the introduction and conclusion in order to see what they were doing and what they found out, but the rest of the paper is worth looking at if you want more detailed methods and results.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How has the gender gap in mathematics continued in present day mathematics?
    2. How objective is mathematical peer review?
    1. How has the gender gap in mathematics continued in present day mathematics?
    2. How objective is mathematical peer review?
    Week 6. Computer Proofs
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Secco, Gisele Dalva, Pereira, Luiz Carlos. Proofs Versus Experiments: Wittgensteinian Themes Surrounding the Four-Color Theorem
    2017 2017, in How Colours Matter to Philosophy, Marcos Silva (ed.). Springer, Cham..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Four-Colour Theorem (4CT) proof, presented to the mathematical community in a pair of papers by Appel and Haken in the late 1970's, provoked a series of philosophical debates. Many conceptual points of these disputes still require some elucidation. After a brief presentation of the main ideas of Appel and Haken’s procedure for the proof and a reconstruction of Thomas Tymoczko’s argument for the novelty of 4CT’s proof, we shall formulate some questions regarding the connections between the points raised by Tymoczko and some Wittgensteinian topics in the philosophy of mathematics such as the importance of the surveyability as a criterion for distinguishing mathematical proofs from empirical experiments. Our aim is to show that the “characteristic Wittgensteinian invention” (Mühlhölzer 2006) – the strong distinction between proofs and experiments – can shed some light in the conceptual confusions surrounding the Four-Colour Theorem.

    Comment: Secco and Pereira discuss the famous proof of the Four Colour Theorem, which involved the essential use of a computer to check a huge number of combinations. They look at whether this constitutes a real proof or whether it is more akin to a mathematical experiment, a distinction that they draw from Wittgenstein.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Does the 4CT represent a significant change to mathematical practice
    2. Does a computer proof like that of the 4CT lack certain virtues that we would want from a proof?
    3. Can mathematics have empirical elements? Should maths use experiments?
    4. Are computer proofs more or less fallible than human proofs?
    5. Returning to the questions of week 1 above about the relation between philosophy and mathematics, who gets to decide whether the computer proof of the 4CT is properly part of mathematics?
    6. How does surveyability and the “easy reproduction of a proof” relate to the notions of shareability, transferability and convertibility seen in previous readings?
    1. Does the 4CT represent a significant change to mathematical practice
    2. Does a computer proof like that of the 4CT lack certain virtues that we would want from a proof?
    3. Can mathematics have empirical elements? Should maths use experiments?
    4. Are computer proofs more or less fallible than human proofs?
    5. Returning to the questions of week 1 above about the relation between philosophy and mathematics, who gets to decide whether the computer proof of the 4CT is properly part of mathematics?
    6. How does surveyability and the “easy reproduction of a proof” relate to the notions of shareability, transferability and convertibility seen in previous readings?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Dick, Stephanie. AfterMath: The Work of Proof in the Age of Human–Machine Collaboration
    2011 2011, Isis, 102(3): 494-505..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: During the 1970s and 1980s, a team of Automated Theorem Proving researchers at the Argonne National Laboratory near Chicago developed the Automated Reasoning Assistant, or AURA, to assist human users in the search for mathematical proofs. The resulting hybrid humans+AURA system developed the capacity to make novel contributions to pure mathematics by very untraditional means. This essay traces how these unconventional contributions were made and made possible through negotiations between the humans and the AURA at Argonne and the transformation in mathematical intuition they produced. At play in these negotiations were experimental practices, nonhumans, and nonmathematical modes of knowing. This story invites an earnest engagement between historians of mathematics and scholars in the history of science and science studies interested in experimental practice, material culture, and the roles of nonhumans in knowledge making.

    Comment: Dick traces the history of the AURA automated reasoning assistant in the 1970s and 80s, arguing that the introduction of the computer system led to novel contributions to mathematics by unconventional means. Dick’s emphasis is on the AURA system as changing the material culture of mathematics, and thereby leading to collaboration and even negotiations between the mathematicians and the computer system.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How can collaborating with a computer affect how one does mathematics?
    2. Is working with a computer different to collaborating with another human mathematician? Will this change what the “negotiations” are?
    1. How can collaborating with a computer affect how one does mathematics?
    2. Is working with a computer different to collaborating with another human mathematician? Will this change what the “negotiations” are?
    Week 7. Diagrammatic Proofs 1
    On DRL Full text Read free
    De Toffoli, Silvia, Giardino, Valeria. An Inquiry into the Practice of Proving in Low-Dimensional Topology
    2015 2015, in From Logic to Practice, Gabriele Lolli, Giorgio Venturi and Marco Panza (eds.). Springer International Publishing..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The aim of this article is to investigate specific aspects connected with visualization in the practice of a mathematical subfield: low-dimensional topology. Through a case study, it will be established that visualization can play an epistemic role. The background assumption is that the consideration of the actual practice of mathematics is relevant to address epistemological issues. It will be shown that in low-dimensional topology, justifications can be based on sequences of pictures. Three theses will be defended. First, the representations used in the practice are an integral part of the mathematical reasoning. As a matter of fact, they convey in a material form the relevant transitions and thus allow experts to draw inferential connections. Second, in low-dimensional topology experts exploit a particular type of manipulative imagination which is connected to intuition of two- and three-dimensional space and motor agency. This imagination allows recognizing the transformations which connect different pictures in an argument. Third, the epistemic—and inferential—actions performed are permissible only within a specific practice: this form of reasoning is subject-matter dependent. Local criteria of validity are established to assure the soundness of representationally heterogeneous arguments in low-dimensional topology.

    Comment: De Toffoli and Giardino look at proof practices in low-dimensional topology, and especially a proof by Rolfsen that relies on epistemic actions on a diagrammatic representation. They make the case that the many diagrams are used to trigger our manipulative imagination to make inferential moves which cannot be reduced to formal statements without loss of intuition.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Many traditional approaches to proof rule out diagrams as an extraneous part of proofs that cannot play an essential role. How well does that stand up to De Toffoli & Giardino’s case study?
    2. What is the role of manipulative imagination in mathematical reasoning in topology?
    3. How much do you think being able to “see” topological transformations depends on being an experienced topologist? Does intuition have to be trained?
    4. What is the relationship between a normal topology proof and a formalisation of it? What does a formalisation capture? What might it miss?
    5. Is a subcommunity of mathematics free to choose any criteria of validity they like for proofs?
    1. Many traditional approaches to proof rule out diagrams as an extraneous part of proofs that cannot play an essential role. How well does that stand up to De Toffoli & Giardino’s case study?
    2. What is the role of manipulative imagination in mathematical reasoning in topology?
    3. How much do you think being able to “see” topological transformations depends on being an experienced topologist? Does intuition have to be trained?
    4. What is the relationship between a normal topology proof and a formalisation of it? What does a formalisation capture? What might it miss?
    5. Is a subcommunity of mathematics free to choose any criteria of validity they like for proofs?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    McCallum, Kate. Untangling Knots: Embodied Diagramming Practices in Knot Theory
    2019 2019, Journal of Humanistic Mathematics, 9(1): 178-199..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The low visibility and specialised languages of mathematical work pose challenges for the ethnographic study of communication in mathematics, but observation-based study can offer a real-world grounding to questions about the nature of its methods. This paper uses theoretical ideas from linguistic pragmatics to examine how mutual understandings of diagrams are achieved in the course of conference presentations. Presenters use shared knowledge to train others to interpret diagrams in the ways favoured by the community of experts, directing an audience’s attention so as to develop a shared understanding of a diagram’s features and possible manipulations. In this way, expectations about the intentions of others and appeals to knowledge about the manipulation of objects play a part in the development and communication of concepts in mathematical discourse.

    Comment: McCallum is an ethnographer and artist, who in this piece explores the way in which mathematicians use diagrams in conference presentations, especially in knot theory. She emphasises that there are a large number of ways that diagrams can facilitate communication and understanding. The diagrams are dynamic in many way, and she shows how the way in which a speaker interacts with the diagram (through drawing, erasing, labelling, positioning, emphasising etc.) is part of explaining the mathematics it represents.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How might the active presentation of a diagram aid the audience’s manipulative imagination?
    2. How important are the physical materials of mathematics?
    3. I was once subjected to a training day in which a Pro-Dean of Research declared they wanted to remove all blackboards from the maths department. Would this make a difference to the mathematical practices? What about to the mathematics produced?
    1. How might the active presentation of a diagram aid the audience’s manipulative imagination?
    2. How important are the physical materials of mathematics?
    3. I was once subjected to a training day in which a Pro-Dean of Research declared they wanted to remove all blackboards from the maths department. Would this make a difference to the mathematical practices? What about to the mathematics produced?
    Week 8. Diagrammatic Proofs 2
    On DRL Full text
    Carter, Jessica. Diagrams and Proofs in Analysis
    2010 2010, International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 24(1): 1-14..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article discusses the role of diagrams in mathematical reasoning in the light of a case study in analysis. In the example presented certain combinatorial expressions were first found by using diagrams. In the published proofs the pictures were replaced by reasoning about permutation groups. This article argues that, even though the diagrams are not present in the published papers, they still play a role in the formulation of the proofs. It is shown that they play a role in concept formation as well as representations of proofs. In addition we note that 'visualization' is used in two different ways. In the first sense 'visualization' denotes our inner mental pictures, which enable us to see that a certain fact holds, whereas in the other sense 'visualization' denotes a diagram or representation of something.

    Comment: In this paper, Carter discusses a case study from free probability theory in which diagrams were used to inspire definitions and proof strategies. Interestingly, the diagrams were not present in the published results making them dispensable in one sense, but Carter argues that they are essential in the sense that their discovery relied on the visualisation supplied by the diagrams.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Do you think it is important that diagrams are dispensable in a mathematical proof?
    2. What are the two senses of visualisation that Carter discusses? Are the two related?
    3. In what sense are the diagrams Carter considers essential to the discovery of proofs and definitions?
    4. How do you think a mathematician might read a paper in which the diagrams have been omitted? Would they reconstruct them to gain understanding?
    5. Compare Carter’s claims with those of De Toffoli & Giardino before. In one case the focus is on the context of discovery, while the other is on the context of justification. How separate are these contexts? Are the claims in these papers in tension?
    1. Do you think it is important that diagrams are dispensable in a mathematical proof?
    2. What are the two senses of visualisation that Carter discusses? Are the two related?
    3. In what sense are the diagrams Carter considers essential to the discovery of proofs and definitions?
    4. How do you think a mathematician might read a paper in which the diagrams have been omitted? Would they reconstruct them to gain understanding?
    5. Compare Carter’s claims with those of De Toffoli & Giardino before. In one case the focus is on the context of discovery, while the other is on the context of justification. How separate are these contexts? Are the claims in these papers in tension?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Francois, Karen, Vandendriessche, Eric. Reassembling Mathematical Practices: a Philosophical-Anthropological Approach
    2016 2016, Revista Latinoamericana de Etnomatemática Perspectivas Socioculturales de la Educación Matemática, 9(2): 144-167..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper we first explore how Wittgenstein’s philosophy provides a conceptual tools to discuss the possibility of the simultaneous existence of culturally different mathematical practices. We will argue that Wittgenstein’s later work will be a fruitful framework to serve as a philosophical background to investigate ethnomathematics (Wittgenstein 1973). We will give an overview of Wittgenstein’s later work which is referred to by many researchers in the field of ethnomathematics. The central philosophical investigation concerns Wittgenstein’s shift to abandoning the essentialist concept of language and therefore denying the existence of a universal language. Languages—or ‘language games’ as Wittgenstein calls them—are immersed in a form of life, in a cultural or social formation and are embedded in the totality of communal activities. This gives rise to the idea of rationality as an invention or as a construct that emerges in specific local contexts. In the second part of the paper we introduce, analyse and compare the mathematical aspects of two activities known as string figure-making and sand drawing, to illustrate Wittgenstein’s ideas. Based on an ethnomathematical comparative analysis, we will argue that there is evidence of invariant and distinguishing features of a mathematical rationality, as expressed in both string figure-making and sand drawing practices, from one society to another. Finally, we suggest that a philosophical-anthropological approach to mathematical practices may allow us to better understand the interrelations between mathematics and cultures. Philosophical investigations may help the reflection on the possibility of culturally determined ethnomathematics, while an anthropological approach, using ethnographical methods, may afford new materials for the analysis of ethnomathematics and its links to the cultural context. This combined approach will help us to better characterize mathematical practices in both sociological and epistemological terms.

    Comment: Francois and Vandendriessche here present a later Wittgensteinian approach to “ethnomathematics”: mathematics practiced outside of mainstream Western contexts, often focused on indigenous or tribal groups. They focus on two case studies, string-figure making and sand-drawing, in different geographic and cultural contexts, looking at how these practices are mathematical.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What makes a practice like string-figure making or sand-drawing mathematical?
    2. What is the relationship between mathematics and culture?
    3. How are the sand-drawing practices similar to Carter’s diagram case studies? How are they different?
    1. What makes a practice like string-figure making or sand-drawing mathematical?
    2. What is the relationship between mathematics and culture?
    3. How are the sand-drawing practices similar to Carter’s diagram case studies? How are they different?
    Week 9. Online Mathematics
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Martin, Ursula, Pease, Alison. Mathematical Practice, Crowdsourcing, and Social Machines
    2013 2013, in Intelligent Computer Mathematics. CICM 2013. Lecture Notes in Computer Sciences, Carette, J. et al. (eds.). Springer..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The highest level of mathematics has traditionally been seen as a solitary endeavour, to produce a proof for review and acceptance by research peers. Mathematics is now at a remarkable inflexion point, with new technology radically extending the power and limits of individuals. Crowdsourcing pulls together diverse experts to solve problems; symbolic computation tackles huge routine calculations; and computers check proofs too long and complicated for humans to comprehend. The Study of Mathematical Practice is an emerging interdisciplinary field which draws on philosophy and social science to understand how mathematics is produced. Online mathematical activity provides a novel and rich source of data for empirical investigation of mathematical practice - for example the community question-answering system mathoverflow contains around 40,000 mathematical conversations, and polymath collaborations provide transcripts of the process of discovering proofs. Our preliminary investigations have demonstrated the importance of “soft” aspects such as analogy and creativity, alongside deduction and proof, in the production of mathematics, and have given us new ways to think about the roles of people and machines in creating new mathematical knowledge. We discuss further investigation of these resources and what it might reveal. Crowdsourced mathematical activity is an example of a “social machine”, a new paradigm, identified by Berners-Lee, for viewing a combination of people and computers as a single problem-solving entity, and the subject of major international research endeavours. We outline a future research agenda for mathematics social machines, a combination of people, computers, and mathematical archives to create and apply mathematics, with the potential to change the way people do mathematics, and to transform the reach, pace, and impact of mathematics research.

    Comment: In this paper, Martin and Pease look at how mathematics happens online, emphasising how this embodies the picture of mathematics given by Polya and Lakatos, two central figures in philosophy of mathematical practice. They look at multiple venues of online mathematics, including the polymath projects of collaborative problem-solving, and mathoverflow, which is a question-and-answer forum. By looking at the discussions that take place when people are doing maths online, they argue that you can get rich new kinds of data about the processes of mathematical discovery and understanding. They discuss how online mathematics can become a “social machine”, and how this can open up new ways of doing mathematics.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Is “massively” collaborative mathematics possible?
    2. In their analysis of the mini-polymath, Martin & Pease found a large number of examples being used. What is the role of examples in coming to understand a problem?
    3. Are collaborative proofs more reliable?
    4. Do you think online mathematics leads to the emergence of its own mathematical culture?
    5. Is online mathematics a social machine? Has research mathematics always been a social machine, or is this a radical change in mathematics?
    6. Can a social machine “think like a mathematician”? Can it do even better?
    1. Is “massively” collaborative mathematics possible?
    2. In their analysis of the mini-polymath, Martin & Pease found a large number of examples being used. What is the role of examples in coming to understand a problem?
    3. Are collaborative proofs more reliable?
    4. Do you think online mathematics leads to the emergence of its own mathematical culture?
    5. Is online mathematics a social machine? Has research mathematics always been a social machine, or is this a radical change in mathematics?
    6. Can a social machine “think like a mathematician”? Can it do even better?
    On DRL Full text
    Melfi, Theodore. Hidden Figures
    2016 2016, [Feature film], 20th Century Fox..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The story of a team of female African-American mathematicians who served a vital role in NASA during the early years of the U.S. space program.

    Comment: This film depicts a historical biopic of African American female mathematicians working at NASA in the 1960s, focusing on the story of Katherine Johnson. In it, the plot depicts struggles with racism and sexism, as well as the impacts of the move from human calculation to the use of computers.

    Week 10. Enormous Proofs
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Steingart, Alma. A Group Theory of Group Theory: Collaborative Mathematics and the ‘Uninvention’ of a 1000-page Proof
    2012 2012, Social Studies of Science, 42(2): 185-213..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Over a period of more than 30 years, more than 100 mathematicians worked on a project to classify mathematical objects known as finite simple groups. The Classification, when officially declared completed in 1981, ranged between 300 and 500 articles and ran somewhere between 5,000 and 10,000 journal pages. Mathematicians have hailed the project as one of the greatest mathematical achievements of the 20th century, and it surpasses, both in scale and scope, any other mathematical proof of the 20th century. The history of the Classification points to the importance of face-to-face interaction and close teaching relationships in the production and transformation of theoretical knowledge. The techniques and methods that governed much of the work in finite simple group theory circulated via personal, often informal, communication, rather than in published proofs. Consequently, the printed proofs that would constitute the Classification Theorem functioned as a sort of shorthand for and formalization of proofs that had already been established during personal interactions among mathematicians. The proof of the Classification was at once both a material artifact and a crystallization of one community’s shared practices, values, histories, and expertise. However, beginning in the 1980s, the original proof of the Classification faced the threat of ‘uninvention’. The papers that constituted it could still be found scattered throughout the mathematical literature, but no one other than the dwindling community of group theorists would know how to find them or how to piece them together. Faced with this problem, finite group theorists resolved to produce a ‘second-generation proof’ to streamline and centralize the Classification. This project highlights that the proof and the community of finite simple groups theorists who produced it were co-constitutive–one formed and reformed by the other.

    Comment: Steingart is a sociologist who charts the history and sociology of the development of the extremely large and highly collaborative Classification Theorem. She shows that the proof involved a community deciding on shared values, standards of reliability, expertise, and ways of communicating. For example, the community became tolerant of so-called “local errors” so long as these did not put the main result at risk. Furthermore, Steingart discusses how the proof’s text is distributed across a wide number of places and requires expertise to navigate, leaving the proof in danger of uninvention if the experts retire from mathematics.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Does it challenge the traditional conception of mathematical knowledge if no mathematician individually knows all of the pieces of the proof of the Classification Theorem?
    2. Steingart claims that the circulation of knowledge and adjudication cannot be separated. Is this a necessary feature of mathematical knowledge, or is it a problem for its reliability? Or both/neither?
    3. Does this case make us rethink the role of testimony in mathematics?
    4. What does the danger of the theorem being “uninvented” mean for the idea that mathematical knowledge is cumulative and eternal?
    5. Should the group theorists really be confident that there are only fixable, local errors in the proof, and not a more major error?
    1. Does it challenge the traditional conception of mathematical knowledge if no mathematician individually knows all of the pieces of the proof of the Classification Theorem?
    2. Steingart claims that the circulation of knowledge and adjudication cannot be separated. Is this a necessary feature of mathematical knowledge, or is it a problem for its reliability? Or both/neither?
    3. Does this case make us rethink the role of testimony in mathematics?
    4. What does the danger of the theorem being “uninvented” mean for the idea that mathematical knowledge is cumulative and eternal?
    5. Should the group theorists really be confident that there are only fixable, local errors in the proof, and not a more major error?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Habgood-Coote, Joshua, Tanswell, Fenner. Group Knowledge and Mathematical Collaboration: A Philosophical Examination of the Classification of Finite Simple Groups
    2021 2021, Episteme, pp.1-27. doi:10.1017/epi.2021.26..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper we apply social epistemology to mathematical proofs and their role in mathematical knowledge. The most famous modern collaborative mathematical proof effort is the Classification of Finite Simple Groups. The history and sociology of this proof have been well-documented by Alma Steingart (2012), who highlights a number of surprising and unusual features of this collaborative endeavour that set it apart from smaller-scale pieces of mathematics. These features raise a number of interesting philosophical issues, but have received very little attention. In this paper, we will consider the philosophical tensions that Steingart uncovers, and use them to argue that the best account of the epistemic status of the Classification Theorem will be essentially and ineliminably social. This forms part of the broader argument that in order to understand mathematical proofs, we must appreciate their social aspects.

    Comment: In this paper, we take on some of the philosophical issues raised by Steingart’s case study. We look at how notions of proof and justification need to be understood as social in order to apply to the practices of the group theory community. We draw on recent work in social epistemology to try to explain some of the otherwise surprising standards of the mathematicians, such as by using the concept of “coverage-supported justification” to explain how mathematicians may be justified in believing there are no major errors in their work.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Is it okay for proofs to contain errors, so long as they are “fixable”
    2. What does it mean to “know a proof”?
    3. Who knows the proof of the classification theorem?
    4. Should the group theorists really be confident there are no more finite simple groups they’ve missed?
    1. Is it okay for proofs to contain errors, so long as they are “fixable”
    2. What does it mean to “know a proof”?
    3. Who knows the proof of the classification theorem?
    4. Should the group theorists really be confident there are no more finite simple groups they’ve missed?
    Week 11. Proofs as Dialogues
    On DRL Full text
    Dutilh Novaes, Catarina. The Dialogical Roots of Deduction: Historical, Cognitive, and Philosophical Perspectives on Reasoning
    2020 2020, Cambridge University Press..
    Chapter 11, "A Dialogical Account of Proofs in Mathematical Practice"
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This comprehensive account of the concept and practices of deduction is the first to bring together perspectives from philosophy, history, psychology and cognitive science, and mathematical practice. Catarina Dutilh Novaes draws on all of these perspectives to argue for an overarching conceptualization of deduction as a dialogical practice: deduction has dialogical roots, and these dialogical roots are still largely present both in theories and in practices of deduction. Dutilh Novaes' account also highlights the deeply human and in fact social nature of deduction, as embedded in actual human practices; as such, it presents a highly innovative account of deduction. The book will be of interest to a wide range of readers, from advanced students to senior scholars, and from philosophers to mathematicians and cognitive scientists.

    Comment: This book by Dutilh Novaes recently won the coveted Lakatos Award. In it, she develops a dialogical account of deduction, where she argues that deduction is implicitly dialogical. Proofs represent dialogues between Prover, who is aiming to establish the theorem, and Skeptic, who is trying to block the theorem. However, the dialogue is both partially adversarial (the two characters have opposite goals) and partially cooperative: the Skeptic’s objections make sure that the Prover must make their proof clear, convincing, and correct. In this chapter, Dutilh Novaes applies her model to mathematical practice, and looks at the way social features of maths embody the Prover-Skeptic dialogical model.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is the difference between a proof and a proof presentation?
    2. Is the peer review process like a dialogue between author and referee? In what ways might it be different?
    3. Is mathematics a collaboratively adversarial enterprise?
    4. One trouble with the controversy about Mochizuki’s proposed proof of the abc conjecture is the disagreement over who counts as a relevant expert. Who do you think should count?
    5. Dutilh Novaes lists a number of different functions of proofs. How well do the various unusual proofs (e.g. probabilistic, computer, diagrammatic, collaborative etc.) we have seen in previous weeks match the different functions?
    1. What is the difference between a proof and a proof presentation?
    2. Is the peer review process like a dialogue between author and referee? In what ways might it be different?
    3. Is mathematics a collaboratively adversarial enterprise?
    4. One trouble with the controversy about Mochizuki’s proposed proof of the abc conjecture is the disagreement over who counts as a relevant expert. Who do you think should count?
    5. Dutilh Novaes lists a number of different functions of proofs. How well do the various unusual proofs (e.g. probabilistic, computer, diagrammatic, collaborative etc.) we have seen in previous weeks match the different functions?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Morris, Rebecca Lea. Intellectual Generosity and the Reward Structure of Mathematics
    2021 2021, Synthese, 199(1): 345-367..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Prominent mathematician William Thurston was praised by other mathematicians for his intellectual generosity. But what does it mean to say Thurston was intellectually generous? And is being intellectually generous beneficial? To answer these questions I turn to virtue epistemology and, in particular, Roberts and Wood's (2007) analysis of intellectual generosity. By appealing to Thurston's own writings and interviewing mathematicians who knew and worked with him, I argue that Roberts and Wood's analysis nicely captures the sense in which he was intellectually generous. I then argue that intellectual generosity is beneficial because it counteracts negative effects of the reward structure of mathematics that can stymie mathematical progress.

    Comment: In this paper, Morris looks at ascriptions of intellectual generosity in mathematics, focusing on the mathematician William Thurston. She looks at how generosity should be characterised, and argues that it is beneficial in counteract some of the negative effects of the reward structure of mathematics.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What does it mean to be intellectually generous?
    2. Does being generous make you a better mathematician?
    3. What is the relationship between the intellectual virtues of individuals and the state of a subfield of mathematics?
    4. Are theorem-credits a good reward system for maths?
    5. Will the priority rule always make sure the first person to prove something gets the credit? In what ways might this go wrong?
    1. What does it mean to be intellectually generous?
    2. Does being generous make you a better mathematician?
    3. What is the relationship between the intellectual virtues of individuals and the state of a subfield of mathematics?
    4. Are theorem-credits a good reward system for maths?
    5. Will the priority rule always make sure the first person to prove something gets the credit? In what ways might this go wrong?

PDF11Level

Mind, Cognition, and the Self: an Embodied Perspective

Expand entry

by María Jimena Clavel Vázquez
Funded by: American Philosophical Association Small Grant

Introduction

Embodied cognition is a subset of theses that pertains to what is known as 4EA approaches or situated approaches to cognition. The acronym “4EA” refers, more specifically, to the theses that cognition is Extended, Embodied, Enacted, Embedded, and Affective. While typically treated as a block, the views and theses that populate the 4EA approach are often disparate. Regardless, they are united by a revisionary attitude towards cognitivism, the paradigm that dominates cognitive sciences, and an emphasis on the non-trivial roles played by the non-neural body and the environment on cognition. The views that can be identified as committed to the embodiment of cognition are neither entirely unified nor homogeneous, either. In fact, it is possible to find some formulation of the embodiment of cognition in many of the theses that populate the 4EA approach. In this blueprint, we mostly focus on proposals that fall within enactivism, a framework that thinks of the mind as continuous with life. From this perspective, meaning arises from the interactions between an agent and its environment. Enactivism also emphasizes the active nature of cognition, broadly construed. In virtue of its themes and theses, enactivism offers a rich alternative to think about cognition and the mind, while maintaining an open dialogue with various disciplines and traditions. Despite the focus on enactivism, we have also included papers that are, more broadly, committed to the embodiment of cognition and that have enriched these debates. The result is a collection of papers characterized, thus, not only by their commitment to the thesis of embodiment, but also by the diversity of approaches they bring together and their interdisciplinarity.

This blueprint focuses on the work of female researchers working in embodied cognition. The aims of this blueprint are to: (1) introduce key concepts within the embodied cognition program, (2) introduce the work of central researchers within the program, and (3) discuss the contributions of the research program to other philosophical disciplines. To this end, the blueprint is organized in two main parts. The first part (weeks 1 to 6) focuses on key aspects of this research program and the contributions of female researchers to it. The second part (weeks 7 to 11), in turn, focuses on the contributions of the embodied cognition program to and from topics that have been traditionally overlooked in philosophy. This second section has been labelled feminist embodied cognition because these topics have received attention from feminist philosophers. However, these topics have been widely discussed in the context of other (philosophical) disciplines. The papers selected as essential were considered, in most cases, more accessible for students who are less familiar with the literature. They also allow for a good organization of the topics discussed. The discussion questions are related to these essential readings. Suggested readings might constitute key contributions to the debate, or discuss important implications and provide alternative perspectives.


Contents

    Week 1. Introducing situated cognition

    Embodied approaches to the mind can be thought of as views and theses that engage in a dialogue with conceptions of the mind that disregard the role played by the body. To introduce this dialogue, the first session takes on a historical perspective. The proposal is to read some sections of Katalin Farkas’s “The boundaries of the mind” where she introduces a Cartesian internalism to which various philosophers in the 20th and 21st century have objected. The focus is on responses that come from a naturalistic perspective and, more specifically, from theses on the extended and embodied character of the mind. Given that there are several approaches that join embodied cognition in its rejection of the traditional conception of the mind, the second text proposed for this week is “Situated Cognition” by Miriam Solomon, where she focuses on the various ways in which cognition and knowledge depend on the body and the environment. The third text by Dave Ward and Mog Stapleton is a suggestion to further understand the various views that pertain to 4EA approaches to cognition. The guiding questions focus on Farkas’s and Solomon’s papers.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Farkas, Katalin. The Boundaries of the Mind
    2017, In Amy Kind (ed.), Philosophy of Mind in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries: The History of the Philosophy of Mind, Volume 6. New York: Routledge, pp. 256-279.
    pp. 256-258, 266 ss.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The subject of mental processes or mental states is usually assumed to be an individual, and hence the boundaries of mental features -  in a strict or metaphorical sense - are naturally regarded as reaching no further than the boundaries of the individual. This chapter addresses various philosophical developments in the 20th and 21st century that questioned this natural assumption. I will frame this discussion by first presenting a historically influential commitment to the individualistic nature of the mental in Descartes' theory. I identify various elements in the Cartesian conception of the mind that were subsequently criticized and rejected by various externalist theories, advocates of the extended mind hypothesis and defenders of embodied cognition. Then I will indicate the main trends in these critiques.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Solomon, Miriam. Situated cognition
    2006, In Paul Thagard (ed.) Handbook of the Philosophy of Psychology and Cognitive Science. Elsevier, pp. 413-428.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter provides a structured overview of work on situated cognition. The main fields in which situated cognition is studied - cognitive science, feminist epistemology, and science studies - are unnecessarily isolated from one another. Cognition is always situated. It is always concretely instantiated in one way or another. There are no disembodied cognitive achievements. The situated cognition literature details the ways in which cognition can be instantiated and, instead of abstracting what is in common to all cognition, explores the epistemic significance of particular routes to cognitive accomplishment. The phenomena of situated cognition have been described in several disciplines. Cognitive scientists have described the ways in which representation of the world, learning, memory, planning, action, and linguistic meaning are embedded in the environment, tools, social arrangements, and configurations of the human body. The situated cognition approaches have in common the rejection of the ideas that cognition is individualistic, general, abstract, symbolic, explicit, language based, and located in the brain as mediator between sensory input and action output.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Ward, David, Mog Stapleton. Es are Good. Cognition as enacted, embodied, embedded, affective and extended
    2012, In Fabio Paglieri (ed.), Consciousness in Interaction: The role of the natural and social context in shaping consciousness. John Benjamins Publishing, pp. 89-104.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: We present a specific elaboration and partial defense of the claims that cognition is enactive, embodied, embedded, affective and (potentially) extended. According to the view we will defend, the enactivist claim that perception and cognition essentially depend upon the cognizer's interactions with their environment is fundamental. If a particular instance of this kind of dependence obtains, we will argue, then it follows that cognition is essentially embodied and embedded, that the underpinnings of cognition are inextricable from those of affect, that the phenomenon of cognition itself is essentially bound up with affect, and that the possibility of cognitive extension depends upon the instantiation of a specific mode of skillful interrelation between cognizer and environment. Thus, if cognition is enactive then it is also embodied, embedded, affective and potentially extended.

    Study Questions

    1. Why is Descartes’ conception of the mind characterized as internalistic, if he was concerned with the contributions of the body to cognition?
    2. What is the Cartesian idea that the computationalist-functionalist conception of mental processes was able to accommodate?
    3. Why can a functionalist defend that mental states can be realized by more than the brain and even include elements external to the body of the agent?
    4. What are some of the themes of the embodied cognition programme? How does it differ from the externalism that arises within functionalism?
    5. Solomon shows that cognition and knowledge depend on the environment, goals, social and political position, tools, context, embodiment. Can this dependence be articulated in the same way across these domains?
    6. To what extent do these cases of situated cognition and knowledge challenge traditional views of cognition and the mind? For instance, do they necessarily involve a rejection of functionalism or of computationalism?
    Week 2. Cognition and normativity

    This week focuses on enactivism and its conception of cognition and normativity. Embodied cognition is closely associated with enactivism, a view of cognition that takes this to be continuous with life. Embodiment is, for enactivism, a central feature of cognition. In their paper, Evan Thompson and Mog Stapleton distinguish enactivism from the thesis of the extended mind. To do so, they provide a helpful overview of the central concepts of enactivism and, more specifically, of the concept of sense-making. This paper serves as a good basis to understand some of the concepts that will become important for other weeks, as well as to understand the enactivist understanding of cognition. By characterising cognition as sense-making, enactivism emphasizes that the normative character of cognition arises from the interactions between the agent and the environment, and has biological normativity at its basis. This last point is also explored by Laura Mojica who argues for the continuity between biological, cognitive and social normativity. To do so, she draws on Wittgenstein’s considerations on public norms, and engages with the debate on the naturalization of content. Thus showing how enactivism can further contribute to this debate. The suggested reading is Chapter 8 of The Embodied Mind, where Francisco Varela, Evan Thompson and Eleanor Rosch present their view of embodied cognition and enactivism. They start off from a reconstruction of some of the main ideas within cognitivism to then turn to their proposal of embodied cognition where they take cognition to arise from the sensorimotor interactions between an agent and its environment. They take colour as a case study to show that colour can only be understood considering the relation between the perceiver and the world.

    On DRL
    Thompson, Evan, Stapleton, Mog. Making Sense of Sense-Making: Reflections on Enactive and Extended Mind Theories
    2009, Topoi 28: 23-30.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper explores some of the differences between the enactive approach in cognitive science and the extended mind thesis. We review the key enactive concepts of autonomy and sense-making. We then focus on the following issues: (1) the debate between internalism and externalism about cognitive processes; (2) the relation between cognition and emotion; (3) the status of the body; and (4) the difference between ‘incorporation’ and mere ‘extension’ in the body-mind-environment relation.

    Comment: The paper is a good introduction to enactivism within the context of other situated approaches to cognition (i.e., the extended mind thesis, the thesis of embodied cognition, the thesis of embedded cognition). It can be used in an intermediate or advanced course in philosophy of mind or philosophy of cognitive science.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mojica, Laura. The enactive naturalization of normativity: from self-maintenance to situated interactions
    2021, History and Philosophy of the Life Sciences 43(4), pp. 1-27.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The autopoietic enactive account of cognition explains the emergence of normativity in nature as the norm of self-maintenance of life. The autonomous nature of living agents implies that they can differentiate events and regulate their responses in terms of what is better or worse to maintain their own precarious identity. Thus, normative behavior emerges from living organisms. Under this basic understanding of normativity as self-maintenance, autopoietic enactivism defends a continuity between biological, cognitive, and social norms. The self-maintenance of an agent’s sensorimotor identity establishes the cognitive norms that regulate its behavior, and the self-maintenance of its social identity determines the social norms. However, there is no clear explanation of how individuals, who by their very constitution are primarily moved to interact with the world under the norm of self-maintenance, could interact with the world driven by non-individual norms. Furthermore, understanding all normativity as self-maintenance makes it unclear how agents establish genuine social interactions and acquire habits that have no implication for their constitution as individuals. So, to face these challenges, I propose an alternative notion of normativity grounded on a Wittgensteinian, action-oriented, and pragmatic conception of meaning that distinguishes between an agent with a normative point of view and external normative criteria. I defend that a normative phenomenon is an interaction that is established by an individual point of view as defined by autopoietic enactivism and that is part of a self-maintaining system. The latter establishes the external normative criteria to evaluate the interaction, and it may or may not coincide with the identity of the interacting agent. Separating external normative criteria from the self-constitution of the interactant agent not only solves the challenge but potentially explains the situated and relational character of agency.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Varela, Francisco, Evan Thompson, Eleanor Rosch. The Embodied Mind
    1991, MIT Press, pp. 147-184.
    Chapter 8
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Embodied Mind provides a unique, sophisticated treatment of the spontaneous and reflective dimension of human experience. The authors argue that only by having a sense of common ground between mind in Science and mind in experience can our understanding of cognition be more complete. Toward that end, they develop a dialogue between cognitive science and Buddhist meditative psychology and situate it in relation to other traditions such as phenomenology and psychoanalysis.

    Study Questions

    1. From the perspective of enactivism, what is characteristic of living systems that are cognitive?
    2. What is an autonomous system? Think of an example. Why is this an autonomous system? What is the difference between autonomous and autopoietic systems?
    3. Why isn’t enactivism neither internalistic nor externalistic? In what sense is cognition relational?
    4. How do Thompson and Stapleton defend the idea that cognition is embodied action?
    5. Why isn’t cognition rightly characterised as information processing?
    6. What is, according to Mojica, the distinction between intrinsic and extrinsic normativity? Why does intrinsic normativity imply that there is an individual interacting with a world? Why does it imply external normative criteria?
    7. How does Mojica show that normative criteria must be publicly available and that this is the case for all living beings?
    8. What advantage do interactive accounts and autopoietic enactivism have over evolutionary accounts of normativity (e.g., teleosemantics)?
    9. Why is the third kind of normativity identified by enactivism interactive? How does it emerge?
    10. How does Mojica propose to overcome the gap between self-centered biological normativity and normativity oriented to action?
    Week 3. The continuity of perception, action, and cognition

    This week focuses on enactive accounts of perception. In one of the readings of the previous week it is noted that for enactivism cognition can be described as sensorimotor interaction. Similar ideas can be found in other views within 4EA approaches which emphasize the continuity between perception, action, and cognition. In their paper, Nivedita Gangopadhyay and Julian Kiverstein discuss a couple of different conceptions of perception found in enactivism: Susan Hurley’s and Alva Noë & Kevin O’Regan’s. In this discussion, they advance arguments to show that perception is inseparable from cognition and action. This paper will be helpful to further understand the conception of the mind that is at play in the embodied cognition program, as well as to understand the relation between perception, cognition, and action. While many discussions on perception focus on vision, the paper by Becky Millar advances a sensorimotor view of chemical senses. This paper not only focuses on senses that aren’t typically discussed, but also addresses some concerns that arise for enactivist views of perception. The suggested paper is by Susan Hurley. Here she presents a criticism to the classical view of cognition and introduces the two-level interdependence view on the relation between action and perception. This is one of the views discussed by Gangopadhyay and Kiverstein.

    On DRL Full text
    Gangopadhyay, Nivedita, Julian Kiverstein. Enactivism and the Unity of Perception and Action
    2009 2009, Topoi 28: 63-73.
    Expand entry

    Abstract: This paper contrasts two enactive theories of visual experience: the sensorimotor theory (O’Regan and Noë, Behav Brain Sci 24(5):939–1031, 2001; Noë and O’Regan, Vision and mind, 2002; Noë, Action in perception, 2004) and Susan Hurley’s (Consciousness in action, 1998, Synthese 129:3–40, 2001) theory of active perception. We criticise the sensorimotor theory for its commitment to a distinction between mere sensorimotor behaviour and cognition. This is a distinction that is firmly rejected by Hurley. Hurley argues that personal level cognitive abilities emerge out of a complex dynamic feedback system at the subpersonal level. Moreover reflection on the role of eye movements in visual perception establishes a further sense in which a distinction between sensorimotor behaviour and cognition cannot be sustained. The sensorimotor theory has recently come under critical fire (see e.g. Block, J Philos CII(5):259–272, 2005; Prinz, Psyche, 12(1):1–19, 2006; Aizawa, J Philos CIV(1), 2007) for mistaking a merely causal contribution of action to perception for a constitutive contribution. We further argue that the sensorimotor theory is particularly vulnerable to this objection in a way that Hurley’s active perception theory is not. This presents an additional reason for preferring Hurley’s theory as providing a conceptual framework for the enactive programme.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Millar, Becky. Towards a sensorimotor approach to flavour and smell
    2020, Millar, Becky. Towards a sensorimotor approach to flavour and smell. Mind and Language 36(2), pp. 221-240.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Sensorimotor enactivism takes perceptual experience to be constituted by a kind of attunement to sensorimotor contingencies - law-like relations between sensory inputs and bodily activity. The chemical senses have traditionally been construed as especially simple and passive, and a number of philosophers have argued that flavour and smell are problem cases for the sensorimotor approach. In this article, I respond to these objections to the sensorimotor approach, and in doing so offer the beginnings of a sensorimotor account of the chemical senses.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Hurley, Susan. Perception and Action: Alternative Views
    2001 2001, Synthese 129(1): 3-40.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: A traditional view of perception and action makes two assumptions: that the causal flow between perception and action is primarily linear or one-way, and that they are merely instrumentally related to each other, so that each is a means to the other. Either or both of these assumptions can be rejected. Behaviorism rejects the instrumental but not the one-way aspect of the traditional view, thus leaving itself open to charges of verificationism. Ecological views reject the one-way aspect but not the instrumental aspect of the traditional view, so that perception and action are seen as instrumentally interdependent. It is argued here that a better alternative is to reject both assumptions, resulting in a two-level interdependence view in which perception and action co-depend on dynamically circular subpersonal relations and as a result may be more than merely instrumentally interdependent. This is illustrated by reference to motor theories of perception and control theories of action.

    Study Questions

    1. How do the versions of enactivism introduced in this paper differ from the one discussed in the previous week? What are the points of agreement?
    2. How does enactivism differ from computational theories of vision? In what sense do these views characterize perception as passive and disembodied?
    3. Why does Hurley characterize Gibson’s description of the relation between action and perception as an instrumental relation?
    4. How does the two-level interdependence view of Hurley differ from the sandwich view of the mind?
    5. Why does Noë and O’Regan’s separation between sensitivity and awareness lead back to a separation between perception, action, and cognition?
    6. How do Gangopadhyay and Kiverstein account for experiential blindness? How does this allow them to show that sensorimotor behaviour and cognition are inseparable?
    7. What is, according to Millar, sensorimotor understanding?
    8. Why does the lack of bodily activities involved in olfaction and flavour perception is a challenge for sensorimotor theories of perception? How can this objection be addressed?
    9. Why don’t the chemical senses seem to involve the detection of invariances? How does Millar argue against this concern?
    10. What is the notion of sensorimotor understanding to which Millar arrives?
    Week 4. Social cognition and the intersubjective dimension of cognition

    This week focuses on social cognition and on the intersubjective aspects of knowledge and cognition that follow from some embodied accounts of cognition. Within the context of enactivism, some have applied the concept of sense-making to social cognition. To do so, they advance the concept of participatory sense-making to account for our capacity to understand each other (see, De Jaegher, H. & Di Paolo, E., (2007), “Participatory sense-making” Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences). In her paper, Hanne De Jaegher applies this notion of participatory sense-making to what she calls human knowledge. For her, human knowledge is at the basis of many activities that have an epistemic component that goes unnoticed and is central to it (e.g., dementia care). To capture and articulate this epistemic component, De Jaegher draws on participatory sense-making understood as the coordination between two or more autonomous agents. This paper allows for an articulation of social cognition as participatory sense-making. It also allows for the identification of intersubjective aspects of knowledge, and the epistemic aspects of many intersubjective activities. The second essential reading, the paper by Cuffari et al., further expands on the notion of participatory sense-making. It also shows how enactivism can account for language by characterising it as a form of sense-making and showing that it plays a central role in social coordination. The suggested reading is “Participatory Sense-Making” by Hanne De Jagher and Ezequiel Di Paolo. In this paper, they introduce the concept of participatory sense-making to provide an enactivist account on social understanding. This is the view on which De Jagher and Cuffari et al. draw in the essential readings.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    De Jaegher, Hanne. Loving and knowing: reflections for an engaged epistemology
    2019, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 20(5), pp. 847-870.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In search of our highest capacities, cognitive scientists aim to explain things like mathematics, language, and planning. But are these really our most sophisticated forms of knowing? In this paper, I point to a different pinnacle of cognition. Our most sophisticated human knowing, I think, lies in how we engage with each other, in our relating. Cognitive science and philosophy of mind have largely ignored the ways of knowing at play here. At the same time, the emphasis on discrete, rational knowing to the detriment of engaged, human knowing pervades societal practices and institutions, often with harmful effects on people and their relations. There are many reasons why we need a new, engaged - or even engaging - epistemology of human knowing. The enactive theory of participatory sense-making takes steps towards this, but it needs deepening. Kym Maclaren's idea of letting be invites such a deepening. Characterizing knowing as a relationship of letting be provides a nuanced way to deal with the tensions between the knower's being and the being of the known, as they meet in the process of knowing-and-being-known. This meeting of knower and known is not easy to understand. However, there is a mode of relating in which we know it well, and that is: in loving relationships. I propose to look at human knowing through the lens of loving. We then see that both knowing and loving are existential, dialectic ways in which concrete and particular beings engage with each other.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Cuffari, Elena Clare, Ezequiel Di Paolo, Hanne De Jaegher. From participatory sense-making to language: there and back again
    2015, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 14(4), pp. 1089-1125.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The enactive approach to cognition distinctively emphasizes autonomy, adaptivity, agency, meaning, experience, and interaction. Taken together, these principles can provide the new sciences of language with a comprehensive philosophical framework: languaging as adaptive social sense-making. This is a refinement and advancement on Maturana's idea of languaging as a manner of living. Overcoming limitations in Maturana's initial formulation of languaging is one of three motivations for this paper. Another is to give a response to skeptics who challenge enactivism to connect "lower-level" sense-making with "higher-order" sophisticated moves like those commonly ascribed to language. Our primary goal is to contribute a positive story developed from the enactive account of social cognition, participatory sense-making. This concept is put into play in two different philosophical models, which respectively chronicle the logical and ontogenetic development of languaging as a particular form of social agency. Languaging emerges from the interplay of coordination and exploration inherent in the primordial tensions of participatory sense-making between individual and interactive norms; it is a practice that transcends the self-other boundary and enables agents to regulate self and other as well as interaction couplings. Linguistic sense-makers are those who negotiate interactive and internalized ways of meta-regulating the moment-to-moment activities of living and cognizing. Sense-makers in enlanguaged environments incorporate sensitivities, roles, and powers into their unique yet intelligible linguistic bodies. We dissolve the problematic dichotomies of high/low, online/offline, and linguistic/nonlinguistic cognition, and we provide new boundary criteria for specifying languaging as a prevalent kind of human social sense-making
    On DRL Full text Read free
    De Jaegher, Hanne, Ezequiel Di Paolo. Participatory sense-making: An enactive approach to social cognition
    2007, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 6(4), pp. 485-507.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: As yet, there is no enactive account of social cognition. This paper extends the enactive concept of sense-making into the social domain. It takes as its departure point the process of interaction between individuals in a social encounter. It is a well-established finding that individuals can and generally do coordinate their movements and utterances in such situations. We argue that the interaction process can take on a form of autonomy. This allows us to reframe the problem of social cognition as that of how meaning is generated and transformed in the interplay between the unfolding interaction process and the individuals engaged in it. The notion of sense-making in this realm becomes participatory sense-making. The onus of social understanding thus moves away from strictly the individual only.

    Study Questions

    1. How does De Jaegher understand human knowledge? How is it exemplified in the cases she discusses?
    2. What is participatory sense-making? How does it feature self-organization?
    3. In what sense do we require a different epistemology to account for human knowledge?
    4. What is letting-be and why is it embodied and intersubjective?
    5. What does it mean to understand knowing as loving?
    6. What is characteristic of an enactive approach to language, according to Cuffari et al.?
    7. How does enactivism articulate an understanding of cognition as decoupled and offline?
    8. What is languaging? How does this form of sense-making allow for the regulation of other forms of social agency?
    9. What are linguistic sensitivities?
    10. How does the incorporation of linguistic sensitivities transform our embodied way of being?
    Week 5. Self, embodiment, and intersubjectivity

    This week turns to conceptions of the self that grant a central role the embodied and situated aspects of cognition. In the first paper, Catriona Mackenzie discusses the embodied dimension of self-narratives. She defends the view that these are constituted against the background of embodiment. To make her case, Mackenzie draws on discussions on embodiment and the self that lie at the intersection of philosophy of cognitive science and phenomenology. The second paper, by Miriam Kyselo, discusses pluralistic views of the self that seek to do justice to the many dimensions that constitute it. Kyselo brings forward a tension that arises between views that emphasize the bodily constitution of the self and those that emphasize the social constitution. To address this tension, she draws on the enactive concept of autonomy. This allows her to articulate how these two dimensions of the self interact. The suggested readings is a paper by Nick Brancazio where she discusses the role of gender in the ways we perceive our interactions with the world. In this paper, she articulates the self in terms of agency to show that the self is always embodied and embedded.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mackenzie, Catriona. Embodied agents, narrative selves
    2014, Philosophical Explorations 17 (2), pp. 154-171.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Recent work on diachronic agency has challenged the predominantly structural or synchronic approach to agency that is characteristic of much of the literature in contemporary philosophical moral psychology. However, the embodied dimensions of diachronic agency continue to be neglected in the literature. This article draws on phenomenological perspectives on embodiment and narrative conceptions of the self to argue that diachronic agency and selfhood are anchored in embodiment. In doing so, the article also responds to Diana Meyers' recent work on corporeal selfhood.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Kyselo, Miriam. The Body Social: An Enactive Approach to the Self
    2014, Frontiers in Psychology 5, pp. 1-16.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper takes a new look at an old question: what is the human self? It offers a proposal for theorizing the self from an enactive perspective as an autonomous system that is constituted through interpersonal relations. It addresses a prevalent issue in the philosophy of cognitive science: the body-social problem. Embodied and social approaches to cognitive identity are in mutual tension. On the one hand, embodied cognitive science risks a new form of methodological individualism, implying a dichotomy not between the outside world of objects and the brain-bound individual but rather between body-bound individuals and the outside social world. On the other hand, approaches that emphasize the constitutive relevance of social interaction processes for cognitive identity run the risk of losing the individual in the interaction dynamics and of downplaying the role of embodiment. This paper adopts a middle way and outlines an enactive approach to individuation that is neither individualistic nor disembodied but integrates both approaches. Elaborating on Jonas' notion of needful freedom it outlines an enactive proposal to understanding the self as co-generated in interactions and relations with others. I argue that the human self is a social existence that is organized in terms of a back and forth between social distinction and participation processes. On this view, the body, rather than being identical with the social self, becomes its mediator.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Brancazio, Nick. Gender and the senses of agency
    2018, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences, 18, pp. 425-440.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper details the ways that gender structures our senses of agency on an enactive framework. While it is common to discuss how gender influences higher, narrative levels of cognition, as with the formulation of goals and in considerations about our identities, it is less clear how gender structures our more immediate, embodied processes, such as the minimal sense of agency. While enactivists often acknowledge that gender and other aspects of our socio-cultural situatedness shape our cognitive processes, there is little work on how this shaping takes place. In order to provide such an account, I will first look at the minimal and narrative senses of agency (Gallagher in New Ideas in Psychology, 30(1), 15-31, 2012), a distinction that draws from work on minimal and narrative selves (Zahavi 2010). Next I will explain the influence of the narrative sense of agency on the minimal sense of agency through work on intention-formation (Pacherie in Psyche, 13(1), 1-30, 2007). After a discussion of the role of gender in the narrative sense of agency, I'll expand on work by Haslanger (2012) and Young (1990) to offer three ways in which gender influences the minimal sense of agency, showing the effect that gender has on how we perceive our possibilities for interaction in a phenomenologically immediate, pre-reflective manner.

    Study Questions

    1. What are the three dimensions from which we can say that the first-person perspective is anchored in our embodiment? How are these dimensions articulated? How do they relate to each other?
    2. In what sense is Zahavi’s notion of the experiential self an abstraction? How does this idea relate to Mackenzie’s view that the self in an achievement of an concrete embodied agent?
    3. How does Mackenzie defend the view that selfhood is constituted against the background of our bodily lives?
    4. Why does the phenomenon of bodily alienation represent a challenge for Mackenzie’s view?
    5. What are the constraints that self-narratives must meet to be autonomous?
    6. How can you compare and relate the pattern view of the self with the distinction between the experiential and the narrative self?
    7. What’s the challenge faced by pluralistic accounts of the self?
    8. What’s the body-social problem? Why does it arise? What are the two broad positions that can be taken to address it?
    9. How would you chracterize the principle of needful freedom? What’s social nedful freedom and how does it allow for an articulation of social autonomy?
    10. How does Kyselo’s proposal address the body-social problem?
    Week 6. Affectivity

    This week focuses on discussions on affective phenomena and the extended, enactive mind. The first recommended reading is by Giovanna Colombetti where she defends the idea that affective phenomena can be extended. Rather than drawing on the extended mind, however, she draws on enactivism and the continuity between mind and life. The idea of affectivity extending into the environment is also explored in the paper by Giulia Piredda, where she articulates the concept of affective artifacts. These discussions have become relevant to discuss not only the role of environmental elements in our mental and cognitive life, but also on the role political and social artifacts might play in them. The suggested paper is a chapter by Lisa F. Barrett that provides an overview of the history of the theorizing about emotions and the role of embodied theories within it.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Colombetti, Giovanna. Enactive Affectivity, Extended
    2017, Topoi, 36(3), pp. 445-455.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper I advance an enactive view of affectivity that does not imply that affectivity must stop at the boundaries of the organism. I first review the enactive notion of "sense-making", and argue that it entails that cognition is inherently affective. Then I review the proposal, advanced by Di Paolo (Topoi 28:9-21, 2009), that the enactive approach allows living systems to "extend". Drawing out the implications of this proposal, I argue that, if enactivism allows living systems to extend, then it must also allow sense-making, and thus cognition as well as affectivity, to extend†- in the specific sense of allowing the physical processes (vehicles) underpinning these phenomena to include, as constitutive parts, non-organic environmental processes. Finally I suggest that enactivism might also allow specific human affective states, such as moods, to extend.
    On DRL Full text
    Piredda, Giulia. What is an affective artifact? A further development in situated affectivity
    2020, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 19(3), pp. 549-567.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper I would like to propose the notion of "affective artifact", building on an analogy with theories of cognitive artifacts (cf. Casati 2017; Fasoli 2018; Heersmink, 2013, 2016; Hutchins 1999) and referring to the development of a situated affective science (cf. Colombetti 2014; Colombetti and Krueger 2015; Colombetti and Roberts 2015; Griffiths and Scarantino 2009). Affective artifacts are tentatively defined as objects that have the capacity to alter the affective condition of an agent, and that in some cases play an important role in defining that agent's self.The notion of affective artifacts will be presented by means of examples supported by empirical findings, by discussing a tentative definition and classification, and by considering several related but differing notions (cf. Colombetti and Krueger 2015; Heersmink 2018). Within the framework of situated affectivity, the notion of affective artifacts will represent a further step in the enterprise of understanding how the environment helps us scaffold our affective processes. I will conclude that affective artifacts play a key role in the philosophy of cognitive science, the philosophy of technology and in the debate about the self.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Barrett, Lisa F., Kristen A. Lindquist. The embodiment of emotion
    2008, In Gün R. Semin & Eliot R. Smith (eds.), Embodied grounding: social, cognitive, affective, and neuroscientific approaches. New York: Cambridge University Press, pp. 237 - 262.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Historically, almost all psychological theories of emotion have proposed that emotional reactions are constituted by the body in some fashion, but those theories utilized a common metaphor that the body and mind are separate and independent forces in an emotional episode. Current embodiment theories of the mind challenge this assumption, however, by suggesting that the body helps to constitute the mind in shaping an emotional response. We briefly review new theories of embodied cognition in light of accumulating findings from emotion research, to lay the foundation for novel hypotheses about how the conceptual system for emotion is constituted and used. Finally, we discuss how an embodied perspective can help to usher in a paradigm shift in scientific approaches to what emotions are and how they work

    Study Questions

    1. How is it that, for enactivism, cognition is intrinsically affective? How is affectivity and its relation to concern understood?
    2. How does enactivism defend that living systems can extend beyond the boundaries of the organism? Colombetti goes through some examples found in nature. Think of an example of extended life that involves human beings.
    3. How does the conception of life as extended change how we think of affectivity?
    4. What is an extended mood? Think of an example.
    5. What are affective artifacts? Piredda discusses several examples. Come up with your own example. To what extent is this case one of an affective artifact that is part of someone’s self?
    6. How do affective artifacts extend the self?
    7. Are all affective artifacts cases of extended affectivity? Why?
    8. Some have discussed the political dimension of affective scaffoldings (e.g., its contribution to affective imperialism and oppression). Do you think the concept of affective artifacts has a political dimension, too?
    Week 7. Feminist embodied cognition

    The next five weeks turn to the contributions to and from embodied cognition and debates that focus on traditionally marginalized and undertheorized topics in philosophy. To introduce these readings, the first week engages with two texts that put some pressure on these contributions. The first paper, by Victoria Pitts-Taylor, goes back to an idea found in Miriam Solomon’s text: that situated cognition encompasses both proposals in situated cognitive science and situated epistemology. Pitts-Taylor agrees with Solomon to some extent, but argues that some aspects of embodiment and situatedness and left out of the discussion on embodiment that is at play in cognitive science. Donna Haraway’s text, in turn, proposes the myth of the cyborg as a way of articulating the situation of woman in the last part of the XXth century. Her proposal can be helpful to further articulate the questions that remain open when thinking about embodiment from a situated perspective, as well as the dichotomies that should be surpassed. The suggested reading by Anya Daly takes a closer look at the interaction between enactivism and feminism. According to Daly, enactivism can provide feminism with a metaphysical grounding that does justice to its moral and political concerns.

    On DRL Read free
    Pitts-Taylor, Victoria. The Mind in the Body: Feminist and Neurocognitive Perspectives on Embodiment
    2014, In Sigrid Schmitz & Grit Höppner (ed.), Gendered Neurocultures: Feminist and Queer Perspectives on Current Brain Discourses. Zaglossus, pp. 187-202.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From the introduction: The body's epistemic significance is a shared preoccupation for both feminist theory and neurophilosophy, two fields that rarely interact. Neurocognitive theories of embodied mind seek to identify the features of embodiment that inform cognition and consciousness. They share with feminist epistemologies a view that consciousness is inextricably linked to lived embodiment and situated in the environment, and they each offer powerful challenges to the disembodied, abstract Cartesian subject. This convergence bears deeper consideration. In this chapter I address claims of their compatibility, and also how feminist concerns trouble neurophilosophical interpretations of the embodied mind. I begin with a brief introduction to neurobiologically informed views of mind that embrace reductive physicalism, and then I describe the non-reductive physicalism of embodied mind theories. Later, I take up feminist epistemology and its parallels and tensions with this subfield of neurophilosophy. I raise the question of epistemic difference as an opening for critical engagement. (p. 1 - online version)
    On DRL Full text
    Haraway, Donna. A Manifesto for Cyborgs: Science, Technology, and Socialist Feminism in the 1980s
    1989, In Linda Nicholson (ed.) Feminism/Postmodernism, Routledge, pp. 190-233..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From the introduction: "This chapter is an effort to build an ironic political myth faithful to feminism, socialism, and materialism. Perhaps more faithful as blasphemy is faithful, than as reverent worship and identification. Blasphemy has always seemed to require taking things very seriously. I know no better stance to adopt from within the secular religious, evangelical traditions of U.S. politics, including the politics of socialist feminism. Blasphemy protects one from the Moral Majority within, while still insisting on the need for community. Blasphemy is not apostasy. Irony is about contradictions that do not resolve into larger wholes, even dialectically, about the tension of holding incompatible things together because both or all are necessary and true. Irony is about humor and serious play. It is also a rhetorical strategy and a political method, one I would like to see more honored within socialist feminism. At the center of my ironic faith, my blasphemy, is the image of the cyborg." (pp. 190-191)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Daly, Anya. The Declaration of Interdependence! Feminism, Grounding and Enactivism
    2021, Human Studies 45(1), pp. 43-62.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper explores the issue whether feminism needs a metaphysical grounding, and if so, what form that might take to effectively take account of and support the socio-political demands of feminism; addressing these demands I further propose will also contribute to the resolution of other social concerns. Social constructionism is regularly invoked by feminists and other political activists who argue that social injustices are justified and sustained through hidden structures which oppress some while privileging others. Some feminists (Haslanger and Sveinsdóttir, Feminist metaphysics. In E. N. Zalta (Ed.), Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. Stanford: Stanford University, 2011) argue that the constructs appealed to in social constructivism are real but not metaphysically fundamental because they are contingent. And this is exactly the crux of the problem—is it possible to sustain an engaged feminist socio-political critique for which contingency is central (i.e., that things could be otherwise) and at the same time retain some kind of metaphysical grounding. Without metaphysical grounding it has been argued, the feminist project may be rendered nonsubstantive (Sider, Substantivity in feminist metaphysics. Philosophical Studies, 174(2017), 2467–2478, 2017). There has been much debate around this issue and Sider (as an exemplar of the points under contention) nuances the claims expressed in his earlier writings (Sider, Writing the book of the world. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2011) and later presents a more qualified account (Sider, Substantivity in feminist metaphysics. Philosophical Studies, 174(2017), 2467–2478, 2017). Nonetheless, I propose the critiques and defences offered by the various parties continue to depend on certain erroneous assumptions and frameworks that are challengeable. I argue that fundamentality as presented in many of these current accounts, which are underpinned by the explicit or implicit ontologies of monism and dualism and argued for in purely rationalist terms which conceive of subjects as primarily reason-responding agents, reveal basic irresolvable problems. I propose that addressing these concerns will be possible through an enactivist account which, following phenomenology, advances an ontology of interdependence and reconceives the subject as first and foremost an organism immersed in a meaningful world as opposed to a primarily reason-responding agent. Enactivism is thus, I will argue, able to legitimize feminist socio-political critiques by offering a non-reductive grounding in which not only are contingency and fundamentality reconciled, but in which fundamentality is in fact defined by radical contingency. My paper proceeds in dialogue with feminists generally addressing this ‘metaphysical turn’ in feminism and specifically with Sally Haslanger and Mari Mikkola.

    Study Questions

    1. In what sense can we say that 4EA approaches to cognition are accidental feminists, according to Pitts-Taylor?
    2. What is left out of the conception of embodiment of these approaches (e.g., in Clark’s distinction between the special contribution view and the extended functionalist views of embodiment)?
    3. What are the questions that remain open for 4EA approaches? What other questions would you add?
    4. What are the three boundary break-downs identified by Haraway?
    5. What are the short-comings of Marxist and socialist feminim and radical feminism?
    6. What does Haraway mean when she claims that “”Epistemology is about knowing the difference””? In her text, Haraway emphasizes the value of the liminal or marginal position. How does this relate to her claim about difference?
    7. Haraway lists a series of dichotomies. What is characteristic of them? How do they relate to more ‘traditional’ dichotomies? How does the situation of women relate to them?
    8. What’s the homework economy? In this context, what is the feminization of labour?
    9. Haraway asks: “”Why should our bodies end at the skin or include at best other beings encapsulated by skin?””. This question is similar to those asked by extended theories of the mind. What is the difference in the articulation of these questions?
    10. How would you articulate the concept of embodiment at play in Haraway’s proposal?
    Week 8. Gender, sex and the body

    This week looks into two discussions on gender, sex, and the body that are concerned with questions about the boundaries of the body, and the relation between embodied agents and their environment. In the first paper, Saray Ayala and Nadya Vasilyeva advance a concept of extended sex. The draw on the extended cognition thesis to argue that sex can be extended into the environment in a way that allows us to go beyond the dichotomy between male and female. They argue that this process of extension should be recognized as one form of biological construction. In this way, their paper further contributes to the articulation of the extended mind. Alejandra Martínez Quintero and Hanne De Jaegher, in turn, provide an enactive analysis of pregnancy. They argue that pregnancy should be understood as the relation between three autonomous systems, the mother, the foetus, and pregnancy itself. In pregnancy, foetus and mother engage in a relation of sense-making, and both participate in the processes of individuation. The suggested reading is the paper by Iris Marion Young, “Throwing like a girl”, where she proposes that our spatial and motor experience is shaped by gender. This phenomenological analysis has been central to the understanding of the role played by gender on our embodied experiences.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Ayala, Saray, Nadya Vasilyeva. Extended Sex: An Account of Sex for a More Just Society
    2015, Hypatia 30(4), pp. 725-742.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: We propose an externalist understanding of sex that builds upon extended and distributed approaches to cognition, and contributes to building a more just, diversity-sensitive society. Current sex categorization practices according to the female/male dichotomy are not only inaccurate and incoherent, but they also ground moral and political pressures that harm and oppress people. We argue that a new understanding of sex is due, an understanding that would acknowledge the variability and, most important, the flexibility of sex properties, as well as the moral and political meaning of sex categorization. We propose an externalist account of sex, elaborating on extended and distributed approaches to cognition that capitalize on the natural capacity of organisms to couple with environmental resources. We introduce the notion of extended sex, and argue that properties relevant for sex categorization are neither exclusively internal to the individual skin, nor fixed. Finally, we spell out the potential of extended sex to support an active defense of diversity and an intervention against sex-based discrimination.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Marti­nez Quintero, Alejandra, Hanne De Jaegher. Pregnant Agencies: Movement and Participation in Maternal-Fetal Interactions
    2020, Frontiers in Psychology 11.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Pregnancy presents some interesting challenges for the philosophy of embodied cognition. Mother and fetus are generally considered to be passive during pregnancy, both individually and in their relation. In this paper, we use the enactive operational concepts of autonomy, agency, individuation, and participation to examine the relation between mother and fetus in utero. Based on biological, physiological, and phenomenological research, we explore the emergence of agentive capacities in embryo and fetus, as well as how maternal agency changes as pregnancy advances. We show that qualitatively different kinds of agency have their beginnings already in utero, and to what extent fetal and maternal movement modulate affectivity and individuation in pregnancy. We thus propose that mother and fetus are both agents who participate in pregnancy. Pregnancy then emerges as a relational developmental organization that anchors and holds its developing participants. We end the paper with reflections on ethical implications of this proposal, and suggestions for future research.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Young, Iris Marion. Throwing Like a Girl: A Phenomenology of Feminine Body Comportment, Motility and Spatiality
    1980, Human Studies 3(1), pp. 137 - 156.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    From the introduction: This paper seeks to begin to fill a gap that thus exists both in existential phenomenology and feminist theory. It traces in a provisional way some of the basic modalities of feminine body comportment, manner of moving, and relation in space. It brings intelligibility and significance to certain observable and rather ordinary ways in which women in our society typically comport themselves and move differently from the ways that men do. In accordance with the existentialist concern with the situatedness of human experience, I make no claim to the universality of this typicality of the bodily comportment of women and the phenonemological description based on it. The account developed here claims only to describe the modalities of feminine bodily existence for women situated in contemporary advanced industrial, urban, and commercial society. Elements of the account developed here may or may not apply to the situation of woman in other societies and other epoch, but it is not the concern of this paper to determine to which, if any, other social circumstances this account applies.

    Study Questions

    1. What’s the prescriptive force of sex categories? And why do they embody an oppressive hierarchy?
    2. How do environmental or external elements need to be incorporated into a process or system in order to extend it?
    3. In what sense is environmental construction comparable to body construction? How does this relate to the notion of biological construction?
    4. What does it mean to extend sex? And how does this go beyond the dichotomy between male and female?
    5. What’s the difference between the personal and political dimensions? How does this relate to the ameliorative aim of Ayala and Vasileya’s project?
    6. What are the processes of self-individuation and self-production? How do they relate to each other? How is individuation an open-ended process?
    7. Why do the authors argue that in implantation there’s agency? Why don’t the previous processes of self-individuation don’t amount to agency?
    8. Why is there a movement from self-organizing patterns to adaptive self-regulation patterns in fetal movements?
    9. In what sense is the interactive relation between fetus and mother one of negotiation?
    10. Why are mother and fetus participating in sense-making? Why is this characterized as minimal sense-making?
    Week 9. Materialized and institutionalised oppression
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Merritt, Michele. Instituting impairment: Extended cognition and the construction of Female Sexual Dysfunction
    2013, Cognitive Systems Research, 25-26, pp. 47-53.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: I further the argument for a socially extended mind by examining gender and the role it plays in cognition. My first claim is that gender is a social institution that often if not always subtends our cognitive processes, especially those that are maximally embodied. The social institution of gender often serves to inhibit female embodied cognitive processing, as a quick glance at the myriad of oppressive forces at play in gender dynamics illustrates. To combat the potential objection that gender is not a vehicle for extending cognitive processes, but rather plays a shaping role in embodied practice, I propose looking at the history of Female Sexual Dysfunction and its construction by the social institutions of the pharmaceutical companies and media. By doing so, I claim a case can be made that these institutions have actually invaded the minds of many women to the point that cognition pertaining to sex, sexual functioning, and health are wholly dependent upon and constituted by the interplay of these social systems.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Liao, Shen-yi, Vanessa Carbonell. Materialized Oppression in Medical Tools and Technologies
    2023, American Journal of Bioethics 23(4), pp. 9-23.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: It is well-known that racism is encoded into the social practices and institutions of medicine. Less well-known is that racism is encoded into the material artifacts of medicine. We argue that many medical devices are not merely biased, but materialize oppression. An oppressive device exhibits a harmful bias that reflects and perpetuates unjust power relations. Using pulse oximeters and spirometers as case studies, we show how medical devices can materialize oppression along various axes of social difference, including race, gender, class, and ability. Our account uses political philosophy and cognitive science to give a theoretical basis for understanding materialized oppression, explaining how artifacts encode and carry oppressive ideas from the past to the present and future. Oppressive medical devices present a moral aggregation problem. To remedy this problem, we suggest redundantly layered solutions that are coordinated to disrupt reciprocal causal connections between the attitudes, practices, and artifacts of oppressive systems.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Maiese, Michelle. Mindshaping, Enactivism, and Ideological Oppression
    2021, Topoi 41 (2), pp. 341-354.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: One of humans' distinctive cognitive abilities is that they develop an array of capacities through an enculturation process. In "Cognition as a Social Skill", Sally points to one of the dangers associated with enculturation: ideological oppression. To conceptualize how such oppression takes root, Haslanager appeals to notions of mindshaping and social coordination, whereby people participate in oppressive social practices unthinkingly or even willingly. Arguably, an appeal to mindshaping provides a new kind of argument, grounded in philosophy of mind, which supports the claims that feminist and anti-racist want to defend. However, some theorists worry that Haslanger's account does not shed much light on how individuals could exert their agency to resist oppression. I argue that enactivist conceptions of mindshaping and habit can help us to make sense of the power of social influences and how they have the potential to both enable and undermine cognition and agency. This moves us toward increased understanding of the workings of social oppression - distinguishing between constructive and enabling forms of heteronomy, and overdetermining and pernicious modes that lead to atrophied moral cognition and a narrowing of the field of affordances.

    Study Questions

    1. What is characteristic of the fourth scenario described by Merrit? Why is it that, in this case, the cognitive process of Alex is partly constituted by social institutions?
    2. What is the difference between the thesis of extended cognition and the thesis of socially extended cognition? In what way is cognition subtended by social processes according to this view? How is the mind invaded rather than extended?
    3. Why should we consider gender a mental institution? What is a mental institution? What would other examples be of mental institutions?
    4. How is the case of Female Sexual Dysfunction an example of social mind invasion?
    5. How does the claim that gender is a mental institution relate to the concept of extended sex?
    6. How can medical technology contribute to the construction of subordinate social categories?
    7. What is the dynamic of oppression into which these medical devices are inserted?
    8. How do Liao and Carbonell understand oppression? Why might a device materialize bias but not oppression?
    9. What is the proposed strategy to address this concern?
    10. Are there other lessons from embodied cognition that can further support the proposed strategy?
    Week 10. Embodiment and disability

    This week turns to contributions to debates on disability from theses of embodied and extended cognition. The first paper, by Zoe Drayson and Andy Clark, discusses the various ways in which extending the cognitive machinery beyond the brain can change the way we think about cognitive disabilities, as well as its diagnosis and treatment. They also turn to the way in which the debate on models of disability can change in virtue of these theses. The second paper, by Catriona Mackenzie and Jackie L. Scully, focus on moral imagination, more specifically. They are interested in showing the limitations of this capacity when it comes to moral judgments that are concerned with the quality of life of individuals who are differently embodied from us. To make this claim, they draw on the claim that imagination is embodied. The suggested reading turns to psychiatry to propose a enactivist model that encompasses the various dimensions that constitute psychiatric disorders. To this end, de Haan discusses the various models of disorders that have been proposed in this context.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Drayson, Zoe, Andy Clark. Cognitive disability and embodied, extended minds
    2020, In Adam Cureton & David Wasserman (eds.), Oxford Handbook of Philosophy and Disability. Oxford University Press, pp. 580-597.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Many models of cognitive ability and disability rely on the idea of cognition as abstract reasoning processes implemented in the brain. Research in cognitive science, however, emphasizes the way that our cognitive skills are embodied in our more basic capacities for sensing and moving, and the way that tools in the external environment can extend the cognitive abilities of our brains. This chapter addresses the implications of research in embodied cognition and extended cognition for how we think about cognitive impairment and rehabilitation, how cognitive reserve mitigates neural impairment, and the distinction between medical and social models of disability.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Mackenzie, Catriona, Jackie Leach Scully. Moral imagination, disability and embodiment
    2007, Journal of Applied Philosophy 24(4), pp. 335-351.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper we question the basis on which judgements are made about the ‘quality’ of the lives of people whose embodied experience is anomalous, specifically in cases of impairments. In moral and political philosophy it is often assumed that, suitably informed, we can overcome epistemic gaps through the exercise of moral imagination: ‘putting ourselves in the place of others’, we can share their points of view. Drawing on phenomenology and theories of embodied cognition, and on empirical studies, we suggest that there are barriers to imagining oneself differently situated, or imagining being another person, arising in part from the way imagination is constrained by embodied experience. We argue that the role of imagination in moral engagement with others is to expand the scope of our sympathies rather than to enable us to put ourselves in the other's place. We argue for explicit acknowledgement that our assessments of others’ QOL are likely to be shaped by the specifics of our own embodiment, and by the assumptions we make as a consequence about what is necessary for a good quality of life.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    de Haan, Sanneke. An Enactive Approach to Psychiatry
    2020, Philosophy, Psychiatry, and Psychology 27 (1), pp. 3-25.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article addresses the integration problem in psychiatry: the explanatory problem of integrating such heterogeneous factors as cause or contribute to the problems at hand, ranging from traumatic experiences, dysfunctional neurotransmitters, existential worries, economic deprivation, social exclusion, and genetics. In practice, many mental health professionals work holistically in a pragmatic and eclectic way. Such pragmatic approaches often function well enough. Yet an overarching framework provides orientation, treatment rationale, a shared language for communication with all those involved, and the means to explain treatment decisions to health insurers and to society at large. It also helps to relate findings from different areas and types of research. In this article, I introduce an enactive framework that supports holistic psychiatric practice by offering an integrating account of how the diverse aspects of psychiatric disorders relate. The article starts with a short overview both of the four main dimensions of psychiatric disorders and of the currently available models. I then introduce enactivism and the enactive notion of sense-making. Subsequently, I discuss how this enactive outlook helps explicate the relation between the four dimensions and what that implies regarding the causality involved. The article concludes with an overview of treatment implications.

    Study Questions

    1. How can theses of embodied cognition explain some cognitive abilities without relying on internal representations?
    2. What consequences do the theses of extended and embodied cognition have on considerations about cognitive disabilities?
    3. Consider the case of ideomotor apraxia. Why do the authors argue that the environment not only compensates but restores impairment?
    4. How does the debate on models of disability change when we consider theses on extended and embodied cognition? How would you articulate a model of disability that considers the lessons of these two theses?
    5. Why do Drayson and Clark reject arguments in favour of the view that the thesis of extended cognition can enhance rational autonomy? Based on other views discussed in previous weeks, can you think of an argument that could allow you to support some kind of ‘extended’ rational autonomy?
    6. According to Mackenzie and Scully, in order to properly make quality of life judgments, we need to have knowledge of the features of the life in question, of the way in which we should weight these features and of the standards used to make these assessments. Considering this, why does non-normative embodiment raise difficulties for these assessments?
    7. What role is typically attributed to moral imagination in moral judgments?
    8. In what senses is imagination embodied? How do the authors support these ideas?
    9. What role do Mackenzie and Scully assign to moral imagination in moral judgments?
    10. Why do we have a moral obligation to develop and cultivate our capacity for moral imagination?
    Week 11. Embodiment, enactivism and education

    This week focuses on embodied cognition and education. The first paper, by Michelle Maiese, provides a brief overview on transformative learning and proposes a enactive articulation of it. For Maiese, transformative learning involves a change in one’s affective framing, constituted by beliefs and habits of mind in which cognition and affection are deeply intertwined. Drawing on her proposal, Mog Stapleton analyses a case study of philosophy in prisons. She argues that the modelled applied in this case allowed for transformative learning due to its particular ritualistic. These papers show how theses on embodied cognition can enrich both the education theory and practice. They also show, however, how certain reflections and practices in education can allow the re-articulation of concepts that are central in philosophy of mind such as perspective-taking. The proposed reading by Melina Gastelum (in Spanish) draws on 4E approaches to cognition to propose an intercultural approach to education given the focus of these approaches on embodied practices.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Maiese, Michelle. Transformative Learning, Enactivism, and Affectivity
    2015, Studies in Philosophy and Education 36(2), pp. 197-216.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Education theorists have emphasized that transformative learning is not simply a matter of students gaining access to new knowledge and information, but instead centers upon personal transformation: it alters students' perspectives, interpretations, and responses. How should learning that brings about this sort of self-transformation be understood from the perspectives of philosophy of mind and cognitive science? Jack Mezirow has described transformative learning primarily in terms of critical reflection, meta-cognitive reasoning, and the questioning of assumptions and beliefs. And within mainstream philosophy of mind, there has been a long-standing assumption that cognition and thought are brain-based, computational, disembodied processes that occur separately from emotion and affect. According to this view, selftransformation might be construed as the forging of new neural connections and the development of new cognitive “programs.” However, I will argue that the literature on embodiment and enactivism that has emerged in recent years offers us a different and more productive way to conceptualize the intended effects of transformative learning. From the standpoint of enactivism, the experience of transformative learning is thoroughly bound up with the cognitive shifts that it involves, and it also involves significant changes to the neurobiological dynamics of the living body. Moreover, personal transformation is not simply something that happens to subjects, but rather a process in which they are actively and dynamically engaged. In addition, this enactivist approach emphasizes that the learning process is fully embodied and fundamentally affective. From a phenomenological perspective, personal transformation can be understood as a pronounced alteration in cognitive-affective orientation; and from a neurobiological perspective, the development of new habits of mind can be understood as the formation of highly integrated patterns of bodily engagement and response. The upshot is that it is not just subjects’ brains that are altered over the course of transformative learning, but also their overall bodily and affective attunement to their surroundings.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Stapleton, Mog. Enacting Education
    2020, Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences 20(5), pp. 887-913.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Education can transform our cognitive world. Recent use of enactivist and enactivist-friendly work to propose understanding transformational learning in terms of affective reframing is a promising first step to understanding how we can have or inculcate transformational learning in different ways without relying on meta-cognition. Building on this work, I argue that to fully capture the kind of perspectival changes that occur in transformational learning we need to further distinguish between ways of reorienting one’s perspective, and I specify why different ways are differently valuable. I propose that recent approaches to Confucian ritual provide a clue to what is missing in characterisations of perspective transformation and the resultant transformed perspective. I argue that focussing on ritualised interpersonal interactions provides a further clue as to what’s missing from a mere appeal to the ritual-based inculcation of new perspectives, namely the kind of lightness and flexibility that some ritualised interactions encourage participants to have, and the deepening of perspective associated with that lightness. I argue that a case study of a project implementing a highly ritualised philosophical practice with prisoners in Scotland shows how these constraints, seemingly paradoxically, function so as to actually deepen the perspectival spaces of those agents. This case study provides a proof of concept for the proposal that certain forms of ritual engagement can reliably bring about the kind of transformation of perspective that is the target phenomenon of transformative learning theory.
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Gastelum, Melina. Intercultural education based on situated cognition practices
    2024, Una educación intercultural basada en prácticas cognitivas situadas. Andamios 21(54), pp. 83-109.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this article we want to enrich a view of intercultural education that can use the conceptualizations of 4E cognition (enactive, embedded, embodied and extended). We follow the idea that education can be understood as a community of situated practices. We argue that the perspective of practices acquires a sense from the 4E cognition that will help to promote an educational epistemology that does not only hover over gnoseological processes but brings into play other categories of the sociocultural environment that help other types of reflections that lead towards a critical, political and ethical interculturality.

    Study Questions

    1. How is transformative learning articulated from the perspective of the cognitive approach? What are the limitations of this approach?
    2. Why does ideology critique require challenging both held beliefs and habits of mind?
    3. Why is affective self-transformation central for the pursuit of social justice?
    4. What is affective framing? How should we understand its neurobiology? How are cognition and affect intertwined?
    5. How does Maiese tackle the concern that affective phenomena can have a negative impact on learning?
    6. The CoPI model analysed by Stapleton asks participants to not draw on their own experiences. How does this contrast with views that value the epistemic role of one’s perspective and experience?
    7. What are the different forms of learning identified by Mezirow and articulated by Stapleton?
    8. What is the relation between perspective holding, and perspective taking, concatenation, and broadening?
    9. In what sense do Confucian rituals support perspective holding?
    10. What’s the similarity between these rituals and the CoPI model?

PDF11Level
NEW

Non-Western Ecologies: A Selection

Expand entry

by Kas Bernays
Funded by: St Andrews Research Internship Scheme

Introduction

Environmental Philosophy is rarely taught as a stand-alone topic. It may be taught within a course dedicated to the philosophy of science, applied ethics, or even aesthetics, but despite its global importance, it remains marginalised in English-speaking teaching. Further, attention is very rarely given to non-western conceptions of the environment and ecology and non-western approaches to the climate crisis. This Blueprint offers a selection of readings that will provide readers with a better sense of how these topics have been approached by a variety of non-western geographical, historical, and religious traditions. This selection is just that: a non-exhaustive presentation of sources. Readers are welcome to follow the entire Blueprint, or to pick a specific week to explore. The Blueprint also offers a large selection of excerpted primary sources as well as full anthologies, which can be used as a jumping board for deeper learning.


Contents

    Week 1. Diagnosing the problem - The Western Paradigm

    The purpose of this week is to encourage the group to consider the Western view of nature and some internal critiques of its flaws, as a way of introducing the project of the reading list, which is to look at how other traditions offer alternative views. If time is constrained, this week can be skipped in order to move immediately to engagement with non-Western texts. It is also suggested that this session include a broader discussion of how we ought to go about engaging with and comparing different traditions of thought.

    Full text Read free
    Horkheimer, Max, Adorno, Theodor. Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments
    2007, Stanford University Press.
    pp. 21-22
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Dialectic of Enlightenment is undoubtedly the most influential publication of the Frankfurt School of Critical Theory. Written during the Second World War and circulated privately, it appeared in a printed edition in Amsterdam in 1947. "What we had set out to do, " the authors write in the Preface, "was nothing less than to explain why humanity, instead of entering a truly human state, is sinking into a new kind of barbarism."Yet the work goes far beyond a mere critique of contemporary events. Historically remote developments, indeed, the birth of Western history and of subjectivity itself out of the struggle against natural forces, as represented in myths, are connected in a wide arch to the most threatening experiences of the present. The book consists in five chapters, at first glance unconnected, together with a number of shorter notes. The various analyses concern such phenomena as the detachment of science from practical life, formalized morality, the manipulative nature of entertainment culture, and a paranoid behavioral structure, expressed in aggressive anti-Semitism, that marks the limits of enlightenment. The authors perceive a common element in these phenomena, the tendency toward self-destruction of the guiding criteria inherent in enlightenment thought from the beginning. Using historical analyses to elucidate the present, they show, against the background of a prehistory of subjectivity, why the National Socialist terror was not an aberration of modern history but was rooted deeply in the fundamental characteristics of Western civilization.Adorno and Horkheimer see the self-destruction of Western reason as grounded in a historical and fateful dialectic between the domination of external nature and society. They trace enlightenment, which split these spheres apart, back to its mythical roots. Enlightenment and myth, therefore, are not irreconcilable opposites, but dialectically mediated qualities of both real and intellectual life. "Myth is already enlightenment, and enlightenment reverts to mythology." This paradox is the fundamental thesis of the book.This new translation, based on the text in the complete edition of the works of Max Horkheimer, contains textual variants, commentary upon them, and an editorial discussion of the position of this work in the development of Critical Theory.

    Comment: Introduces the key concept of disenchantment and the critique of the Enlightenment's impact on the way nature is understood.

    Read free
    Marx, Karl. Estranged Labour
    1959, in Martin Milligan (trans.), Economic and Philosophic Manuscripts of 1844. Progress Publishers: Moscow.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From Wikipedia (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economic_and_Philosophic_Manuscripts_of_1844): The Manuscripts provide a critique of classical political economy grounded in the philosophies of Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel and Ludwig Feuerbach. The work is best known for its articulation of Marx's argument that the conditions of modern industrial societies result in the estrangement (or alienation) of wage-workers from their own products, from their own work, and in turn from themselves and from each other.[2] Marx argues that workers are forced by the capitalist productive process to work solely to satisfy their basic needs. As such, they merely exist as commodities in a constant state of drudgery, evaluated solely by their monetary value, with capital assuming the status of a good in and of itself.

    Comment: Marx's clearest statement of the thesis of human estrangement from labour begins with an account of human estrangement from the rest of nature. It is this passage, more than any other, which inaugurates the 'metabolic rift' analysis of human beings' separation from nature, and so serves as a useful starting point for considering how Western ideologies and economics have created a tradition that is intrinsically hostile to an ecological worldview.

    Read free
    Locke, John. On Property
    2016, in Second Treatise of Government. OUP Oxford.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Locke's Second Treatise of Government (1689) is one of the great classics of political philosophy, widely regarded as the foundational text of modern liberalism. In it Locke insists on majority rule, and regards no government as legitimate unless it has the consent of the people. He sets aside people's ethnicities, religions, and cultures and envisages political societies which command our assent because they meet our elemental needs simply as humans. His work helped to entrench ideas of a social contract, human rights, and protection of property as the guiding principles for just actions and just societies.

    Comment: Within Locke's influential account of the nature of private property, he offers what seems to be a clear statement of Enlightenment contempt for the notion that non-human nature can have value in itself, apart from its value for human use. It therefore offers a useful encapsulation of a 'Western paradigm' of views about nature.

    Study Questions

    1. What view of the environment does the Enlightenment, broadly conceived, help to produce?
    2. To what extent is there a ‘Western tradition’ with respect to nature, and what are its main themes?
    3. What is ‘disenchantment’, and what does it entail for our view of nature?
    4. To what extent is our way of thinking about nature and its value encoded by our economic system?
    5. How might Marx’s analysis of the human relationship with ‘land’ help diagnose the problem?
    Week 2. Māori Philosophies
    On DRL Read free
    Waitangi Tribunal. Whanganui River Report
    1999, Waitangi Tribunal.
    Selection from claimant's testimony, pp. 78-111
    Expand entry

    Report Summary: Rarely has a Māori river claim been so persistently maintained as that of the Whanganui people. Uniquely in the annals of Māori settlement, the country’s longest navigable river is home to just one iwi, the Atihau-a-Paparangi. It has been described as the aortic artery, the central bloodline of that one heart. The Atihau-a-Paparangi claim to the authority of the river has continued unabated from when it was first put into question. The tribal concern is evidenced by numerous petitions to Parliament from 1887. In addition, legal proceedings were commenced as early as 1938, in the Māori Land Court, on an application for the investigation of the title to the riverbed. From there the action passed to the Māori Appellate Court in 1944, the Māori Land Court again in 1945, the Supreme Court in 1949, to a further petition and the appointment of a Royal Commission in 1950, to a reference to the Court of Appeal in 1953, to a reference to the Māori Appellate Court in 1958 and to a decision of the Court of Appeal in 1962. This may represent one of the longest set of legal proceedings in Māori claims history, yet in all those proceedings, it is claimed, the principles of the Treaty of Waitangi had no direct bearing. Nor did the matter rest there for the court hearings were followed by further petitions and investigations, and in more recent times, Atihau-a-Paparangi were again involved in the Catchment Board inquiry on minimum river flows in 1988 and in the Planning Tribunal and High Court hearings on the same matter in 1989, 1990 and 1992.

    Comment: The Whanganui River Report famously led to the recognition of the Whanganui River as a legal person in Aotearoa/New Zealand. The selected fragment from this report offers a detailed account, presented by claimants in their own words, of the Māori views toward the natural world which led to this ruling.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Grix, Marco, Watene, Krushil. Communities and Climate Change: Why Practices and Practitioners Matter
    2022, Ethics & International Affairs, 36(2): 215-230.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Communities most vulnerable to the effects of climate change, such as reduced access to material resources and increased exposure to adverse weather conditions, are intimately tied to a considerable amount of cultural and biological diversity on our planet. Much of that diversity is bound up in the social practices of Indigenous groups, which is why these practices have great long-term value. Yet, little attention has been given to them by philosophers. Also neglected have been the historical conditions and contemporary realities that constrain these practices and devalue the knowledge of their practitioners. In this essay, we make the case for preserving a diverse range of social practices worldwide, and we argue that this is possible only by strengthening the communities of practitioners who enact them in the contexts in which they are adaptive. By concentrating on Indigenous communities, we show how focusing on practices can transform how Indigenous and other local communities are represented in global climate-change conversations and policy as a matter of justice. More specifically, we argue that practice-centered thinking and local practices provide critical insights for determining the extent to which climate policies protect and enable transformative change.

    Comment: This piece considers how to directly integrate Indigenous viewpoints into considerations of climate and ecological action, which is argued for as a matter of justice. Of particular interest for the purpose of this list is the consideration of 'practice-centred thinking'.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the concept of ‘mana’ and how does it structure Māori relationships with the natural world?
    2. To what extent does recognising the legal personhood of a river reflect Māori views? Can any such legal change do so?
    3. What does the paucity of consciously philosophical accounts of Māori thoughts suggest? Is the concept of epistemic injustice useful here?
    4. “The Maori view things differently from Pakeha. We cannot divorce one part of the river from the other. Because without one, the other does not exist.” – How should we understand the holistic element of Māori thinking, and what are its implications?
    5. What is ‘practice-centred thinking’, and why do Watene and Grix advocate it?
    Week 3. African Philosophies - Introduction and Igbo Thought
    On DRL Full text
    Kelbessa, Workineh. Environmental Philosophies in African Traditions of Thought
    2018, Environmental Ethics, 40(4): 309-323.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Besides normative areas, African environmental philosophy should pay attention to the epistemological and metaphysical dimensions of the worldviews of the African people in order to understand the environmental attitudes and values in African traditions of thought. Unlike mainstream Western ethics, African environmental philosophy has renounced anthropomorphism, anthropocentrism, and ethnocentrism and recognizes the interconnectedness of human beings with the natural environment and its component parts. In African worldviews, the physical and the metaphysical, the sacred and the secular, the natural and the supernatural are interrelated. Human beings are part of the natural environment. African philosophers should continue to explore the potential for a strong African environmental philosophy in African traditions of thought that can contribute to the solution of current environmental crises.

    Comment: Kelbessa investigates the possibility of certain unifying, underlying features of an African Environmental Philosophy, drawing from a wide range of traditions. Kelbessa's argument emphasises the idea that there are environmental implications to the core metaphysical beliefs which characterise many African traditions of thought, and so advocates a turn away from considering African environmental philosophy exclusively with respect to normative, ethical features.

    On DRL Full text
    Chimakonam, Jonathan Okeke. Ohanife: An Account of the Ecosystem Based on the African Notion of Relationship
    2018, in Jonathan Chimakonam (ed.), African Philosophy and Environmental Conservation. Routledge.
    pp. 120-134
    Expand entry
    Abstract: African Philosophy and Environmental Conservation is about the unconcern for, and marginalisation of, the environment in African philosophy. The issue of the environment is still very much neglected by governments, corporate bodies, academics and specifically, philosophers in the sub-Saharan Africa. The entrenched traditional world-views which give a place of privilege to one thing over the other, as for example men over women, is the same attitude that privileges humans over the environment. This culturally embedded orientation makes it difficult for stake holders in Africa to identify and confront the modern day challenges posed by the neglect of the environment. In a continent where deep-rooted cultural and religious practices, as well as widespread ignorance, determine human conduct towards the environment, it becomes difficult to curtail much less overcome the threats to our environment. It shows that to a large extent, the African cultural privileging of men over women and of humans over the environment somewhat exacerbates and makes the environmental crisis on the continent intractable. For example, it raises the challenging puzzle as to why women in Africa are the ones to plant the trees and men are the ones to fell them.

    Comment: Moving from the general overview to a specific application of a particular concept from the Igbo tradition — 'Ohanife'. This reading provides an example of depth to balance the breadth of the others.

    Full text
    Behrens, Kevin Gary. An African Account of the Moral Obligation to Preserve Biodiversity
    2018, in Jonathan Chimakonam (ed.), African Philosophy and Environmental Conservation. Routledge.
    pp. 42-57
    Expand entry
    Abstract: African Philosophy and Environmental Conservation is about the unconcern for, and marginalisation of, the environment in African philosophy. The issue of the environment is still very much neglected by governments, corporate bodies, academics and specifically, philosophers in the sub-Saharan Africa. The entrenched traditional world-views which give a place of privilege to one thing over the other, as for example men over women, is the same attitude that privileges humans over the environment. This culturally embedded orientation makes it difficult for stake holders in Africa to identify and confront the modern day challenges posed by the neglect of the environment. In a continent where deep-rooted cultural and religious practices, as well as widespread ignorance, determine human conduct towards the environment, it becomes difficult to curtail much less overcome the threats to our environment. It shows that to a large extent, the African cultural privileging of men over women and of humans over the environment somewhat exacerbates and makes the environmental crisis on the continent intractable. For example, it raises the challenging puzzle as to why women in Africa are the ones to plant the trees and men are the ones to fell them.

    Comment: Reframes the notion of 'biodiversity' within an African view of nature — illustrating a direct application of these traditions to key environmental concepts.

    On DRL Full text
    Kelbessa, Workineh. Women and the Environment in Africa
    2018, in Jonathan Chimakonam (ed.), African Philosophy and Environmental Conservation. Routledge.
    pp. 83-102
    Expand entry
    Abstract: African Philosophy and Environmental Conservation is about the unconcern for, and marginalisation of, the environment in African philosophy. The issue of the environment is still very much neglected by governments, corporate bodies, academics and specifically, philosophers in the sub-Saharan Africa. The entrenched traditional world-views which give a place of privilege to one thing over the other, as for example men over women, is the same attitude that privileges humans over the environment. This culturally embedded orientation makes it difficult for stake holders in Africa to identify and confront the modern day challenges posed by the neglect of the environment. In a continent where deep-rooted cultural and religious practices, as well as widespread ignorance, determine human conduct towards the environment, it becomes difficult to curtail much less overcome the threats to our environment. It shows that to a large extent, the African cultural privileging of men over women and of humans over the environment somewhat exacerbates and makes the environmental crisis on the continent intractable. For example, it raises the challenging puzzle as to why women in Africa are the ones to plant the trees and men are the ones to fell them.

    Comment: A consideration of the relationship between ecology and gender within African traditions.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the ‘African notion of relationship’, and what can it tell us about ecosystems? How might we compare this with Māori thought and the idea of mana?
    2. How have African philosophies diverged from anthropocentrism?
    3. How do the metaphysics of African philosophies inform their environmental views?
    4. How should we treat an entire continent of thought? Is it meaningful to talk about ‘African philosophies’ as a whole?
    5. How might we move away from thinking about philosophy only in terms of texts?
    Week 4. African Philosophies Continued - Ubuntu Thought
    On DRL Full text
    Terblanché-Greeff, Aïda. Ubuntu and Environmental Ethics: The West Can Learn from Africa When Faced with Climate Change
    2019, in M. Chemhuru (ed.), African Environmental Ethics: A Critical Reader. Cham: Springer.
    pp. 93–109
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The human race is experiencing climate change and the catastrophic ripple effects, e.g. increased levels of droughts, flooding, food insecurity, etc. It is cardinal that humankind adopts post-haste collective behavior to mitigate climatic changes. Interestingly, although Africa contributes less greenhouse gas emissions than more developed continents, it is one of the most vulnerable continents when faced with climate change. International stakeholders are motivated to implement climate change adaptation strategies, e.g. sustainable development and the introduction of genetically modified crops in Africa’s agricultural sector, to lower the continent’s vulnerability. However, when developing and implementing adaptation strategies, cognizance must be allocated to the unique cultural values of various stakeholders. This is often not the case as cultural value systems of communities are neglected in these processes, e.g. the African values system of Ubuntu. It is imperative to investigate and compare individualistic-capitalistic Western values and the values of Ubuntu as it pertains to environmental ethics. Both value systems attribute different significance to relationality between humans, non-humans, and the natural environment. From this, I argue that the individualistic-capitalistic West has much to learn from Africa’s Ubuntu and the ensuing potential for climate change adaptation. Subsequently, a call for a universal paradigm shift will be made, away from the economic and development foci of individualistic-capitalistic values, towards Ubuntu degrowth which prioritizes communitarianism, and the principle of sufficiency. I suggest that relevant and diverse stakeholders meet around the “global roundtable” to consider and discuss different perspectives and cultural values when developing climate change adaptation strategies on a global level.

    Comment: A piece which applies the Ubuntu philosophical framework to global climate policy, using it to critique key aspects of the 'Western' approach.

    On DRL Full text
    Gwaravanda, Ephraim. Ubuntu Environmental Ethics: Conceptions and Misconceptions
    2019, in M. Chemhuru (ed.), African Environmental Ethics: A Critical Reader. Cham: Springer.
    pp. 79–92
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Gwaravanda critiques the generalization of Ubuntu Environmental Ethics across diverse African cultures. He argues that such homogenization leads to conceptual vagueness and proposes a more context-sensitive approach to environmental ethics rooted in Southern African traditions

    Comment: A critique of the idea that Ubuntu is a single, coherent philosophical tradition — and a general argument against homogenising distinct traditions.

    Study Questions

    1. Ubuntu has frequently been defined by the phrase “I am because we are”. How might we associate this ethos with an environmental worldview?
    2. To what extent is it justifiable or useful to treat Ubuntu as a single coherent tradition?
    3. How does Terblanché-Greeff suggest that Ubuntu offers critiques and alternatives to key facets of the ‘Western’ approach to nature and climate?
    4. Is a collectivist world-view necessarily an environmentalist one? How should we weigh the relationship between collectivism and environmentalism when dealing with these traditions?
    5. What is the principle of sufficiency?
    Week 5. East Asian Philosophies - Daoism
    Full text
    Miller, James. Daoism and Nature
    2009, in R.S. Gottlieb (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Religion and Ecology. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
    pp. 220-235
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Miller explores how Daoist thought aligns with ecological and evolutionary sciences, offering a worldview that emphasizes interdependence, transformation, and ethical obligations to the nonhuman world. He contrasts Daoism with monotheistic and secular humanist traditions.

    Comment: A broad, accessible introductory consideration of the ecological themes in Daoist thought.

    On DRL Read free
    Zhuangzi. Autumn Floods
    1968, in B. Watson (trans.), The Complete Works of Chuang Tzu. New York: Columbia University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter presents a dialogue between the Lord of the Yellow River and the Ruo of the North Sea, illustrating Daoist themes of humility, relativism, and the vastness of nature. It challenges narrow perspectives and celebrates the interconnectedness of all things.

    Comment: A primary reading from Zhuangzi, one of the two most significant philosophers in the pre-Qin Daoist tradition. Readers are encouraged to look closely at this chapter for any ecological themes they can discern.

    On DRL Full text
    Girardot, Norman, Miller, James, Xiaogan, Liu (eds.). Daoism and Ecology: Ways within a Cosmic Landscape
    2001, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Until now, no single work has been devoted to both a scholarly understanding of the complexities of the Daoist tradition and a critical exploration of its contribution to recent environmental concerns. The authors in this volume consider the intersection of Daoism and ecology, looking at the theoretical and historical implications associated with a Daoist approach to the environment. They also analyze perspectives found in Daoist religious texts and within the larger Chinese cultural context in order to delineate key issues found in the classical texts. Through these analyses, they assess the applicability of modern-day Daoist thought and practice in China and the West, with respect to the contemporary ecological situation.

    Comment: An collection of essays which allows the reader to look in depth at any particular facets of Daoist ecology that might interest them.

    Study Questions

    1. ‘There is no end or beginning to the Dao. Things indeed die and are born, not reaching a perfect state which can be relied on. Now there is emptiness, and now fullness – they do not continue in one form. The years cannot be reproduced; time cannot be arrested. Decay and growth, fullness and emptiness, when they end, begin again. It is thus that we describe the method of great righteousness, and discourse about the principle pervading all things. The life of things is like the hurrying and galloping along of a horse. With every movement there is a change; with every moment there is an alteration. What should you be doing? what should you not be doing? You have only to be allowing this course of natural transformation to be going on.’ – How might we read this passage, and the notion of following the ‘course of natural transformation’, ecologically?
    2. How should we treat Miller’s claim that the modern scientific picture is moving toward one closer to the Daoist views – and how should we treat claims about ‘the science’ with respect to these philosophical traditions more broadly?
    3. What is the Daoist understanding of value, and how might it be conducive to an environmentalist worldview?
    4. How might the principle of non-action be used to address contemporary environmental problems?
    Week 6. East Asian Philosophies - Confucianism
    On DRL Full text
    Tucker, Mary Evelyn, Berthrong, Jogn. Introduction: Setting the Context
    1998, in M.E. Tucker & J. Berthrong (eds.), Confucianism and Ecology: the Interrelation of Heaven, Earth, and Humans. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Confucianism demonstrates a remarkable wealth of resources for rethinking human-earth relations. This second volume in the series on religions of the world and the environment includes sixteen essays that address the ecological crisis and the question of Confucianism from three perspectives: the historical describes this East Asian tradition's views of nature, social ethics, and cosmology, which may shed light on contemporary problems; a dialogical approach links Confucianism to other philosophic and religious traditions; an examination of engaged Confucianism looks at its involvement in concrete ecological issues.

    Comment: An accessible overview of ecological interpretations of the cluster of philosophies commonly labelled 'Confucianism'.

    Full text
    Taylor, Rodney. Companionship with the World: Roots and Branches of a Confucian Ecology in Confucianism and Ecology
    1998, in M.E. Tucker & J. Berthrong (eds.), Confucianism and Ecology. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Confucianism demonstrates a remarkable wealth of resources for rethinking human-earth relations. This second volume in the series on religions of the world and the environment includes sixteen essays that address the ecological crisis and the question of Confucianism from three perspectives: the historical describes this East Asian tradition's views of nature, social ethics, and cosmology, which may shed light on contemporary problems; a dialogical approach links Confucianism to other philosophic and religious traditions; an examination of engaged Confucianism looks at its involvement in concrete ecological issues.

    Comment: Provides an analysis of a wide range of quoted primary sources for ecological themes in Confucian philosophy.

    On DRL Full text
    Zai, Zhang. Western Inscription
    1963, in Wing-tsit Chan (ed.), A Sourcebook in Chinese Philosophy. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Zhang Zai’s Western Inscription articulates a metaphysical vision of universal kinship and moral obligation grounded in the shared substance of all beings. It became a foundational text in Neo-Confucianism, emphasizing compassion and cosmic unity.

    Comment: A very short (1-page) primary source which introduces the Neo-Confucian approach to the relationship between human beings and the rest of nature.

    On DRL Full text
    Tucker, Mary Evelyn, Berthrong, Jogn (eds.). Confucianism and Ecology: The Interrelation of Heaven, Earth, and Humans
    1998, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Confucianism demonstrates a remarkable wealth of resources for rethinking human-earth relations. This second volume in the series on religions of the world and the environment includes sixteen essays that address the ecological crisis and the question of Confucianism from three perspectives: the historical describes this East Asian tradition's views of nature, social ethics, and cosmology, which may shed light on contemporary problems; a dialogical approach links Confucianism to other philosophic and religious traditions; an examination of engaged Confucianism looks at its involvement in concrete ecological issues.

    Comment: A collection of essays around the relationship between Confucianism and ecological thinking — a useful starting point for further reading.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the ontology of the Western Inscription, and does it have the ecological implications many have taken it to have?
    2. What are the suggested ecology implications of the Confucian cosmology based upon ch’i?
    3. Is it right to describe Confucianism as an ‘anthropocosmic’ worldview?
    4. How does Confucianism situate self-cultivation at the centre of ethics, and how might we relate this more individualistic orientation with its ontology of nature, and to a contemporary approach to environmental ethics?
    5. Where does (Neo) Confucianism situate the human being within creation, and what responsibilities are associated with that position?
    Week 7. Indian Philosophies - Buddhism
    On DRL Full text
    Dushun. The Jewel Net of Indra
    2000, in Stephanie Kaza and Kenneth Kraft (eds.), Dharma Rain Sources of Buddhist Environmentalism. Shambhala Publications..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: A comprehensive collection of classic texts, contemporary interpretations, guidelines for activists, issue-specific information, and materials for environmentally-oriented religious practice. Sources and contributors include Basho, the Dalai Lama, Thich Nhat Hanh, Gary Snyder, Chögyam Trungpa, Gretel Ehrlich, Peter Mathiessen, Helen Tworkov (editor of Tricycle), and Philip Glass.

    Comment: A primary reading which helps to introduce the ontological interconnectedness that forms a core part of ecological readings of Buddhist philosophy.

    Full text
    Mahāratnakūṭa Sūtra. Dwelling in the Forest
    2000, in Stephanie Kaza and Kenneth Kraft (eds.), Dharma Rain Sources of Buddhist Environmentalism. Shambhala Publications..
    Expand entry
    Abstract: A comprehensive collection of classic texts, contemporary interpretations, guidelines for activists, issue-specific information, and materials for environmentally-oriented religious practice. Sources and contributors include Basho, the Dalai Lama, Thich Nhat Hanh, Gary Snyder, Chögyam Trungpa, Gretel Ehrlich, Peter Mathiessen, Helen Tworkov (editor of Tricycle), and Philip Glass.

    Comment: A primary source which introduces what we might take to be considerations of duties to other beings, and the notion of non-action.

    On DRL Full text
    Kaza, Stephanie, Kraft, Kenneth. Dharma Rain: Sources of Buddhist Environmentalism
    2000, Shambhala Publications.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: A comprehensive collection of classic texts, contemporary interpretations, guidelines for activists, issue-specific information, and materials for environmentally-oriented religious practice. Sources and contributors include Basho, the Dalai Lama, Thich Nhat Hanh, Gary Snyder, Chögyam Trungpa, Gretel Ehrlich, Peter Mathiessen, Helen Tworkov (editor of Tricycle), and Philip Glass.

    Comment: A broad collection of primary sources related to Buddhist ecology — can be selected to suit any particular ecological themes of interest.

    Full text Read free
    Lancaster, Lewis. Buddhism and Ecology: Collective Cultural Perceptions
    1997, in Duncan Ryuken Williams Mary Evelyn Tucker (ed.), Buddhism and Ecology: The Interconnection of Dharma and Deeds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Given the challenges of the environmental crisis, Buddhism's teaching of the interrelatedness of all life forms may be critical to the recovery of human reciprocity with nature. In this new work, twenty religionists and environmentalists examine Buddhism's understanding of the intricate web of life. In noting the cultural diversity of Buddhism, they highlight aspects of the tradition which may help formulate an effective environmental ethics, citing examples from both Asia and the United States of socially engaged Buddhist projects to protect the environment. The authors explore theoretical and methodological issues and analyze the prospects and problems of using Buddhism as an environmental resource in both theory and practice. This groundbreaking volume inaugurates a larger series examining the religions of the world and their ecological implications which will shape a new field of study involving religious issues, contemporary environmental ethics, and public policy concerns.

    Comment: A broad consideration of how Buddhism has been viewed with respect to ecology.

    Full text Read free
    Eckel, Malcolm David. Is There a Buddhist Philosophy of Nature?
    1997, in Duncan Ryuken Williams Mary Evelyn Tucker (ed.), Buddhism and Ecology: The Interconnection of Dharma and Deeds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Center for the Study of World Religions.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: One of the most common and enduring stereotypes in environmental literature is the idea that Eastern religions promote a sense of harmony between human beings and nature. On the other side of the stereotype stand the religions of the West, promoting the separation of human beings and nature and encouraging acts of domination, exploitation, and control. Roderick Nash gave classic expression to this contrast when he said: “Ancient Eastern cultures are the source of respect for and religious veneration of the natural world” and “In the Far East the man—nature relationship was marked by respect, bordering on love, absent in the West.” Y. Murota drew a similar contrast between Japanese attitudes toward nature and the attitudes he felt are operative in the West: “the Japanese view of nature is quite different from that of Westerners... For the Japanese nature is an all-pervasive force... Nature is at once a blessing and a friend to the Japanese people... People in Western cultures, on the other hand, view nature as an object and, often, as an entity set in opposition to mankind.”

    Comment: A critical consideration of Western environmentalist appropriations of Buddhism.

    Study Questions

    1. What kind of ontology does the Jewel Net of Indira suggest?
    2. How might non-action be an ecological idea?
    3. Is there really a Buddhist ecology? How should we treat the usage of Buddhist ideas toward an environmental end?
    4. Does Buddhism have an environmental ethics? If so, what is it?
    5. In particular, how might Buddhism be related to an ecological holism?
    Week 8. Indian Philosophies - Jainism
    On DRL Read free
    Unknown. Āyāraṃgasutta
    1964, in Hermann Jacobi (trans.), Jaina Sutras, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
    Section 1.1.2
    Expand entry
    Abstract: From Wikipedia: The Ācārāṅga Sūtra, the foremost and oldest Jain text (First book c. 5th–4th century BCE; Second book c. Late 4th–2nd century BCE),[1] is the first of the twelve Angas, part of the agamas which were compiled based on the teachings of 24th Tirthankara Mahavira. The existing text of the Ācārāṅga Sūtra which is used by the Śvetāmbara sect of Jainism was recompiled and edited by Acharya Devardhigani Kshamashraman, who headed the council held at Valabhi c. 454 CE. The Digambaras do not recognize the available text, and regard the original text as having been lost in its original form. The Digambara text, Mulachara is said to be derived from the original Ācārāṅga Sūtra and discusses the conduct of a Digambara monk.

    Comment: A primary source introducing the Jainist account of non-violence, which is central to its environmental ethics.

    Read free
    Chapple, Christopher. Jainism and Ecology: Transformation of Tradition
    2009, in Roger S. Gottlieb (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Religion and Ecology. Oxford: OUP.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter will investigate the Jaina faith in light of its commitment to environmental values. It will begin with an overview of Jaina history and principles, with attention given to how the observance of the Jaina faith in some ways accords with the worldview of contemporary ecologists. In the latter part of the essay, I will explore the contemporary appropriation of ecological values into a rewriting of the tradition that seeks to proclaim the inherently ecofriendly nature of the Jaina faith, with select adaptations, primarily in the realm of food and consumer habits. This chapter will include my reflections on my own practice of the Jain principles as interpreted through the tradition of classical yoga.

    Comment: A broad, accessible introduction to Jainist approaches to ecology.

    On DRL Read free
    Gorisse, Marie-Hélène. Jaina Philosophy
    2025, in Edward N. Zalta & Uri Nodelman (eds.), The Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy.
    Further reading. Section 2.3 especially
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The Jains are those who consider that the teaching of the omniscient Jinas is the expression of the eternal essential nature of the universe. The only extant teaching is that of Mahāvīra (traditional dates 599–527/510 BCE, in Magadha, South of modern Bihar), the last Jina of the current cosmic period. In their practice, Jaina renunciants follow a rigorous method towards salvation, in which a non-violent way of life, the renunciation from a worldly ego, the dissociation of self and non-self, and a gradual purification of the self towards unobstructed knowledge, become as many different facets of the same effort to access to a superior order of being in which each self manifests its true nature. This path came to involve structured monastic and lay communities; sets of practices—ritual and devotional acts, ascetic practices, rules of life; as well as conceptions of the world deposited in canonical and post-canonical corpuses, in systematic treatises, or in narrative literature. Jaina Philosophy is the set of philosophical investigations developed by thinkers as they appear in these different corpuses (Malvania & Soni 2007; Potter & Balcerowicz 2013, 2014). While several trends can be observed from the canonical period to modern thinkers via the mystics, the following principles are shared: Jaina metaphysics is an atomist and dualist conception of the world, it focuses on the nature of the self, on that of karmic matter, as well as on their principles of association. Jaina ethics consists of practices focused on non-violence, non-absolutism and non-attachment, which aim to disentangle the self and karmic matter and which help one to reach omniscience. Besides, Jaina philosophers are particular renown for developing a realist epistemology centered on “many-sidedness”. Jaina philosophy is composed in Ardhamāgadhī, Jaina Māhārāṣṭrī, Śaurasenī, Sanskrit, Apabhraṃśa, Braj Bhāṣā, Kannada, Tamil, Gujarati, Hindi, to quote only the main languages. This entry provides Sanskrit terms only, because Sanskrit became the lingua franca of philosophical inter-doctrinal discussions in South Asia at the turn of the common era.

    Comment: Useful to assist in reading the primary source.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the doctrine of Ahimsa in Jainism?
    2. What do you make of the Jainist doctrine of modifying oneself, rather than the environment?
    3. How does the Jainist notion of the jīva (permanent divine-like self) relate to its environmental philosophy?
    4. Is Marie-Hélène Gorisse right to describe Jainism as propounding a ‘reasoned anthropocentrism’?
    5. How should we consider the relationship between Jainism and Buddhism, as we understand them, with respect to ecology?
    Week 9. Islamic Philosophies
    On DRL Full text Read free
    Al-Razi, Abu Bakr. The Way of the Philosopher
    2007, in Jon McGinnis & David C. Reisman (trans.), Classical Arabic Philosophy: An Anthology of Sources. Hackett Publishing.
    Sections 13-19
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This volume introduces the major classical Arabic philosophers through substantial selections from the key works (many of which appear in translation for the first time here) in each of the fields—including logic, philosophy of science, natural philosophy, metaphysics, ethics, and politics—to which they made significant contributions.

    Comment: A major primary source from classical Islamic philosophy with foregrounds the question of how human beings ought to relate to non-human life within an Islamic framework.

    Read free
    Adamson, Peter. Abū Bakr al-Rāzī on Animals
    2012, Archiv für Geschichte der Philosophie, 94(3): 249-273.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Abū Bakr al-Rāzī (d. 925), a doctor known not only for his medical expertise but also for his notorious philosophical ideas, has not yet been given due credit for his ideas on the ethical treatment of animals. This paper explores the philosophical and theological background of his remarks on animal welfare, arguing that al-Rāzī did not (as has been claimed) see animals as possessing rational, intellectual souls like those of humans. It is also argued that al-Rāzī probably did not, as is usually believed, endorse human-animal transmigration. His ethical stance does not in any case depend on shared characteristics of humans and animals, but rather on the need to imitate God’s providence and mercy.

    Comment: A useful commentary on the primary source and its author's broader approach to animal ethics.

    On DRL Full text
    Ammar, Nawal, Gray, Allison. Islamic Environmental Teachings: Compatible with Ecofeminism?
    2017, in John Hart (ed.), The Wiley Blackwell Companion to Religion and Ecology. Oxford: Wiley Blackwell, pp. 301–314.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The ideologies and realities of Islam, environmental ethics, and eco-feminism are not opposed. There is a range of overlapping ideas and practices that suggest that Islamic teachings are compatible with the tenets of environmental ethics and ecofeminism. Through exploring the holy texts’ views on the treatment of Creation, including key issues of environmental degradation and the equality of women, as well as the intersections between these two issues, this chapter argues that the moral imperative of Islam is to protect and be just and merciful to God's Creation. However, this relationship is distorted in the context of a capitalist market and patriarchal culture, enabling a reading of Islam skewed toward inequality, domination, and exploitation. Therefore, while the stewardship of the environment and the wellbeing of women is in accord with Islamic ethics, this is overshadowed by sociohistorical conditions characterized by exploitation.

    Comment: A contemporary piece which looks to reconcile Islamic approaches to nature with ecofeminism.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Nasr, Seyyed Hossein. The Encounter of Man and Nature: The Spiritual Crisis of Modern Man
    1968, Kazi Publications, Inc.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This work from one of the world's leading Islamic thinkers is a spiritual tour de force which explores the relationship between the human being and nature as found in many religious traditions, particularly its Sufi dimension. The author stresses the importance of a greater awareness of the origins of both the human being and nature as a means of righting the imbalance that exists in our deepest selves and in our environment.

    Comment: A landmark text in modern Islamic environmental philosophy — as a contrast to the focus on more historic sources in this topic.

    Study Questions

    1. How does Abū Bakr al-Rāzī consider the limitations of our right to harm animals? Which harm would be ‘necessary’?
    2. How does the consideration of liberating souls feature in Abū Bakr al-Rāzī’s animal ethics? Does he endorse the transmigration of souls?
    3. To what extent are animals brought within the same moral framework as human beings?
    4. Is Adamson right to argue that the Platonic ‘imitation of God’ is key to Abū Bakr al-Rāzī’s animal ethics?
    5. How far might the principles of animal ethics detailed here be extended into a broader ecological worldview?
    Week 10. Indigenous Philosophies - Sami Thought
    On DRL Read free
    Kuokkanen, Rauna. Towards an “Indigenous Paradigm” From A Sami Perspective
    2000, The Canadian Journal of Native Studies XX, 2: 411-436.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The author discusses the need, significance and objectives of an "Indigenous paradigm" which is a way of both decolonizing Indigenous minds by "re-centring" Indigenous values and cultural practices and placing Indigenous peoples and their issues into dominant, mainstream discourses which until now have relegated Indigenous peoples to marginal positions. The author argues that the main objectives of such a paradigm include the criticism of Westem dualistic metaphysics and Eurocentrism as well as the return to the Indigenous peoples' holistic philosophies in research.

    Comment: A broad consideration of treating Indigenous philosophy, with an introductory focus on Sámi thought.

    On DRL Full text
    Kuokkanen, Rauna. The Logic of the Gift: Reclaiming Indigenous People’s Philosophies
    2006, in Thorsten Botz-Bornstein and Jürgen Hengelbrock (eds.), Re-ethnicizing the Minds? Cultural Revival in Contemporary Thought. Brill.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter considers the notion of philosophy from the perspective of indigenous peoples. It starts by critically examining the concept of philosophy and expands it with the help of feminist and indigenous scholarship which have pointed out the exclusions and biases in Western philosophical conventions. The main argument of the chapter is that the notion of the gift is one of the structuring principles of many indigenous peoples’ philosophies. The chapter suggests that the understanding of the world which foregrounds human relationship with the natural environment, common to many indigenous peoples, is manifested by the gift, whether give-back ceremonies and rituals or individual gifts given to the land as a recognition of its abundance and reinforcement of these relationships.

    Comment: Introduces the significance of gifting as an ecological idea in the Sámi tradition.

    Read free
    Burnside, John. Who the Green Movement Leaves Behind
    2022, The New Statesman, (7 December 2022).
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Around 1970, the Norwegian government revealed plans for a huge hydroelectric dam on the Alta river, in the far northern county of Troms og Finnmark. This was a shock to the indigenous reindeer herders and fisherfolk who lived and worked around the village of Máze, which was scheduled to be “displaced” by the project: shock that turned to outrage when they realised that the authorities had never once felt any need to consider their rights. At that time, the Sámi, or Lapps, were considered second-class citizens (the term “Lapp” is derogatory), vestiges of an outmoded culture, doomed to wither away as the modern world advanced. And, as with so many other indigenous peoples, they had been mistreated for decades: habitually swindled by corrupt officials, abused and victimised by the justice and education systems, and their cultural traditions condemned as “sorcery”, for which brutal penalties could be exacted.

    Comment: Relates Sámi thinking to a critique of contemporary environmentalism.

    Study Questions

    1. How and why is indigeneity excluded from discussions of ‘European’ thinking?
    2. How can the notion of the ‘gift’ be an ecological idea?
    3. How does the Sami tradition question the assumptions of Western metaphysics?
    4. What is the nature of the ‘dualism’ Kuokkanen refers to, and why is it critiqued?
    Week 11. Indigenous Philosophies - North American Thought
    On DRL Read free
    Booth, Annie. We are the Land: Native American Views of Nature
    2003, in H. Selin (ed.), Nature Across Cultures. Science Across Cultures: The History of Non-Western Science, vol 4. Springer, Dordrecht.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This is how one Native American presents her interpretation of the indigenous understanding of nature. As we will see in this article, many Native Americans present similar understandings. Their reciprocal relationships with nature permeated every aspect of life from spirituality to making a living and led to a different way of seeing the world, what they might call a more “environmental” way of seeing the world. But is this a true picture? Increasingly there has been debate over the nature of the Native American’s relationship to the land, both past and present. This article will examine this debate and the way in which Native Americans view nature.

    Comment: An introduction to the views of nature which proliferate across different Native American philosophies, with a consideration of contemporary discourses about whether environmentalist readings are an accurate or appropriate treatment of Native American traditions of thought.

    On DRL Full text
    Arola, Adam. Native American Philosophy
    2011, in William Edelglass and Jay L. Garfield (eds.), The Oxford Handbook of World Philosophy. Oxford University Press.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This article introduces the central thinkers of contemporary American Indian philosophy by discussing concerns including the nature of experience, meaning, truth, the status of the individual and community, and finally issues concerning sovereignty. The impossibility of carving up the intellectual traditions of contemporary Native scholars in North America into neat and tidy disciplines must be kept in mind. The first hallmark of American Indian philosophy is the commitment to the belief that all things are related—and this belief is not simply an ontological claim, but rather an intellectual and ethical maxim.

    Comment: A broader introduction to Native American philosophy in general, with an emphasis on ontological interconnection as a central theme.

    Study Questions

    1. To what extent can we talk about a ‘Native American approach to nature’ given the plurality of different traditions? Is there a core of common ground?
    2. How should we treat environmentalist appropriations of Native American thought?
    3. To what extent is there a Native American ontology of nature, and how might we compare it to the other traditions we have covered?
    4. How might we elaborate on the meaning of the phrase ‘we are the land’ as used by Native American thinkers?
    5. Is there a distinct Native American environmental ethics – that is, are there particular descriptions about how we ought to act with respect to nature? How is this tied to a broader worldview?

PDF12Level

Immoral Monuments and the Commemoration Debate

Expand entry

by Ten-Herng Lai
Funded by: British Society of Aesthetics

Introduction

Recently, statues, monuments, and commemorations of oppressors, such as Confederate monuments, that of Cecil Rhodes, John A. Macdonald, and Chiang Kai-shek, etc., have become the targets of protests and even vandalism. Correspondingly, there is a recent boom in philosophical interest in the ethics and aesthetics of commemorations. What are we to do with these artefacts of the past that honour the immoral? What reason, if any, do we have to preserve or remove them? In this blueprint, we shall read about cases from different countries, from authors from diverse backgrounds, with the hope of coming to have a better understanding of what justice may demand of us in an imperfect world in confronting our uncomfortable past.

This blueprint will be suitable for students with some preliminary philosophical background, such as second and third-year undergraduates. It not only aims at helping the readers to properly grasp how moral principles can be applied to real-life cases, but also to understand the practical value of seemingly abstract philosophical work – such as the philosophy of language – in our everyday lives and struggles. Each paper is designed to provide one week, or session’s worth of content.

For a more in-depth version of this Blueprint, see The Commemoration Debate: A Survey.


Contents

    On DRL Full text
    1.
    Tsai, George. The morality of state symbolic power
    2016 2016, Social Theory and Practice, 42(2):318–342.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Philosophical interest in state power has tended to focus on the state’s coercive powers rather than its expressive powers. I consider an underexplored aspect of the state’s expressive capacity: its capacity to use symbols (such as monuments, memorials, and street names) to promote political ends. In particular, I argue that the liberal state’s deployment of symbols to promote its members’ commitment to liberal ideals is in need of special justification. This is because the state’s exercise of its capacity to use symbols may be in tension with respecting individual autonomy, particularly in cases in which the symbols exert influence without engaging citizens’ rational capacities. But despite the fact that the state’s deployment of symbols may circumvent citizens’ rational capacities, I argue that it may nonetheless be permissible when surrounded by certain liberal institutions and brought about via democratic procedures.

    Comment: This paper is not about objectionable commemorations in particular, but sets out to explore how any political symbols can be justified at all in a liberal democratic state. This should be a preliminary to any discussion we have about statues and monuments. A particular point of interest is that, according to Tsai, the state ought to engage with its citizens through rational persuasion. This will be relevant to latter discussions regarding the nature of moral education, and the role emotions play in it.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What, according to Tsai, are “state-sponsored symbols”? And what does the example of renaming of the “War Department” to “Department of Defense” try to show?
    2. In what sense do political symbols bypass our rational scrutiny? And why is this a problem?
    3. What is justice in contrast to legitimacy? And how do these two notions relate to the state’s expressive power?
    4. Which noncoercive modes of state influence require special justification? And which do not? (And why is “for your own good” an insufficient justification?)
    5. When, if ever, according to Tsai, can nonrational political symbolism be justified? (Keywords to look for include “respecting autonomy” “democratic procedures” “transparency” “publicity” etc.)
    1. What, according to Tsai, are “state-sponsored symbols”? And what does the example of renaming of the “War Department” to “Department of Defense” try to show?
    2. In what sense do political symbols bypass our rational scrutiny? And why is this a problem?
    3. What is justice in contrast to legitimacy? And how do these two notions relate to the state’s expressive power?
    4. Which noncoercive modes of state influence require special justification? And which do not? (And why is “for your own good” an insufficient justification?)
    5. When, if ever, according to Tsai, can nonrational political symbolism be justified? (Keywords to look for include “respecting autonomy” “democratic procedures” “transparency” “publicity” etc.)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    2.
    Burch-Brown, Joanna. Is it Wrong to Topple Statues and Rename Schools?
    2017 2017, Journal of Political Theory and Philosophy 1(1):59-88.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, campaigns across the globe have called for the removal of objects symbolic of white supremacy. This paper examines the ethics of altering or removing such objects. Do these strategies sanitize history, destroy heritage and suppress freedom of speech? Or are they important steps towards justice? Does removing monuments and renaming schools reflect a lack of parity and unfairly erase local identities? Or can it sometimes be morally required, as an expression of respect for the memories of people who endured past injustices; a recognition of this history's ongoing legacies; and a repudiation of unjust social hierarchies?

    Comment: It is often thought that statues and monuments, even those of terrible people, are innocuous, that they cannot harm or affect us negatively. This paper helps to spell out the harms of preserving these commemorations. Among other important issues, this paper also engages with the “anachronism” problem, that we are judging people of the past with contemporary standards. This paper also gives a good introduction on the notion of “ideology” and its relation to objectionable commemorations.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is an ideology? And what is the relation between ideology and social practices? (And it is worth trying to find another example of an ideology that fits the definition in this paper)
    2. What, according to Burch-Brown, are the harms of colonialist, racist, or white supremacist symbols? (And do you think these harms are real? Or what would you say to someone who believes that these harms are unreal?)
    3. What does it mean to say some monument of an unjust figure is “inert”? And do you think monuments central to current debates are inert?
    4. What is the duty of non-erasure (or the duty to of sanitizing history)? And how can it be fulfilled?
    5. What, if anything, is problematic about judging historical figures by contemporary moral standards?
    6. Is it reasonable to interpret the removal of some symbols as an attack on one’s identity? (And is the social tension that comes with removal bad?)
    1. What is an ideology? And what is the relation between ideology and social practices? (And it is worth trying to find another example of an ideology that fits the definition in this paper)
    2. What, according to Burch-Brown, are the harms of colonialist, racist, or white supremacist symbols? (And do you think these harms are real? Or what would you say to someone who believes that these harms are unreal?)
    3. What does it mean to say some monument of an unjust figure is “inert”? And do you think monuments central to current debates are inert?
    4. What is the duty of non-erasure (or the duty to of sanitizing history)? And how can it be fulfilled?
    5. What, if anything, is problematic about judging historical figures by contemporary moral standards?
    6. Is it reasonable to interpret the removal of some symbols as an attack on one’s identity? (And is the social tension that comes with removal bad?)
    On DRL Full text Read free
    3.
    Frowe, Helen. The Duty to Remove Statues of Wrongdoers
    2019 2019, Journal of Practical Ethics, 7(3): 1-31.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper argues that public statues of persons typically express a positive evaluative attitude towards the subject. It also argues that states have duties to repudiate their own historical wrongdoing, and to condemn other people’s serious wrongdoing. Both duties are incompatible with retaining public statues of people who perpetrated serious rights violations. Hence, a person’s being a serious rights violator is a sufficient condition for a state’s having a duty to remove a public statue of that person. I argue that this applies no less in the case of the ‘morally ambiguous’ wrongdoer, who both accomplishes significant goods and perpetrates serious rights violations. The duty to remove a statue is a defeasible duty: like most duties, it can be defeated by lesser-evil considerations. If removing a statue would, for example, spark a violent riot that would risk unjust harm to lots of people, the duty to remove could be outweighed by the duty not to foreseeably cause unjust harm. This would provide a lesser-evil justification for keeping the statue. But it matters that the duty to remove is outweighed, rather than negated, by these consequences. Unlike when a duty is negated, one still owes something in cases of outweighing. And it especially matters that it is outweighed by the predicted consequences of wrongful behaviour by others.

    Comment: This paper highlights several important things. First, statues are blunt tools and express pro-attitudes to the persons they represent as a whole. Second, it sets out a clear standard for removal, and defends the conclusion that we should remove many or even most existing statues. Third, to the question “what if removal incites violence?” this paper provides a good answer. Fourth, a legitimate question is what we should do about statues of wrongdoers of the distant past? The discussion on this here is insightful.

    Discussion Questions

    1. In what sense do public statues (normally) express positive evaluative attitude towards the figures they represent? (Contrast this to the mere historical importance view and the historical record view. Also consider the claim that statues honour someone as a whole.)
    2. What is the difference between participation in a wrongful practice and committing serious rights violation? And why does this distinction matter? (Consider the implications of statue removal according to Frowe’s account if we have different answers to this question.)
    3. What is the difference between condemnation and repudiation? And what’s the difference between a state having a duty to condemn and a duty to repudiate? Furthermore, what actions are required of the state when they have such duties?
    4. Why may it be wrong to honour someone despite their wrongdoing? (In contrast to merely “because” of their wrongdoing?)
    5. Should we confront statues of wrongdoers of the distant past?
    6. Consider the lesser evil justification of preserving statues of wrongdoers. Do you think it is plausible?
    1. In what sense do public statues (normally) express positive evaluative attitude towards the figures they represent? (Contrast this to the mere historical importance view and the historical record view. Also consider the claim that statues honour someone as a whole.)
    2. What is the difference between participation in a wrongful practice and committing serious rights violation? And why does this distinction matter? (Consider the implications of statue removal according to Frowe’s account if we have different answers to this question.)
    3. What is the difference between condemnation and repudiation? And what’s the difference between a state having a duty to condemn and a duty to repudiate? Furthermore, what actions are required of the state when they have such duties?
    4. Why may it be wrong to honour someone despite their wrongdoing? (In contrast to merely “because” of their wrongdoing?)
    5. Should we confront statues of wrongdoers of the distant past?
    6. Consider the lesser evil justification of preserving statues of wrongdoers. Do you think it is plausible?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    4.
    Lim, Chong-Ming. Vandalizing Tainted Commemorations
    2020, Philosophy & Public Affairs, 48(2): 185-216.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: What should we do about “tainted” public commemorations? Recent events have highlighted the urgency of reaching a consensus on this question. However, existing discussions appear to be dominated by two naïve opposing views – to remove or preserve them. My aims in this essay are two-fold. First, I argue that the two views are not naïve, but undergirded by concerns with securing self-respect and with the character of our engagement with the past. Second, I offer a qualified defence of vandalising tainted commemorations. The defence comprises two parts. I consider two prominent suggestions – to install counter-commemorations and to add contextualising plaques – and argue that they are typically beset with difficulties. I then argue that in some circumstances, constrained vandalism is a response to tainted commemorations which effectively adjudicates the demands of the two opposing views

    Comment: Lim’s paper represents one of the best attempts to charitably understand the view of those who support preservation, and furthermore constructively engages with them to the extent where a reasonable yet striking solution is proposed. Encouraged to be read with Lim, C.-M. (2020), “Transforming problematic commemorations through vandalism”, Journal of Global Ethics, 16(3): 414–421, where Lim defends the feasibility of his radical solution.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What do “degrade” and “alienate” mean?
    2. Why doesn’t Lim believe that “counter commemorations” suffice?
    3. What are a) the publicity requirement and b) the incorporation requirement?
    4. Why does vandalism have a bad reputation? How does Lim address this?
    5. Do you think vandalising and preserving is a feasible policy proposal?
    1. What do “degrade” and “alienate” mean?
    2. Why doesn’t Lim believe that “counter commemorations” suffice?
    3. What are a) the publicity requirement and b) the incorporation requirement?
    4. Why does vandalism have a bad reputation? How does Lim address this?
    5. Do you think vandalising and preserving is a feasible policy proposal?
    On DRL Full text
    5.
    Lai, Ten-Herng. Political vandalism as counter-speech: A defense of defacing and destroying tainted monuments
    2020 2020, European Journal of Philosophy 28 (3):602-616.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Tainted political symbols ought to be confronted, removed, or at least recontextualized. Despite the best efforts to achieve this, however, official actions on tainted symbols often fail to take place. In such cases, I argue that political vandalism—the unauthorized defacement, destruction, or removal of political symbols—may be morally permissible or even obligatory. This is when, and insofar as, political vandalism serves as fitting counter-speech that undermines the authority of tainted symbols in ways that match their publicity, refuses to let them speak in our name, and challenges the derogatory messages expressed through a mechanism I call derogatory pedestalling: the glorification or honoring of certain individuals or ideologies that can only make sense when members of a targeted group are taken to be inferior.

    Comment: This paper provides two main contributions: first, it talks about not just that but also how tainted commemorations harm; and second, it not only discusses what the state ought to do about tainted commemorations, but attempts to justify existing activism that defaces them. There are many papers on this topic, but this one is among the few that directly engages with the justifiability of vandalism as a form of activism. May also fit courses on activism, racism, and speech act theory.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is derogatory pedestalling? And what does it mean to say that some harmful message is “indirect?”
    2. Why, according to Lai, are state-sponsored symbols more harmful than private speech?
    3. What are felicity conditions? And how can they be undermined by “counter-speech?” (And why is counter-speech sometimes difficult?)
    4. What is the necessity condition? And can the vandalism of tainted symbols ever meet this condition?
    5. Is the vandalism of problematic symbols intolerant?
    1. What is derogatory pedestalling? And what does it mean to say that some harmful message is “indirect?”
    2. Why, according to Lai, are state-sponsored symbols more harmful than private speech?
    3. What are felicity conditions? And how can they be undermined by “counter-speech?” (And why is counter-speech sometimes difficult?)
    4. What is the necessity condition? And can the vandalism of tainted symbols ever meet this condition?
    5. Is the vandalism of problematic symbols intolerant?
    On DRL Full text
    6.
    Shahvisi, Arianne. Colonial monuments as slurring speech acts
    2021 2021, Journal of Philosophy of Education 55(3):453-468.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, the removal of monuments which glorify historical figures associated with racism and colonialism has become one of the most visible and contested forms of decolonisation. Yet many have objected that there is educational value in leaving such monuments standing. In this paper, I argue that public monuments can be understood as speech acts which communicate messages to those who live among them. Some of those speech acts derogate particular social groups, contributing to their marginalisation in much the way that slurs do. Comparing derogating monuments to slurs is also productive in suggesting morally appropriate responses to their harms. I explore the limits of the use-mention distinction in relation to the harmfulness of slurs and apply this to show that attempting to recontextualise harmful monuments in situ—by, for example, changing the text on an accompanying plaque in order to retain the monument for its educational value—will not solve the problem in most cases. I conclude that the removal of slurring monuments, or their relocation to museum exhibitions dedicated to presenting a more critical view of history, is a more robust and reliable way of protecting against harm, and that this consideration outweighs any purported educational value in leaving monuments in place.

    Comment: Speech act theory is a very good way to understand why problematic monuments are problematic. It also has some important implications concerning what we ought to do with these monuments and whether they have good educational value. Especially regarding the second thing, the analogy with slurs is an illuminating one. There are better ways to teach the objectionableness of slurs than mentioning them constantly. Similarly, there are better ways to teach historical lessons than preserving problematic monuments.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why does Shahvisi hold that removal can educate us about history better than letting monuments stand as they are?
    2. In what sense can speech acts be performed by objects? (What are speech acts? And in what sense can objects communicate messages?) and what are the illocutionary and perlucutionary acts typical of monuments and statues?
    3. What do slurs do? And in what sense are certain monuments similar to slurs?
    4. Why may museums not be the best place to display problematic monuments? And can the problem raised regarding museums be overcome?
    5. Why is in situ contextualisation often insufficient?
    1. Why does Shahvisi hold that removal can educate us about history better than letting monuments stand as they are?
    2. In what sense can speech acts be performed by objects? (What are speech acts? And in what sense can objects communicate messages?) and what are the illocutionary and perlucutionary acts typical of monuments and statues?
    3. What do slurs do? And in what sense are certain monuments similar to slurs?
    4. Why may museums not be the best place to display problematic monuments? And can the problem raised regarding museums be overcome?
    5. Why is in situ contextualisation often insufficient?
    On DRL Full text
    7.
    Miranda, Dana Francisco. Critical commemorations
    2020 2020, Journal of Global Ethics 16(3): 422-430.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Drawing on the works of Friedrich Nietzsche, this contribution will examine commemorative practices alongside critical modes of historical engagement. In Untimely Meditations, Friedrich Nietzsche documents three historical methodologies—the monumental, antiquarian and critical—which purposely use history in non-objective ways. In particular, critical history desires to judge and reject historical figures rather than repeat the past or venerate the dead. For instance, in recent protests against racism there have also been calls to decolonize public space through the defacement, destruction, and removal of monuments. There is thus much potential in critical history being used to address ongoing harms.

    Comment: This paper brings out nicely doubts on the objectivity of history as it is presented to us. The pretence of objective history can be used as an oppressive tool to delegitimise the critical reflection of the history of the marginalised. A particular point of interest is objecting to the standards of "greatness," which could be found very plausible. It seems that we have indeed been honouring people who have done great (from a certain point of view) but terrible things.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What are “cold” monuments? And what does it mean for a commemoration to become “hot?”
    2. How can objectivity be “abused” regarding monuments? (And how can this abuse prevent critically examining history?)
    3. What does it mean to say that “history is put into service to the living? What sorts of services can be provided?
    4. Why, according to Miranda, is “greatness” not the best criterion?
    5. How can political vandalism be a form of critical engagement with history?
    1. What are “cold” monuments? And what does it mean for a commemoration to become “hot?”
    2. How can objectivity be “abused” regarding monuments? (And how can this abuse prevent critically examining history?)
    3. What does it mean to say that “history is put into service to the living? What sorts of services can be provided?
    4. Why, according to Miranda, is “greatness” not the best criterion?
    5. How can political vandalism be a form of critical engagement with history?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    8.
    Nguyen, C. Thi. Monuments as commitments: How art speaks to groups and how groups think in art
    2019, Pacific Philosophical Quarterly, 100(4): 971-994.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Art can be addressed, not just to individuals, but to groups. Art can even be part of how groups think to themselves – how they keep a grip on their values over time. I focus on monuments as a case study. Monuments, I claim, can function as a commitment to a group value, for the sake of long-term action guidance. Art can function here where charters and mission statements cannot, precisely because of art's powers to capture subtlety and emotion. In particular, art can serve as the vessel for group emotions, by making emotional content sufficiently public so as to be the object of a group commitment. Art enables groups to guide themselves with values too subtle to be codified.

    Comment: This paper highlights the role monuments can play as groups attempt to speak to itself to solidify its own commitment. As a form of art, it can publicly reinforce the commitments, especially through carrying the emotions, attitudes that cannot be easily expressed in propositions, towards certain individuals or ideals. The commitments can be something great, evil, or mediocre. Also consider the fact that art engages with our emotions rather than our rational capacity.

    Discussion Questions

    1. How can a piece of art be adopted to represent a group’s attitude?
    2. What does it mean to say that a piece of art is addressed to a group?
    3. What are robustly shared values?
    4. How can art engage with, e.g. challenge or propose, joint commitments?
    5. Can the persistent of street art evidence community’s approval? (Please consider alternative explanations to the persistence.)
    6. Consider the publicity and subtlety of art with regard to (group) emotions, and art’s advantage over propositional statements.
    1. How can a piece of art be adopted to represent a group’s attitude?
    2. What does it mean to say that a piece of art is addressed to a group?
    3. What are robustly shared values?
    4. How can art engage with, e.g. challenge or propose, joint commitments?
    5. Can the persistent of street art evidence community’s approval? (Please consider alternative explanations to the persistence.)
    6. Consider the publicity and subtlety of art with regard to (group) emotions, and art’s advantage over propositional statements.
    On DRL Full text
    9.
    Bell, Macalester. Against Simple Removal: A Defence of Defacement as a Response to Racist Monuments
    2021, Journal of Applied Philosophy, 39(5): 778-792.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In recent years, protesters around the world have been calling for the removal of commemorations honouring those who are, by contemporary standards, generally regarded as seriously morally compromised by their racism. According to one line of thought, leaving racist memorials in place is profoundly disrespectful, and doing so tacitly condones, and perhaps even celebrates, the racism of those honoured and memorialized. The best response is to remove the monuments altogether. In this article, I first argue against a prominent offense-based account of the wrong of simply leaving memorials in place, unaltered, before offering my own account of this wrong. In at least some cases, these memorials wrong insofar as they express and exemplify a morally objectionable attitude of race-based contempt. I go on to argue that the best way of answering this disrespect is through a process of expressively “dehonouring” the subject. Removal of these commemorations is ultimately misguided, in many cases, because removal, by itself, cannot adequately dishonour, and simple removal does not fully answer the ways in which these memorials wrong. I defend a more nuanced approach to answering the wrong posed by these monuments, and I argue that public expressions of contempt through defacement have an ineliminable role to play in an apt dishonouring process.

    Comment: Two things should be noted in this paper. First, many have discussed the importance of stopping or blocking the harm of objectionable commemorations. This paper goes a step further and discusses the importance of “answering” the wrong done by these monuments. Second, the paper engages with a “negative” emotion, namely, contempt, that is present at both racist monuments and the effort to confront them. It allows us to see the legitimate role this negative emotion may play in the struggle for equality: contempt can be apt towards inapt contempt expressed through racist monuments. It also nicely spells out the potential practical implications of taking this negative emotion seriously.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What does it mean to “answer” wrong?
    2. What is wrong, according to Bell, with the “harm-based argument”?
    3. What is contempt? And when is contempt “apt”? (And what are “vices of superiority”?)
    4. What are the four primary reasons methods of dehonouring is super to simple removal?
    5. What, if anything, is wrong with taking pleasure in confronting racism?
    1. What does it mean to “answer” wrong?
    2. What is wrong, according to Bell, with the “harm-based argument”?
    3. What is contempt? And when is contempt “apt”? (And what are “vices of superiority”?)
    4. What are the four primary reasons methods of dehonouring is super to simple removal?
    5. What, if anything, is wrong with taking pleasure in confronting racism?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    10.
    Lai, Ten-Herng. Objectionable Commemorations, Historical Value, and Repudiatory Honouring
    2022, Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 102(1): 37-47.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Many have argued that certain statues or monuments are objectionable, and thus ought to be removed. Even if their arguments are compelling, a major obstacle is the apparent historical value of those commemorations. Preservation in some form seems to be the best way to respect the value of commemorations as connections to the past or opportunities to learn important historical lessons. Against this, I argue that we have exaggerated the historical value of objectionable commemorations. Sometimes commemorations connect to biased or distorted versions of history, if not mere myths. We can also learn historical lessons through what I call repudiatory honouring: the honouring of certain victims or resistors that can only make sense if the oppressor(s) or target(s) of resistance are deemed unjust, where no part of the original objectionable commemorations is preserved. This type of commemorative practice can even help to overcome some of the obstacles objectionable commemorations pose against properly connecting to the past.

    Comment: Many scholars in this debate have been too charitable to racists, colonialists, oppressors, and their sympathisers. While admirable, I think it is important to expose the flaws of preservationism: there is simply not much value in preservation.

    Discussion Questions

    1. What is simple preservationism and why is it implausible? (Consider the strengths recontextualised preservationism has over simple preservationism.)
    2. In what sense do some objectionable commemorations totally fail to connect to the past? And why, according to Lai, do those that seem to connect to the past also sometimes hinder connecting to the past?
    3. Consider when and why vandalised or defaced commemorations may present better opportunities to than learning in schools, museums, through documentaries etc.
    4. What is repudiatory honouring? And how does it help to connect to the past or contribute to learning historical lessons?
    5. Do you think repudiatory honouring captures all the purported historical values of vandalised or defaced objectionable commemorations?
    1. What is simple preservationism and why is it implausible? (Consider the strengths recontextualised preservationism has over simple preservationism.)
    2. In what sense do some objectionable commemorations totally fail to connect to the past? And why, according to Lai, do those that seem to connect to the past also sometimes hinder connecting to the past?
    3. Consider when and why vandalised or defaced commemorations may present better opportunities to than learning in schools, museums, through documentaries etc.
    4. What is repudiatory honouring? And how does it help to connect to the past or contribute to learning historical lessons?
    5. Do you think repudiatory honouring captures all the purported historical values of vandalised or defaced objectionable commemorations?
    On DRL Full text Read free
    11.
    Berninger, Anja. Commemorating Public Figures–In Favour of a Fictionalist Position
    2020 2020, Journal of Applied Philosophy.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this article, I discuss the commemoration of public figures such as Nelson Mandela and Yitzhak Rabin. In many cases, our commemoration of such figures is based on the admiration we feel for them. However, closer inspection reveals that most (if not all) of those we currently honour do not qualify as fitting objects of admiration. Yet, we may still have the strong intuition that we ought to continue commemorating them in this way. I highlight two problems that arise here: the problem that the expressed admiration does not seem appropriate with respect to the object and the problem that continued commemorative practices lead to rationality issues. In response to these issues, I suggest taking a fictionalist position with respect to commemoration. This crucially involves sharply distinguishing between commemorative and other discourses, as well as understanding the objects of our commemorative practices as fictional objects.

    Comment: This is a persuasive article arguing for a somewhat counter-intutive conclusion. The fictionalist approach, that what we honour is not the historical figure, but some idealised version of them, seems to capture what we actually do in the real world, even if we think we are not doing this. Do compare the position on eliminativism with Frowe's paper.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why does the author think that talking about “good cases” is (also) important? (Note that questions of this sort lead us to understand why a paper makes a contribution to the literature.
    2. What is “naïve admiration” and why is it difficult to uphold through time?
    3. Action cannot be easily separated from a person’s intention, reasons, and motivations. What problem does this create for our admiration practices? (Please consider in light of the appropriateness problem and the rationality problem.)
    4. What is de facto eliminativism and why isn’t it something we should accept according to Berninger? (Reflecting upon Helen Frowe’s paper would be interesting.)
    5. Try to iterate with your own words what the fictionalism Berninger proposes is. Try also to consider whether some form of fictionalism is something we really do when engaging in commemorative practices. And before moving onto section 5, try to think why it avoids the appropriateness problem and rationality problem, and consider why some may find this position unacceptable.
    6. If fictionalism is correct, can we still discover historical facts that lead us to stop commemorating certain figures?
    1. Why does the author think that talking about “good cases” is (also) important? (Note that questions of this sort lead us to understand why a paper makes a contribution to the literature.
    2. What is “naïve admiration” and why is it difficult to uphold through time?
    3. Action cannot be easily separated from a person’s intention, reasons, and motivations. What problem does this create for our admiration practices? (Please consider in light of the appropriateness problem and the rationality problem.)
    4. What is de facto eliminativism and why isn’t it something we should accept according to Berninger? (Reflecting upon Helen Frowe’s paper would be interesting.)
    5. Try to iterate with your own words what the fictionalism Berninger proposes is. Try also to consider whether some form of fictionalism is something we really do when engaging in commemorative practices. And before moving onto section 5, try to think why it avoids the appropriateness problem and rationality problem, and consider why some may find this position unacceptable.
    6. If fictionalism is correct, can we still discover historical facts that lead us to stop commemorating certain figures?
    On DRL Full text
    12.
    Fabre, Cécile. Cosmopolitan peace
    2016 2016, Oxford University Press UK.
    Chapter 10 “Remembrance.”
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter explores why, from a cosmopolitan point of view, we should remember some wars, and furthermore how we should remember them. It contrasts itself with remembering war for partial and/or nationalist purposes, and also deals with the particularity problem, on why people of certain countries should remember their past wars.

    Comment: There are several articles on why some commemorations are unacceptable. Remembering war appropriately could shed some light on what good commemorations consist in. Moreover, this paper also discusses why some of our war remembrances are suboptimal.

    Discussion Questions

    1. Why does Fabre believe that collective shame and pride don’t constitute sufficient reason to commemorate wars of the community’s past?
    2. When, if ever, should we be grateful to those who have participated in wars that benefited us and/or contributed to our existence?
    3. How can commemorating wars be exclusionary? (i.e., further marginalises the marginalised)
    4. Fabre holds that “as a participant in a political relationship” one may have reasons to commemorate certain wars. How different is this from the collective shame/pride consideration?
    5. What are the appropriate emotions felt towards war (and the specific events that happened during war)?
    1. Why does Fabre believe that collective shame and pride don’t constitute sufficient reason to commemorate wars of the community’s past?
    2. When, if ever, should we be grateful to those who have participated in wars that benefited us and/or contributed to our existence?
    3. How can commemorating wars be exclusionary? (i.e., further marginalises the marginalised)
    4. Fabre holds that “as a participant in a political relationship” one may have reasons to commemorate certain wars. How different is this from the collective shame/pride consideration?
    5. What are the appropriate emotions felt towards war (and the specific events that happened during war)?

    Study Questions

    Final note

    This Blueprint addressed the issue of problematic remembrance. It would be fitting to also engage with problematic forgetting, including issues such as genocide denialism. For those of you interested in the topic, the following texts will offer a good place to start:

    • Oranlı, I. (2021). Epistemic Injustice from Afar: Rethinking the Denial of Armenian Genocide. Social Epistemology, 35(2): 120-132.
    • Altanian, M. (2021). Remembrance and Denial of Genocide: On the Interrelations of Testimonial and Hermeneutical Injustice. International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 1-18.

    Final note

    This Blueprint addressed the issue of problematic remembrance. It would be fitting to also engage with problematic forgetting, including issues such as genocide denialism. For those of you interested in the topic, the following texts will offer a good place to start:

    • Oranlı, I. (2021). Epistemic Injustice from Afar: Rethinking the Denial of Armenian Genocide. Social Epistemology, 35(2): 120-132.
    • Altanian, M. (2021). Remembrance and Denial of Genocide: On the Interrelations of Testimonial and Hermeneutical Injustice. International Journal of Philosophical Studies, 1-18.

PDF12Level

Feminist Logic

Expand entry

by Franci Mangraviti and Viviane Fairbank

Introduction

This blueprint is meant to serve as an introduction to and exploration of contemporary feminist logic, broadly intended as the interaction between feminist philosophy on one hand, and logic and its philosophy on the other. It is aimed at an audience that has already been introduced to formal logic. Previous experience with feminist philosophy is helpful, but not strictly necessary. The structure is as follows. After an introductory session dedicated to the more general relationship between feminist philosophy and rationality, three influential feminist critiques of logic are discussed, namely Andrea Nye’s, Luce Irigaray’s, and Val Plumwood’s. Then, a session is dedicated to the very notion of feminist logic. The remaining sessions deal with various specific topics within feminist logic, namely logic revision in feminist empiricism, the logic of gender, the use of formal models in feminist philosophy, feminist readings of the history of logic, feminist readings of logical pluralism, connections between feminist and Native American logic, and feminist mathematics; the order may be switched around, or certain sessions skipped.


Contents

    Week 1. The Feminist Critique of Reason

    This week sets the stage for a discussion of feminism and logic by revisiting the fraught relationship between feminist philosophy and the philosophical ideal of rationality.

    The first paper by Longino is a helpful introduction to the main questions posed by feminist philosophers about reason and rationality in the late 20th century, including feminists’ principal objections to the “rhetoric of reason,” and their subsequent debates about whether philosophy can be redeemed. The paper provides a solid foundation for thinking further about feminist logic, and Longino concludes by proposing some interesting avenues for future research.

    The first half of the second reading by Alcoff provides an accessible overview of the state of academia and feminist philosophy at the time of the Feminist Critique of Reason. It is thus helpful for understanding the cultural and philosophical context in which the first papers on feminist logic were written. The second half goes into a deeper analysis of philosophical critiques of reason at the time; it can probably be skipped over by those readers who are interested only in more contemporary debates about feminist logic.

    Finally, in the further reading, originally for the New York Review of Books, Nussbaum reviews A Mind of One’s Own, a collected volume from 1993 that aimed to bring together feminists from different traditions to discuss the Feminist Critique of Reason. Nussbaum is largely critical of “non-analytical” feminists, and her review inspired heated responses from some of the contributors to the volume, as can be seen in the letters appended to the end of the review.

    This week sets the stage for a discussion of feminism and logic by revisiting the fraught relationship between feminist philosophy and the philosophical ideal of rationality.

    The first paper by Longino is a helpful introduction to the main questions posed by feminist philosophers about reason and rationality in the late 20th century, including feminists’ principal objections to the “rhetoric of reason,” and their subsequent debates about whether philosophy can be redeemed. The paper provides a solid foundation for thinking further about feminist logic, and Longino concludes by proposing some interesting avenues for future research.

    The first half of the second reading by Alcoff provides an accessible overview of the state of academia and feminist philosophy at the time of the Feminist Critique of Reason. It is thus helpful for understanding the cultural and philosophical context in which the first papers on feminist logic were written. The second half goes into a deeper analysis of philosophical critiques of reason at the time; it can probably be skipped over by those readers who are interested only in more contemporary debates about feminist logic.

    Finally, in the further reading, originally for the New York Review of Books, Nussbaum reviews A Mind of One’s Own, a collected volume from 1993 that aimed to bring together feminists from different traditions to discuss the Feminist Critique of Reason. Nussbaum is largely critical of “non-analytical” feminists, and her review inspired heated responses from some of the contributors to the volume, as can be seen in the letters appended to the end of the review.

    On DRL Full text
    Longino, Helen. Circles of Reason: Some Feminist Reflections on Reason and Rationality
    2005 2005, Episteme, 2 (1): 79-88.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Rationality and reason are topics so fraught for feminists that any useful reflection on them requires some prior exploration of the difficulties they have caused. One of those difficulties for feminists and, I suspect, for others in the margins of modernity, is the rhetoric of reason - the ways reason is bandied about as a qualification differentially bestowed on different types of person. Rhetorically, it functions in different ways depending on whether it is being denied or affirmed. In this paper, I want to explore these rhetorics of reason as they are considered in the work of two feminist philosophers. I shall draw on their work for some suggestions about how to think about rationality, and begin to use those suggestions to develop a constructive account that withstands the rhetorical temptations.
    On DRL Full text
    Alcoff, Linda. Is the Feminist Critique of Reason Rational?
    1995 1995, Philosophical Topics, 23 (2): 1-26.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Recent criticism of feminist philosophy poses a dilemma. Feminism is taken to be a substantive set of empirical claims and political commitments, whereas philosophy is taken to be a discipline of thought organized by the pursuit of truth, but uncommitted to any particular truth. This paper responds to this dilemma, and defends the project of feminist philosophy.The first task toward understanding the feminist critique of reason, Alcoff argues, is to historically situate it within the rather long tradition of critiquing reason that has existed within the mainstream of philosophy itself.
    On DRL Full text
    Nussbaum, Martha. Twelve Feminists and Philosophy
    2012 2012, In Philosophical Interventions: Reviews 1986-2011. New York.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This chapter reviews the book A Mind of One's Own: Feminist Essays on Reason and Objectivity (1993), by Louise B. Antony and Charlotte Witt. The appeal to reason and objectivity amounts to a request that the observer refuses to be intimidated by habit, and look for cogent arguments based on evidence that has been carefully sifted for bias. In our own society the arguments of feminists make such appeals to reason and objectivity all the time, and in a manner that closely resembles Platonic arguments. And yet today reason and objectivity are on the defensive in some feminist circles. We are frequently told that reason and objectivity are norms created by "patriarchy," and that to appeal to them is to succumb to the blandishments of the oppressor. We are told that systems of reasoning are systems of domination, and that to adopt the traditional one is thus to be co-opted. A Mind of One's Own is a collection of essays by women who are prominent in philosophy today and who wish to confront recent feminist criticisms of philosophy. Most of the contributors are under fifty and widely respected; most grew up with strong political ties to feminism.

    Study Questions

    1. Is a critique of reason within the scope of feminist concerns?
    2. How have contemporary ideals of rationality been used to perpetuate injustice, in philosophy and more generally?
    3. Is it still a tenable belief today that there is an essential incompatibility between feminism and analytic philosophy?
    4. Is it possible to rationally critique reason, or are feminist critiques of rationality doomed to failure or self-defeat?
    5. Are certain feminists correct in claiming that “one person’s reason is another person’s tyranny” (Longino, p.81)? If so, how can this be addressed within the domain of philosophy of logic, if at all?
    1. Is a critique of reason within the scope of feminist concerns?
    2. How have contemporary ideals of rationality been used to perpetuate injustice, in philosophy and more generally?
    3. Is it still a tenable belief today that there is an essential incompatibility between feminism and analytic philosophy?
    4. Is it possible to rationally critique reason, or are feminist critiques of rationality doomed to failure or self-defeat?
    5. Are certain feminists correct in claiming that “one person’s reason is another person’s tyranny” (Longino, p.81)? If so, how can this be addressed within the domain of philosophy of logic, if at all?
    Week 2. Andrea Nye's Feminist Critique of Logic

    This week focuses on Andrea Nye’s influential argument that the very idea of logic is fundamentally incompatible with feminist aims. Ironically, much of the contemporary literature on feminist logic arises as a direct reaction to Nye’s work.

    Nye’s book is a largely historical work, focused on giving a revisionist, feminist history of logic from Parmenides to Frege and beyond. Her analysis of each logician’s work is original, and she argues convincingly that logical theories need to be understood as products of specific times, places, cultures, and contexts. Nye also argues (in the book’s introduction and conclusion) that this should lead us to conclude that feminism and logic are incompatible; this argument has been the subject of heated criticism by several feminist philosophers and logicians, many of whom are featured in this syllabus.

    The second reading by Haas provides an extensive, if sympathetic, rebuttal of Nye’s criticism of Aristotelian logic, while at the same time emphasizing what is valuable about her critique. The rest of the chapter may also be of interest to students later in the course, after having engaged with Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s views.

    Finally, Ayim’s paper is a clear and accessible articulation of the standard response by feminist logicians to Nye’s book. This text is particularly useful because, in the second half of the paper, Ayim provides a detailed example of what feminist logic and feminist logical education might look like in practice.

    This week focuses on Andrea Nye’s influential argument that the very idea of logic is fundamentally incompatible with feminist aims. Ironically, much of the contemporary literature on feminist logic arises as a direct reaction to Nye’s work.

    Nye’s book is a largely historical work, focused on giving a revisionist, feminist history of logic from Parmenides to Frege and beyond. Her analysis of each logician’s work is original, and she argues convincingly that logical theories need to be understood as products of specific times, places, cultures, and contexts. Nye also argues (in the book’s introduction and conclusion) that this should lead us to conclude that feminism and logic are incompatible; this argument has been the subject of heated criticism by several feminist philosophers and logicians, many of whom are featured in this syllabus.

    The second reading by Haas provides an extensive, if sympathetic, rebuttal of Nye’s criticism of Aristotelian logic, while at the same time emphasizing what is valuable about her critique. The rest of the chapter may also be of interest to students later in the course, after having engaged with Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s views.

    Finally, Ayim’s paper is a clear and accessible articulation of the standard response by feminist logicians to Nye’s book. This text is particularly useful because, in the second half of the paper, Ayim provides a detailed example of what feminist logic and feminist logical education might look like in practice.

    On DRL Full text
    Nye, Andrea. Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic
    1990 1990, New York: Routledge.
    Introduction and Conclusion
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Is logic masculine? Is women's lack of interest in the "hard core" philosophical disciplines of formal logic and semantics symptomatic of an inadequacy linked to sex? Is the failure of women to excel in pure mathematics and mathematical science a function of their inability to think rationally? Andrea Nye undermines the assumptions that inform these questions, assumptions such as: logic is unitary, logic is independenet of concrete human relations, and logic transcends historical circumstances as well as gender. In a series of studies of the logics of historical figures--Parmenides, Plato, Aristotle, Zeno, Abelard, Ockham, and Frege--she traces the changing interrelationships between logical innovation and oppressive speech strategies, showing that logic is not transcendent truth but abstract forms of language spoken by men, whether Greek ruling citizens, or scientists.

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Feminist Readings of Aristotelian Logic
    1998 -384 -350 -322, In C.A. Freeland (ed.), Feminist Interpretations of Aristotle. Pennsylvania State University Press: pp. 19-40.
    pp. 19-30
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Hass examines chapters devoted to Aristotle in a recent, prominent, and controversial feminist critique of logic, Andrea Nye's Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic. Hass shows that Nye's criticisms of logic in general and of Aristotle in particular are misplaced. What is crucial in Nye's attack are alleged problems caused by overzealous "abstraction." But Hass argues that abstraction is not problematic; instead, it is crucial (and empowering) for feminist political theory. Although she rejects Nye's form of feminist logic critique, Hass finds more that is worthwhile in the criticisms of logic advanced by Luce lrigaray and Val Plumwood. These thinkers call for feminist alternatives to what has come to be standard deductive logic - and interestingly enough, their call is echoed in other contemporary criticisms from within the field of logic itself, for example, from intuitionist or entailment logics. The logical schemes envisaged by lrigaray and Plumwood would encompass more situated and fluid ways of using formal systems to describe and analyse reality and diverse experiences. Hass argues that, in Aristotle's case, we can glimpse something of such an alternative by looking to his account of negation, which is richer and more complex than that allowed by most contemporary formal systems.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Ayim, Maryann. Passing Through the Needle’s Eye: Can a Feminist Teach Logic?
    1995 1995, Argumentation 9: 801-820.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Is it possible for one and the same person to be a feminist and a logician, or does this entail a psychic rift of such proportions that one is plunged into an endless cycle of self-contradiction? Andrea Nye's book, Words of Power (1990), is an eloquent affirmation of the psychic rift position. In what follows, I shall discuss Nye's proscription of logic as well as her perceived alternatives of a woman's language and reading. This will be followed by a discussion more sharply focused on Nye's feminist response to logic, namely, her claim that feminism and logic are incompatible. I will end by offering a sketch of a class in the life of a feminist teaching logic, a sketch which is both a response to Nye (in Nye's sense of the word) and a counter-example to her thesis that logic is necessarily destructive to any genuine feminist enterprise.

    Study Questions

    1. Is formal logic really “a man’s discipline”? What was your own experience of learning logic like?
    2. Do you think Nye is justified in drawing from her personal experiences to criticize logic?
    3. Nye refers to many things as logic: formal languages, the foundation of contemporary science, and everyday critical thinking. What do you think her main target, if any, is? Is there an understanding of “logic” that could resist her criticism?
    4. Ayim’s rebuttal of Nye largely focuses on informal logic or critical thinking. Do you think her arguments might be extended to formal logic?
    5. How does Nye understand the kind of “abstraction” that she sees as foundational for logic?
    6. Do you think Nye’s proposal for women to “read” without using logic is realistic?
    7. Somewhat provocatively, Nye points to all of the logical fallacies she has committed in her book. Do you think these fallacies invalidate her thesis? How could a logician claim otherwise?
    8. How should (formal and informal) logic be taught, when, and to whom?
    9. Does Ayim’s description of her logic classroom serve as an appropriate refutation of Nye’s views about the impossibility of “feminist logic”?
    10. Do you agree with Hass’ defense of Aristotelian logic? Could contemporary classical logic be defended in a similar way?
    1. Is formal logic really “a man’s discipline”? What was your own experience of learning logic like?
    2. Do you think Nye is justified in drawing from her personal experiences to criticize logic?
    3. Nye refers to many things as logic: formal languages, the foundation of contemporary science, and everyday critical thinking. What do you think her main target, if any, is? Is there an understanding of “logic” that could resist her criticism?
    4. Ayim’s rebuttal of Nye largely focuses on informal logic or critical thinking. Do you think her arguments might be extended to formal logic?
    5. How does Nye understand the kind of “abstraction” that she sees as foundational for logic?
    6. Do you think Nye’s proposal for women to “read” without using logic is realistic?
    7. Somewhat provocatively, Nye points to all of the logical fallacies she has committed in her book. Do you think these fallacies invalidate her thesis? How could a logician claim otherwise?
    8. How should (formal and informal) logic be taught, when, and to whom?
    9. Does Ayim’s description of her logic classroom serve as an appropriate refutation of Nye’s views about the impossibility of “feminist logic”?
    10. Do you agree with Hass’ defense of Aristotelian logic? Could contemporary classical logic be defended in a similar way?
    Week 3. Val Plumwood's Feminist Critique of Classical Logic

    This week focuses on Val Plumwood’s attempt to redirect feminist critiques of logic toward classical logic in particular, thus paving the way to a conception of feminist logic as alternative logic.

    This text is a classic of feminist logic, in which Plumwood makes the groundbreaking move of proposing a revision of logic on feminist grounds. Many subsequent discussions of feminist logic take this paper as a starting point.

    NB: the paper strongly overlaps with Chapter 2 of Plumwood’s Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. The paper is a bit more self-contained, but it omits Plumwood’s extended critique of postmodernist approaches.

    In the second reading, Garavaso serves as a convincing objector to Plumwood’s and Nye’s positions regarding feminist logic. She focuses largely on Plumwood’s claims about classical logic and negation, first by placing them in a broader context of feminist positions on rationality, and second by conducting a deep study of Frege’s views on negation in order to show that they do not support Plumwood’s position. Garavaso then questions an assumption that seems to be held by many feminist critics of reason, namely that philosophical argumentation is comparable to deductive logic.

    The third reading by Eckert and Donahue is a useful companion piece for Plumwood’s “The Politics of Reason”, in that it explains and responds to many different criticisms of Plumwood’s work.

    Finally, the further reading by Plumwood elaborates on the ideas presented in “The Politics of Reason”; in particular, her perspective on negation is compared to those of other feminist theorists such as Nancy Jay and Marilyn Frye.

     

    This week focuses on Val Plumwood’s attempt to redirect feminist critiques of logic toward classical logic in particular, thus paving the way to a conception of feminist logic as alternative logic.

    This text is a classic of feminist logic, in which Plumwood makes the groundbreaking move of proposing a revision of logic on feminist grounds. Many subsequent discussions of feminist logic take this paper as a starting point.

    NB: the paper strongly overlaps with Chapter 2 of Plumwood’s Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. The paper is a bit more self-contained, but it omits Plumwood’s extended critique of postmodernist approaches.

    In the second reading, Garavaso serves as a convincing objector to Plumwood’s and Nye’s positions regarding feminist logic. She focuses largely on Plumwood’s claims about classical logic and negation, first by placing them in a broader context of feminist positions on rationality, and second by conducting a deep study of Frege’s views on negation in order to show that they do not support Plumwood’s position. Garavaso then questions an assumption that seems to be held by many feminist critics of reason, namely that philosophical argumentation is comparable to deductive logic.

    The third reading by Eckert and Donahue is a useful companion piece for Plumwood’s “The Politics of Reason”, in that it explains and responds to many different criticisms of Plumwood’s work.

    Finally, the further reading by Plumwood elaborates on the ideas presented in “The Politics of Reason”; in particular, her perspective on negation is compared to those of other feminist theorists such as Nancy Jay and Marilyn Frye.

     

    On DRL Full text
    Plumwood, Val. The Politics of Reason: Towards a Feminist Logic
    1993 1993, Australasian Journal of Philosophy, 71(4): 436-462.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The author argues that there is a strong connection between the dualisms that have strengthened and naturalized systematic oppression across history (man/woman, reason/emotion, etc.), and "classical" logic. It is suggested that feminism's response should not be to abandon logic altogether, but rather to focus on the development of alternative, less oppressive forms of rationality, of which relevant logics provide an example.

    Comment: This is a seminal text of feminist logic, and thus a natural pick for any course wanting to discuss the topic. It could however also be assigned in a course on relevant logics interested in discussing particular applications, especially if such a course has previously spent time on the arguments in Plumwood's "False laws of logic" (or more generally, in Sylvan&co's "Relevant logics and their rivals"). Eckert and Donahue's "Towards a Feminist Logic" is a useful reading companion.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Garavaso, Pieranna. The Woman of Reason: On the Re-appropriation of Rationality and the Enjoyment of Philosophy
    2015 2015, Meta-Philosophical Reflection on Feminist Philosophies of Science, pp.185-202..
    Sections 11.2-11.4
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    This paper starts out from two feminist criticisms of classical logic, namely Andrea Nye’s general rejection of logic and Val Plumwood’s criticism of the standard notion of negation in classical logic. I then look at some of Gottlob Frege’s reflections on negation in one of his later Logical Investigations. It will appear clear that Frege’s notion of negation is not easily pegged in the general category of ‘Otherness’ that Plumwood uses to characterize negation in classical logic. In the second half of the paper, I discuss the claim that the adversarial method of argumentation in philosophy is hostile to feminist goals and perhaps responsible for the low numbers of women engaged in academic philosophy. Against this hypothesis, I claim that a more naturalistic perspective on logic can avoid essentialism and provide a feminist friendly and pluralist view of logic, human reasoning, and philosophical argumentation.

    On DRL Read free
    Eckert, Maureen, Donahue, Charlie. Towards a Feminist Logic: Val Plumwood’s Legacy and Beyond
    2020 2020, In Dominic Hyde (ed.), Noneist Explorations II: The Sylvan Jungle - Volume 3 (Synthese Library, 432). Dordrecht: pp. 424-448.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Val Plumwood’s 1993 paper, “The politics of reason: towards a feminist logic” (hence- forth POR) attempted to set the stage for what she hoped would begin serious feminist exploration into formal logic – not merely its historical abuses, but, more importantly, its potential uses. This work offers us: (1) a case for there being feminist logic; and (2) a sketch of what it should resemble. The former goal of Plumwood’s paper encourages feminist theorists to reject anti-logic feminist views. The paper’s latter aim is even more challenging. Plumwood’s critique of classical negation (and classical logic) as a logic of domination asks us to recognize that particular logical systems are weapons of oppression. Against anti-logic feminist theorists, Plumwood argues that there are other logics besides classical logic, such as relevant logics, which are suited for feminist theorizing. Some logics may oppress while others may liberate. We provide details about the sources and context for her rejection of classical logic and motivation for promoting relevant logics as feminist.

    Comment: This is an ideal companion piece to Plumwood's paper: it provides an accessible summary, and discusses both objections to the paper and possible responses.

    On DRL Full text
    Plumwood, Val. Feminism and the Logic of Alterity
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Further reading
    Expand entry

    Introduction: Plumwood’s second essay uses logical distinctions to map the difficult terrain of feminist theories of difference. By carefully distinguishing among forms of difference, Plumwood refutes attempts by some feminist theorists to identify dichotomous thinking with oppressive thinking.

    Comment: Helpful in clarifying the views presented in Plumwood's "The politics of reason: towards a feminist logic". It is also a possible pick for any course interested in looking specifically at negation from feminist perspectives, in which case it is best paired with some of the feminist critiques of negation she challenges (e.g. Nancy Jay's "Gender and dichotomy", or Frye's "The necessity of differences").

    Study Questions

    1. What notion of feminist logic arises from Plumwood’s work?
    2. What is the relationship between Plumwood’s proposal and Nye’s criticism of logic? Is it a mere shift of target, or does Plumwood also provide a refutation of Nye’s view?
    3. Which aspect(s) of classical logic is Plumwood taking issue with? Can you think of other classical laws that would be worrying on the same grounds?
    4. If you are familiar with some nonclassical logics: are they better or worse than classical logic, according to Plumwood’s criteria?
    5. Eckert and Donahue note that Plumwood’s criteria “make good sense even if we were to view logic as neutral but […] able to be weaponized (a less radical view than Plumwood’s)” (p.442). How does the difference between these two views affect Plumwood’s arguments?
    6. Do you agree with Eckert and Donahue’s defense of Plumwood against criticism by MacPherson and Garavaso? What is the difference, if any, between these authors’ interpretations of Plumwood?
    1. What notion of feminist logic arises from Plumwood’s work?
    2. What is the relationship between Plumwood’s proposal and Nye’s criticism of logic? Is it a mere shift of target, or does Plumwood also provide a refutation of Nye’s view?
    3. Which aspect(s) of classical logic is Plumwood taking issue with? Can you think of other classical laws that would be worrying on the same grounds?
    4. If you are familiar with some nonclassical logics: are they better or worse than classical logic, according to Plumwood’s criteria?
    5. Eckert and Donahue note that Plumwood’s criteria “make good sense even if we were to view logic as neutral but […] able to be weaponized (a less radical view than Plumwood’s)” (p.442). How does the difference between these two views affect Plumwood’s arguments?
    6. Do you agree with Eckert and Donahue’s defense of Plumwood against criticism by MacPherson and Garavaso? What is the difference, if any, between these authors’ interpretations of Plumwood?
    Week 4. Luce Irigaray's Feminist Critique of Logic

    This week discusses Luce Irigaray’s critique of identity, generality, and difference in classical logic, as showcased by its failure in expressing gender.

    The first reading is an accessible introduction by Hans to Irigaray’s views on logic—particularly with respect to generality, identity, and negation—which served as inspiration for many of the foundational critiques of feminist logic in the late 20th century. In particular, she argues that formal logic is inadequate for capturing gender.

    In the second reading, Irigaray presents her view of logic as the non-neutral language of science in a relatively accessible manner. It is one of the texts on which Hass bases her interpretation, and so it makes for good secondary reading.

    The first further reading is another paper on which Hass bases her interpretation, where Irigaray compares the feminine to the real which is forgotten in idealized physical models. It is significantly more challenging, and some experience with Lacanian psychoanalysis is recommended.

    Finally, the last further reading is a more challenging paper by Irigaray, this time focused on the inherently gendered nature of language. It can be read (in English or in the original French) by anyone hoping for a more detailed representation of Irigaray’s views on logic.

    This week discusses Luce Irigaray’s critique of identity, generality, and difference in classical logic, as showcased by its failure in expressing gender.

    The first reading is an accessible introduction by Hans to Irigaray’s views on logic—particularly with respect to generality, identity, and negation—which served as inspiration for many of the foundational critiques of feminist logic in the late 20th century. In particular, she argues that formal logic is inadequate for capturing gender.

    In the second reading, Irigaray presents her view of logic as the non-neutral language of science in a relatively accessible manner. It is one of the texts on which Hass bases her interpretation, and so it makes for good secondary reading.

    The first further reading is another paper on which Hass bases her interpretation, where Irigaray compares the feminine to the real which is forgotten in idealized physical models. It is significantly more challenging, and some experience with Lacanian psychoanalysis is recommended.

    Finally, the last further reading is a more challenging paper by Irigaray, this time focused on the inherently gendered nature of language. It can be read (in English or in the original French) by anyone hoping for a more detailed representation of Irigaray’s views on logic.

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Fluid Thinking: Irigaray’s Critique of Formal Logic
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Marjorie Hass addresses the limitations of logical concepts, including negation, by illuminating the ongoing critique of these terms in the work of Luce Irigaray. In Hass’s view, Irigaray’s work calls the neutrality of logic into question, suggesting that the standard formalism is capable of expressing only distorted and partial interpretations of negation, identity, and generality. More specifically, in Irigaray’s work, standard symbolic logic is shown to be unable to represent the form of difference proper to sexual difference, the form of identity proper to feminine identity, and the form of generality proper to a feminine generic. Hass interprets and evaluates Irigaray’s critique of logic, arguing that many of Irigaray’s readers have misunderstood its nature and force."

    On DRL Full text
    Irigaray, Luce. Is the Subject of Science Sexed?
    1987 1987, Hypatia, 2 (3): 65-87, trans. C. Bové.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The premise of this paper is that the language of science, like language in general, is neither asexual nor neutral. The essay demonstrates the various ways in which the non-neutrality of the subject of science is expressed and proposes that there is a need to analyze the laws that determine the acceptability of language and discourse in order to interpret their connection to a sexed logic.
    On DRL Full text
    Irigaray, Luce. The “Mechanics” of Fluids
    1985 1985, In This Sex Which Is Not One, trans. C. Porter and C. Burke.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The paper argues that science's focus on the ideal and stable hides, and thus contributes to the silencing of, the real and fluid, which corresponds to womanhood.
    On DRL Full text
    Irigaray, Luce, Carlston, Erin G.. The Language of Man
    1989 1989, Cultural Critique, 13: 191-202.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: This paper enumerates Irigaray's main arguments and thoughts regarding the gendered nature of language and "the logos".

    Study Questions

    1. What is Irigaray’s issue with logic? How does it differ from other feminist critiques?
    2. Hass suggests that “it is only insofar as [standard] formalism is used as a model for sexual difference that Irigaray’s critique gets its purchase” (p.84). Do you agree? Can you think of other topics where logic might be problematic on similar grounds?
    3. Why does Irigaray think the laws of identity and non-contradiction fail to apply to “woman”?
    4. Could a feminist logic addressing Irigaray’s critique exist? What would it have to be like? Can you think of any existing examples?
    5. What does Irigaray’s critique mean for science? Can scientists simply ignore this kind of critique, or does it call for a change in practice?
    1. What is Irigaray’s issue with logic? How does it differ from other feminist critiques?
    2. Hass suggests that “it is only insofar as [standard] formalism is used as a model for sexual difference that Irigaray’s critique gets its purchase” (p.84). Do you agree? Can you think of other topics where logic might be problematic on similar grounds?
    3. Why does Irigaray think the laws of identity and non-contradiction fail to apply to “woman”?
    4. Could a feminist logic addressing Irigaray’s critique exist? What would it have to be like? Can you think of any existing examples?
    5. What does Irigaray’s critique mean for science? Can scientists simply ignore this kind of critique, or does it call for a change in practice?
    Week 5. Can There be a Feminist Logic?

    This week investigates the very idea of feminist logic. Both Marjorie Hass and Gillian Russell provide several possible characterizations, and discuss their consequences for the philosophy of logic.

    The first reading offers an accessible overview of feminist critiques of logic and the various possibilities for what “feminist logic” might be. It introduces some helpful distinctions—e.g., feminist criticisms of “bad logic” as compared to feminist criticisms of “logic as usual”—for making sense of the positions of thinkers such as Nye, Plumwood, and Nussbaum.

    In the second reading, Russell suggests one possible argument for the possibility of feminist logic: if (like anti-exceptionalists) you believe that logic is importantly similar to science, then you might think that there is feminist logic in the same way that there is feminist science. Russell takes this argument to its natural endpoint by examining each of the possible ways that feminist logic might be understood as analogous to feminist science. This serves as a helpful introduction to the rich possibilities for feminist logicians to approach logic as anti-exceptionalists.

    The further reading provides a sympathetic reading of Plumwood’s work on feminist logic, and it offers a different version of how “feminist logic” might be understood. Russell’s arguments against Plumwood are also directly addressed.

    This week investigates the very idea of feminist logic. Both Marjorie Hass and Gillian Russell provide several possible characterizations, and discuss their consequences for the philosophy of logic.

    The first reading offers an accessible overview of feminist critiques of logic and the various possibilities for what “feminist logic” might be. It introduces some helpful distinctions—e.g., feminist criticisms of “bad logic” as compared to feminist criticisms of “logic as usual”—for making sense of the positions of thinkers such as Nye, Plumwood, and Nussbaum.

    In the second reading, Russell suggests one possible argument for the possibility of feminist logic: if (like anti-exceptionalists) you believe that logic is importantly similar to science, then you might think that there is feminist logic in the same way that there is feminist science. Russell takes this argument to its natural endpoint by examining each of the possible ways that feminist logic might be understood as analogous to feminist science. This serves as a helpful introduction to the rich possibilities for feminist logicians to approach logic as anti-exceptionalists.

    The further reading provides a sympathetic reading of Plumwood’s work on feminist logic, and it offers a different version of how “feminist logic” might be understood. Russell’s arguments against Plumwood are also directly addressed.

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Can There Be a Feminist Logic?
    1999 1999, In Emanuela Bianchi (ed.), Is Feminist Philosophy Philosophy? Northwestern University Press. pp. 190--201.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Can there be a feminist logic? By most accounts the answer would be no. What l find remarkable is the great difference in the justifications provided for this conclusion. The impossibility of feminist logic is defended, on the one hand, on the grounds that logic itself is most fundamentally a form of domination and so is inimical to feminist aims. Other philosophers, while also defending the impossibility of feminist logic, do so from the conviction that it is feminist theory rather than logic that is the problem. For these thinkers, feminism cannot make any interesting or important contribution to logic because feminist theory is fundamentally shallow or misguided. In this paper I will argue that both positions are mistaken: Logic is neither as totalizing as the one side believes nor is feminist theory as inconsequential for logic as the other pole would have it. In the course of these arguments, I describe the work of several feminist logicians, showing the possibility and value of feminist approaches to logic.

    Comment: Very accessible introduction to the (early) literature on feminist logic, adequate for both a general logic course and a general feminist philosophy course (preferably together with at least one specialized reading). Its presentation of various contrasting positions on the topic should provide fertile grounds for discussion.

    On DRL Read free
    Russell, Gillian. From Anti-Exceptionalism to Feminist Logic
    2023 2023, Hypatia, forthcoming.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Anti-exceptionalists about formal logic think that logic is continuous with the sciences. Many philosophers of science think that there is feminist science. Putting these two things together: can anti-exceptionalism make space for feminist logic? The answer depends on the details of the ways logic is like science and the ways science can be feminist. This paper wades into these details, examines five different approaches, and ultimately argues that anti-exceptionalism makes space for feminist logic in several different ways.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Restovic, Ivan. Feminist Logic, Literally
    2023 2023, The Australasian Journal of Logic, 20 (2): 318-347.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: In this paper, I discuss Plumwood's feminist logic program. I argue both in favor of her general stance in feminist philosophy of logic and her more specific feminist critique of classical logic. Plumwood's general position is in opposition with (I think it's safe to say) the prevailing view in analytic philosophy about the relation between formal logic and feminist theory, according to which feminist theory cannot say anything about or against logic proper, since the issues of oppression are external to logic as a (formal) discipline. Connected to this externalism is a non-Plumwoodian view that "feminist logic" either doesn't mean anything, or that it has some figurative meaning. Concerning Plumwood's (I think it's safe to say) not widely accepted feminist critique of classical logic, I propose an interpretation according to which classical logic is oppressive only when it's used to describe a particular, "dualized" or "dualizable", kind of notions. In accordance with this understanding, I consider five features of oppressive differentiations as proposed by Plumwood, arguing that two of them don't concern negation, the feminist critique of which operator Plumwood is mostly (in)famous for.

    Study Questions

    1. How do the possible understandings of feminist logic suggested by Hass – critiques of “bad logic”, and critiques of “logic as usual” – compare with the ones suggested by Russell?
    2. Can you think of other examples of logics that might be categorized as feminist according to these proposals?
    3. The very idea of feminist logic is often dismissed as either irrational or ill-founded. How can these conceptions avoid said critique, or undermine its force, if at all?
    4. How do different conceptions of feminist logic fare with respect to Nye’s conjecture that no feminist logic could ever be truly emancipatory?
    5. Do you agree with Russell’s interpretation of Nye’s and Plumwood’s positions? If not, how does this affect your view of Russell’s criticisms?
    6. Can you think of other possible meanings of “feminist logic”?
    1. How do the possible understandings of feminist logic suggested by Hass – critiques of “bad logic”, and critiques of “logic as usual” – compare with the ones suggested by Russell?
    2. Can you think of other examples of logics that might be categorized as feminist according to these proposals?
    3. The very idea of feminist logic is often dismissed as either irrational or ill-founded. How can these conceptions avoid said critique, or undermine its force, if at all?
    4. How do different conceptions of feminist logic fare with respect to Nye’s conjecture that no feminist logic could ever be truly emancipatory?
    5. Do you agree with Russell’s interpretation of Nye’s and Plumwood’s positions? If not, how does this affect your view of Russell’s criticisms?
    6. Can you think of other possible meanings of “feminist logic”?
    Week 6. Feminist Logic and the Natural Sciences

    This week discusses a possible path from feminist science to feminist logic: feminist perspectives on science may suggest revision, and on Quinean grounds, those revisions may go up to logic itself. Lynn Hankinson Nelson & Jack Nelson spell out the theoretical argument, while Andrea Nye discusses a particularly promising example from biology.

    Drawing from biology, the first reading provides an explicit example of how the work of feminist scientists might suggest a revision of our logic. In the second reading, Hankinson Nelson & Nelson provide a useful and accessible summary of Quine’s views on the empirical revision of science and logic, thus setting the stage for a view that allows for the revision of logic on feminist grounds. This paper thus serves as a helpful theoretical basis for the argument in Nye’s paper on predicate logic and natural kinds.

    This week discusses a possible path from feminist science to feminist logic: feminist perspectives on science may suggest revision, and on Quinean grounds, those revisions may go up to logic itself. Lynn Hankinson Nelson & Jack Nelson spell out the theoretical argument, while Andrea Nye discusses a particularly promising example from biology.

    Drawing from biology, the first reading provides an explicit example of how the work of feminist scientists might suggest a revision of our logic. In the second reading, Hankinson Nelson & Nelson provide a useful and accessible summary of Quine’s views on the empirical revision of science and logic, thus setting the stage for a view that allows for the revision of logic on feminist grounds. This paper thus serves as a helpful theoretical basis for the argument in Nye’s paper on predicate logic and natural kinds.

    On DRL Full text
    Nye, Andrea. Saying What It Is: Predicate Logic and Natural Kinds
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Andrea Nye is also concerned with the role of logic in science, linking the adequacy of logic with its applicability in a domain of scientific knowledge. Nye argues that the dominant predicate logic cannot adequately represent the issues surrounding attempts to divide organisms into species. Feminist critiques of the extensional theory of meaning lay the ground for alternative theories of categorization. Without renewed models of categorization, Nye submits, science is in danger of becoming a self-enclosed “logical” system, rather than an instrumental model of reality."

    On DRL Full text
    Nelson, Lynn Hankinson, Nelson, Jack. Logic from a Quinean Perspective: An Empirical Enterprise
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Lynn Hankinson Nelson and Jack Nelson extend the work begun in the former’s book Who Knows: From Quine to a Feminist Empiricism, by showing that a Quinean understanding of logic as an empirical field implies that logic remains open to revision in light of fundamental shifts in knowledge. Nelson and Nelson point to the revisions in scientific understandings made possible by the incorporation of women and women’s lives as emblematic of the possible ways that feminist thought can provide a deep reworking of the structures of knowledge and thus potentially of logic. Although they are cautious of any conclusions that logic must change, their work offers a theoretical ground from which the effects of feminist theorizing on logic can be usefully explored."

    Study Questions

    1. What might motivate philosophers to think that logic can be empirically revised in the same way as scientific theories?
    2. What is the scope of possible empirical revisions to logic? Are there any logical connectives or rules that are immune to such revisions?
    3. Does Nye provide a convincing example of empirical data that would rightly prompt logical revisions, or can these scientists’ findings be accommodated within classical logic without revision?
    4. Could there be an argument for the empirical revision of logic even if all scientists’ findings *could* in principle be accommodated within classical logic?
    5. What would make an empirical revision of logic properly “feminist”?
    1. What might motivate philosophers to think that logic can be empirically revised in the same way as scientific theories?
    2. What is the scope of possible empirical revisions to logic? Are there any logical connectives or rules that are immune to such revisions?
    3. Does Nye provide a convincing example of empirical data that would rightly prompt logical revisions, or can these scientists’ findings be accommodated within classical logic without revision?
    4. Could there be an argument for the empirical revision of logic even if all scientists’ findings *could* in principle be accommodated within classical logic?
    5. What would make an empirical revision of logic properly “feminist”?
    Week 7. Logic and Gender Models

    This week focuses on the idea of feminist logic qua logic of gender. Several contemporary gender models are compared: while Helen Daly’s “folklore” models implicitly rely on classical dichotomies, Maureen Eckert argues that nonclassical logics can do a better job.

    The first reading by Daly offers an accessible overview of (classical) folk gender models, what they get right, and where they go wrong.

    In the second paper by Eckert, readers are given a nice example of how certain nonclassical logics have an advantage over classical logic when it comes to modelling gender. Some important shortcomings of Plumwood’s methods are also examined.

    The further reading by Collins discusses certain advantages of nonclassical logics (this time, fuzzy logic) over classical logic for modelling gender. The proposed model is compared to Daly’s above.

    This week focuses on the idea of feminist logic qua logic of gender. Several contemporary gender models are compared: while Helen Daly’s “folklore” models implicitly rely on classical dichotomies, Maureen Eckert argues that nonclassical logics can do a better job.

    The first reading by Daly offers an accessible overview of (classical) folk gender models, what they get right, and where they go wrong.

    In the second paper by Eckert, readers are given a nice example of how certain nonclassical logics have an advantage over classical logic when it comes to modelling gender. Some important shortcomings of Plumwood’s methods are also examined.

    The further reading by Collins discusses certain advantages of nonclassical logics (this time, fuzzy logic) over classical logic for modelling gender. The proposed model is compared to Daly’s above.

    On DRL Full text
    Daly, Helen. Modelling Sex/gender
    2017 2017, Think 16 (46):79-92.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    People often assume that everyone can be divided by sex/gender (that is, by physical and social characteristics having to do with maleness and femaleness) into two tidy categories: male and female. Careful thought, however, leads us to reject that simple ‘binary’ picture, since not all people fall precisely into one group or the other. But if we do not think of sex/gender in terms of those two categories, how else might we think of it? Here I consider four distinct models; each model correctly captures some features of sex/gender, and so each is appropriate in some contexts. But the first three models are inadequate when tough questions arise, like whether trans women should be admitted as students at a women’s college or when it is appropriate for intersex athletes to compete in women’s athletic events. (‘Trans’ refers to the wide range of people who have an atypical gender identity for someone of their birth-assigned sex, and ‘intersex’ refers to people whose bodies naturally develop with markedly different physical sex characteristics than are paradigmatic of either men or women.) Such questions of inclusion and exclusion matter enormously to the people whose lives are affected by them, but ordinary notions of sex/gender offer few answers. The fourth model I describe is especially designed to make those hard decisions easier by providing a process to clarify what matters.

    Comment: Very accessible introduction to the problems with folk gender models. If one wants to emphasize the contrast between normative vs descriptive account of gender terms, the piece is naturally paired with Rory Collins' "Modeling gender as a multidimensional sorites paradox".

    On DRL Read free
    Eckert, Maureen. De-centering and Genderqueering Val Plumwood’s Feminist Logic
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: The strongest and, until recently, least-explored approach to feminist logic holds that some formal logics have structural features that perpetuate sexism and oppression, whereas other logics are helpful for resisting and opposing these social phenomena. Our choice of logics may not be purely formal on this view: for example, some logics are preferrable to others on the grounds of feminist commitments. This strong account of feminist logic was first articulated by Val Plumwood. We will critically engage salient features of her view, especially her critique of classical logic and the centering and dominating functions she believes classical negation has. We will see that her understanding of classical negation captures neither the development of Intersectional Feminism, nor the position the concept of centering holds in transformative justice. However, Plumwood's critique of classical negation does lead us to a deeper insight regarding which logics to apply in social justice contexts. Robin Dembroff's analysis of genderqueer as a critical gender kind helps us delineate a non-classical context in which a four-valued logic, such as FDE, can structurally account for the critical feature of this gender kind in a way classical logic cannot. We will also observe how four-valued logics precisely capture the destabilization of, and resistance to, the exclusive and exhaustive gender binary categories Dembroff describes.
    On DRL Full text
    Collins, Rory. Modeling Gender as a Multidimensional Sorites Paradox
    2021 2021, Hypatia, 36 (2): 302-320.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Gender is both indeterminate and multifaceted: many individuals do not fit neatly into accepted gender categories, and a vast number of characteristics are relevant to determining a person's gender. This article demonstrates how these two features, taken together, enable gender to be modeled as a multidimensional sorites paradox. After discussing the diverse terminology used to describe gender, I extend Helen Daly's research into sex classifications in the Olympics and show how varying testosterone levels can be represented using a sorites argument. The most appropriate way of addressing the paradox that results, I propose, is to employ fuzzy logic. I then move beyond physiological characteristics and consider how gender portrayals in reality television shows align with Judith Butler's notion of performativity, thereby revealing gender to be composed of numerous criteria. Following this, I explore how various elements of gender can each be modeled as individual sorites paradoxes such that the overall concept forms a multidimensional paradox. Resolving this dilemma through fuzzy logic provides a novel framework for interpreting gender membership.

    Study Questions

    1. A gender model can have many goals: capturing how gender terms are used, how gender “really is”, how we should talk and think about gender, and more. What are the pros and cons of using formal logic for these various goals? Is formal logic ever inappropriate for such goals?
    2. What are the pros and cons of different logics when it comes to accounting for non-binary identities?
    3. It is often possible to reconstruct discourse in one logic within a different logic. Do you think the choice of logic is crucial in presenting a model, or is logical translation harmless?
    4. Daly suggests different gender models may be appropriate depending on circumstances. Do you agree? Could there be a reason to fix a particular model instead?
    5. Why does Eckert reject Plumwood’s wholesale rejection of classical logic? How does her conception of feminist logic differ from Plumwood’s?
    6. How does Irigaray’s critique of formal logic fare with respect to contemporary gender models?
    1. A gender model can have many goals: capturing how gender terms are used, how gender “really is”, how we should talk and think about gender, and more. What are the pros and cons of using formal logic for these various goals? Is formal logic ever inappropriate for such goals?
    2. What are the pros and cons of different logics when it comes to accounting for non-binary identities?
    3. It is often possible to reconstruct discourse in one logic within a different logic. Do you think the choice of logic is crucial in presenting a model, or is logical translation harmless?
    4. Daly suggests different gender models may be appropriate depending on circumstances. Do you agree? Could there be a reason to fix a particular model instead?
    5. Why does Eckert reject Plumwood’s wholesale rejection of classical logic? How does her conception of feminist logic differ from Plumwood’s?
    6. How does Irigaray’s critique of formal logic fare with respect to contemporary gender models?
    Week 8. Logic and Feminist Epistemology/Metaphysics

    This week shows how formal logic may be used in pursuing feminist aims by looking at two particular applications: Gillian Russell’s modelling of “social spheres” and Catharine Saint-Croix’s modelling of epistemic standpoints.

    The first reading by Russell is an example of how feminist concerns might drive research in logic, in this case by suggesting a new kind of quantifier aimed at representing subordinating speech. The final part of the paper is also notable for its discussion of the value of formal logic in feminist theorizing.

    The second reading by Saint-Croix is an example of how formal logic could be useful for feminist epistemologists. It contains an extensive introduction to standpoint theory and its history, and formal elements are introduced with many examples and informal discussion.

    The further reading presents a variation of Saint-Croix’s framework from above, focused on capturing the epistemic stances of activists.

    This week shows how formal logic may be used in pursuing feminist aims by looking at two particular applications: Gillian Russell’s modelling of “social spheres” and Catharine Saint-Croix’s modelling of epistemic standpoints.

    The first reading by Russell is an example of how feminist concerns might drive research in logic, in this case by suggesting a new kind of quantifier aimed at representing subordinating speech. The final part of the paper is also notable for its discussion of the value of formal logic in feminist theorizing.

    The second reading by Saint-Croix is an example of how formal logic could be useful for feminist epistemologists. It contains an extensive introduction to standpoint theory and its history, and formal elements are introduced with many examples and informal discussion.

    The further reading presents a variation of Saint-Croix’s framework from above, focused on capturing the epistemic stances of activists.

    On DRL Read free
    Russell, Gillian. Social Spheres: Logic, Ranking, and Subordination
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    This paper uses logic - a formal language with models and a consequence relation - to think about the social and political topics of subordination and subordinative speech. I take subordination to be a matter of three things: i) ranking one person or a group of people below others, ii) depriving the lower-ranked of rights, and iii) permitting others to discriminate against them. Subordinative speech is speech - utterances in contexts - which subordinates. Section 1 introduces the topic of subordination using examples from the 1979 novel Kindred by Octavia Butler. Section 2 uses these examples to clarify and illustrate the definitions of subordination and subordinative speech. Sections 3 and 4 then develop a way of modeling subordination using a system of social spheres, an adaptation of (Lewis, 1973)'s approach to modeling the relation of comparative similarity on worlds for counterfactuals. Section 4 looks at three possible applications for this work: giving truth-conditions for social quantifiers, identifying fallacies involving such expressions, and explaining the pragmatics of subordinative speech. The last section anticipates objections and raises further questions.

    On DRL Full text Read free
    Saint-Croix, Catharine. Privilege and Position: Formal Tools for Standpoint Epistemology
    2020 2020, Res Philosophica, 97(4), 489-524.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    How does being a woman affect one’s epistemic life? What about being black? Or queer? Standpoint theorists argue that such social positions can give rise to otherwise unavailable epistemic privilege. “Epistemic privilege” is a murky concept, however. Critics of standpoint theory argue that the view is offered without a clear explanation of how standpoints confer their benefits, what those benefits are, or why social positions are particularly apt to produce them. But this need not be so. This article articulates a minimal version of standpoint epistemology that avoids these criticisms and supports the normative goals of its feminist forerunners. With this foundation, we develop a formal model in which to explore standpoint epistemology using neighborhood semantics for modal logic.

    Comment: The paper contains a very extensive introduction to standpoint theory and its history, making it well suited for a course on modal logic (showcasing an application) or on formal epistemology. Formal elements are introduced with a lot of examples and informal discussion, so the paper might also be used in a course focusing on standpoint theory, although familiarity with (some) formal semantics is still a prerequisite.

    On DRL Read free
    Saint-Croix, Catharine. Activist Epistemology
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Further reading
    Expand entry
    Abstract: I propose a model on which epistemic frameworks are understood in terms of not only beliefs, but also sets of evidential support relations. We are generally responsive to multiple frameworks, some more compatible than others.The model allows for prioritizing certain frameworks by drawing on van Benthem and Pacuit's work on logics for evidence-based belief. This prioritization allows us to capture the idea that some epistemic frameworks are "held come what may" with nuance and complexity.

    Study Questions

    1. Can you think of situations – e.g. from your own experience – you could model using Russell’s and Saint-Croix’s frameworks? What advantages and limitations can you see?
    2. One common worry, explicitly discussed by Russell, is that formal logic is too “academic” to be of use for concrete feminist goals. Do you agree? Can you think of ways in which such work could be valuable in practice?
    3. Both Russell and Saint-Croix rely on (extensions of) classical logic. Do you think this is problematic? Could Nye’s or Plumwood’s criticisms apply to such uses?
    4. Do you think it would be possible to obtain this kind of models using alternative logics? How would that affect the results?
    5. Can you think of other possible applications of formal modelling in feminist philosophy? Are there any topics that should not receive this kind of treatment? Why?
    1. Can you think of situations – e.g. from your own experience – you could model using Russell’s and Saint-Croix’s frameworks? What advantages and limitations can you see?
    2. One common worry, explicitly discussed by Russell, is that formal logic is too “academic” to be of use for concrete feminist goals. Do you agree? Can you think of ways in which such work could be valuable in practice?
    3. Both Russell and Saint-Croix rely on (extensions of) classical logic. Do you think this is problematic? Could Nye’s or Plumwood’s criticisms apply to such uses?
    4. Do you think it would be possible to obtain this kind of models using alternative logics? How would that affect the results?
    5. Can you think of other possible applications of formal modelling in feminist philosophy? Are there any topics that should not receive this kind of treatment? Why?
    Week 9. Feminist Rehabilitations of the History of Logic

    This week explores the idea of finding feminist logic in the history of logic via three examples: John Dewey’s pragmatist logic, Stoic logic as a logic of sense, and Aristotelian negation.

    In the first reading, Guen Hart interprets Dewey’s Logic: The Theory of Inquiry (1938) as a theory of logic that could reasonably be described as feminist, in part due to its pragmatist perspective. This serves as a nice demonstration of what a feminist philosophical (re-)appropriation of logic might look like—though Guen Hart doesn’t go much further than restating and explaining Dewey’s views in great detail.

    In the second reading, Olkowski offers a substantial contribution to the feminist-logic conversation by linking Nye’s criticisms of logic with the views of Merlau-Ponty and Deleuze on language. She then proposes that these criticisms can be addressed by Stoic logic, which makes room for “perception and reflection” in logic. The paper provides detailed overviews of these different positions, but it can be difficult to navigate as an introductory text.

    Finally, in the third reading, Hass not only defends Aristotelian logic from Nye’s onslaught, but also argues that Aristotelian negation – as opposed to Fregean negation – may in fact be the first step of an answer to Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s concerns.

    This week explores the idea of finding feminist logic in the history of logic via three examples: John Dewey’s pragmatist logic, Stoic logic as a logic of sense, and Aristotelian negation.

    In the first reading, Guen Hart interprets Dewey’s Logic: The Theory of Inquiry (1938) as a theory of logic that could reasonably be described as feminist, in part due to its pragmatist perspective. This serves as a nice demonstration of what a feminist philosophical (re-)appropriation of logic might look like—though Guen Hart doesn’t go much further than restating and explaining Dewey’s views in great detail.

    In the second reading, Olkowski offers a substantial contribution to the feminist-logic conversation by linking Nye’s criticisms of logic with the views of Merlau-Ponty and Deleuze on language. She then proposes that these criticisms can be addressed by Stoic logic, which makes room for “perception and reflection” in logic. The paper provides detailed overviews of these different positions, but it can be difficult to navigate as an introductory text.

    Finally, in the third reading, Hass not only defends Aristotelian logic from Nye’s onslaught, but also argues that Aristotelian negation – as opposed to Fregean negation – may in fact be the first step of an answer to Plumwood’s and Irigaray’s concerns.

    On DRL Full text
    Guen Hart, Carroll. “Power in the service of love”: John Dewey’s Logic and the Dream of a Common Language
    1993 1993, Hypatia 8 (2):190-214.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    While contemporary feminist philosophical discussions focus on the oppressiveness of universality which obliterates “difference,” the complete demise of universality might hamper feminist philosophy in its political project of furthering the well-being of all women. Dewey's thoroughly functionalized, relativized, and fallibilized understanding of universality may help us cut universality down to size while also appreciating its limited contribution. Deweyan universality may signify the ongoing search for a genuinely common language in the midst of difference.

    On DRL Full text
    Olkowski, Dorothea. Words of Power and the Logic of Sense
    2002 2002, In Falmagne, R.J. and Hass, M. eds. Representing Reason: Feminist Theory and Formal Logic. Rowman & Littlefield.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Dorothea Olkowski’s chapter offers an analysis of the need to develop a logic of sense. Drawing on the work of Gilles Deleuze, Olkowski defends formal logic against feminist theorists who have urged that we organize thinking around the principles of embodiment. She warns us against the complete merging of bodily functions and sense-making activities. In Olkowski’s view, feminists need to acknowledge the usefulness of logical analyses at the same time that they must insist on formal systems that reflect and are tempered by human and humane values."

    On DRL Full text
    Hass, Marjorie. Feminist Readings of Aristotelian Logic
    1998 -384 -350 -322, In C.A. Freeland (ed.), Feminist Interpretations of Aristotle. Pennsylvania State University Press: pp. 19-40.
    pp. 30-37
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Hass examines chapters devoted to Aristotle in a recent, prominent, and controversial feminist critique of logic, Andrea Nye's Words of Power: A Feminist Reading of the History of Logic. Hass shows that Nye's criticisms of logic in general and of Aristotle in particular are misplaced. What is crucial in Nye's attack are alleged problems caused by overzealous "abstraction." But Hass argues that abstraction is not problematic; instead, it is crucial (and empowering) for feminist political theory. Although she rejects Nye's form of feminist logic critique, Hass finds more that is worthwhile in the criticisms of logic advanced by Luce lrigaray and Val Plumwood. These thinkers call for feminist alternatives to what has come to be standard deductive logic - and interestingly enough, their call is echoed in other contemporary criticisms from within the field of logic itself, for example, from intuitionist or entailment logics. The logical schemes envisaged by lrigaray and Plumwood would encompass more situated and fluid ways of using formal systems to describe and analyse reality and diverse experiences. Hass argues that, in Aristotle's case, we can glimpse something of such an alternative by looking to his account of negation, which is richer and more complex than that allowed by most contemporary formal systems.

    Study Questions

    1. What is the value – if any – in “rehabilitating” logical theories through feminist perspectives, as the authors do here?
    2. These feminist authors rely on theories of logic that have been proposed by other philosophers, in a largely non-feminist context. Are there any dangers to this kind of approach to feminist logic?
    3. What does Guen Hart take to be problematic about the traditional conception of “universality” in logic?
    4. Does Dewey’s pragmatist theory successfully rehabilitate this conception of universality, as Guen Hart argues?
    5. How do you understand the relationship between formal logic and materiality or embodiment, as discussed by Olkowski?
    6. In which ways does Aristotelian negation address Pluwmood’s and Irigaray’s concerns, according to Hass? In which ways does it fail?
    1. What is the value – if any – in “rehabilitating” logical theories through feminist perspectives, as the authors do here?
    2. These feminist authors rely on theories of logic that have been proposed by other philosophers, in a largely non-feminist context. Are there any dangers to this kind of approach to feminist logic?
    3. What does Guen Hart take to be problematic about the traditional conception of “universality” in logic?
    4. Does Dewey’s pragmatist theory successfully rehabilitate this conception of universality, as Guen Hart argues?
    5. How do you understand the relationship between formal logic and materiality or embodiment, as discussed by Olkowski?
    6. In which ways does Aristotelian negation address Pluwmood’s and Irigaray’s concerns, according to Hass? In which ways does it fail?
    Week 10. Feminism and Logical Pluralism

    This week explores the relationship between feminism and logical pluralism. Audrey Yap’s suggestion that feminism could benefit from a Carnapian perspective on logic is compared to Roy Cook’s suggestion that feminist logic may instantiate a form of pluralism connected to agents.

    In the first reading, Yap suggests a possible connection between Carnap’s version of logical pluralism and the goals of feminist philosophy. Basic familiarity with logical empiricism may be helpful for understanding the discussion.

    The second reading identifies a largely untapped version of logical pluralism, which connects different logics with different kinds of agents; this is taken to be supported by the idea of standpoint epistemology, in the sense that different marginalized groups may be associated with different logics. The paper also serves as a general overview of varieties of logical pluralism.

    In the last reading, Yap elaborates on the connection between feminists’ goals and Carnap’s views on logic, and she applies her conclusions to the contemporary debate on the meaning of “woman”.

    This week explores the relationship between feminism and logical pluralism. Audrey Yap’s suggestion that feminism could benefit from a Carnapian perspective on logic is compared to Roy Cook’s suggestion that feminist logic may instantiate a form of pluralism connected to agents.

    In the first reading, Yap suggests a possible connection between Carnap’s version of logical pluralism and the goals of feminist philosophy. Basic familiarity with logical empiricism may be helpful for understanding the discussion.

    The second reading identifies a largely untapped version of logical pluralism, which connects different logics with different kinds of agents; this is taken to be supported by the idea of standpoint epistemology, in the sense that different marginalized groups may be associated with different logics. The paper also serves as a general overview of varieties of logical pluralism.

    In the last reading, Yap elaborates on the connection between feminists’ goals and Carnap’s views on logic, and she applies her conclusions to the contemporary debate on the meaning of “woman”.

    On DRL Full text
    Yap, Audrey. Feminism and Carnap’s Principle of Tolerance
    2010 2010, Hypatia 25 (2):437-454.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    The logical empiricists often appear as a foil for feminist theories. Their emphasis on the individualistic nature of knowledge and on the value neutrality of science seems directly opposed to most feminist concerns. However, several recent works have highlighted aspects of Carnap’s views that make him seem like much less of a straight-forwardly positivist thinker. Certain of these aspects lend themselves to feminist concerns much more than the stereotypical picture would imply.

    On DRL Full text
    Cook, Roy. Perspectival Logical Pluralism
    2023 2023, Res Philosophica, 100 (2): 171-202.
    pp. 1-6, 15-30
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Logical pluralism is the view that there is more than one formal logic that correctly (or best, or legitimately) codifies the logical consequence relation in natural language. This essay provides a taxonomy of different variations on the logical pluralist theme based on a five-part structure, and then identifies an unoccupied position in this taxonomy: perspectival logical pluralism. Perspectival pluralism provides an attractive position from which to formulate a philosophy of logic from a feminist perspective (and from other, identity-based perspectives, such as critical race theory). An example of how such an account might be developed is sketched. The essay concludes by defusing an obvious objection to the perspectival approach: the claim that the correct logic (or logics), in virtue of the formal nature of logic, should be independent of considerations regarding the identity of the reasoner.
    On DRL Read free
    Yap, Audrey. The Logical Syntax of Prejudice: Oppression and the Constitutive A Priori
    2024 2024, In R. Cook and A. Yap (eds.), Feminist Philosophy and Formal Logic. University of Minnesota Press.
    Expand entry
    Abstract: I argue that a thoroughgoing naturalized epistemology can easily underestimate the extent to which certain background assumptions will infl uence arguments. Instead, then, I suggest that we can borrow a conceptual tool from neo-Kantian philosophy of science, namely the constitutive a priori. This idea originates in neo-Kantian philosophers who understood, in light of Einsteinian physics, that Kantian views about the a priority of space were untenable. Frameworks that adopt some version of a constitutive a priori take certain propositions to play the role of a priori principles, without granting them the universality or necessity that such principles traditionally hold. I will argue that thinking of certain views or values as having the status of constitutive a priori principles can help us understand what would be required for an epistemic agent to change them, and thus illustrate the extent to which they are resistant to being dislodged by evidence.

    Study Questions

    1. Can you think of disagreements you’ve had where it seemed like you and your interlocutor were inevitably talking past each other? Does the idea of the constitutive a priori help you make sense of them?
    2. Can you think of any example of a connection between a certain group of agents and a certain logic? What kind of connection would be strong enough to establish perspectival pluralism?
    3. What kind of argument could serve to establish the adequacy of one framework over another? Can you think of particular examples?
    4. Often, pluralism is shunned due to the fear it could lead to unfettered relativism. Should this worry feminist logicians who are committed to pluralism? How might the problem be avoided?
    5. Do you think there is a connection between perspectival logical pluralism and the plurality of linguistic frameworks, as indicated by Yap?
    1. Can you think of disagreements you’ve had where it seemed like you and your interlocutor were inevitably talking past each other? Does the idea of the constitutive a priori help you make sense of them?
    2. Can you think of any example of a connection between a certain group of agents and a certain logic? What kind of connection would be strong enough to establish perspectival pluralism?
    3. What kind of argument could serve to establish the adequacy of one framework over another? Can you think of particular examples?
    4. Often, pluralism is shunned due to the fear it could lead to unfettered relativism. Should this worry feminist logicians who are committed to pluralism? How might the problem be avoided?
    5. Do you think there is a connection between perspectival logical pluralism and the plurality of linguistic frameworks, as indicated by Yap?
    Week 11. Feminist Logic and Native American Logic

    This week focuses on connections between Western feminist critiques of logic on one hand, and Native American logic on the other.

    The first reading by Waters is an introduction to dynamic, non-dualistic Indigenous metaphysics, with a focus on the concept of gender. It is one of the main texts referenced in Eichler’s discussion of Native American logic.

    The second reading by Eichler is not only an accessible introduction to some common themes in Native American logic and metaphysics, but it also points to how such logics differ from classical logic precisely where feminist critiques tend to find classical logic problematic. It also provides some pointers as to how Western feminists may respectfully navigate this territory.

    Finally, Sinclair’s paper focuses on the “paraconsistency” of Indigenous logics and elaborates on Eichler’s suggestion that feminists have much to gain from these logics by looking at a particular example from biology. 

    This week focuses on connections between Western feminist critiques of logic on one hand, and Native American logic on the other.

    The first reading by Waters is an introduction to dynamic, non-dualistic Indigenous metaphysics, with a focus on the concept of gender. It is one of the main texts referenced in Eichler’s discussion of Native American logic.

    The second reading by Eichler is not only an accessible introduction to some common themes in Native American logic and metaphysics, but it also points to how such logics differ from classical logic precisely where feminist critiques tend to find classical logic problematic. It also provides some pointers as to how Western feminists may respectfully navigate this territory.

    Finally, Sinclair’s paper focuses on the “paraconsistency” of Indigenous logics and elaborates on Eichler’s suggestion that feminists have much to gain from these logics by looking at a particular example from biology. 

    On DRL Full text
    Waters, Anne. Language Matters: Nondiscrete Nonbinary Dualisms
    2003 2003, In Waters A., ed. American Indian Thought, pp.97-115..
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Anne Waters shows how nondiscrete nonbinary ontologies of being operate as background framework to some of America’s Indigenous languages. This background logic explains
    why and how gender, for example, can be understood as a non-essentialized concept in
    some Indigenous languages of the Americas. [...] The Indigenous understanding that all things interpenetrate and are relationally interdependent embraces a manifold of complexity, resembling a world of multifariously associated connections and intimate fusions Such a nondiscretely aggregate ontology ought not to be expected to easily give way to a metaphysics of a sharply defined discretely organized binary ontology. From an Indigenous ontology, some multigendered identities may be more kaleidoscopic and protean concepts than Euro-American culture has yet to imagine."

    On DRL Read free
    Eichler, Lauren. Sacred Truths, Fables, and Falsehoods: Intersections between Feminist and Native American Logics
    2018 2018, APA Newsletter on Native American and Indigenous Philosophy, 18(1)..
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    From the newsletter's introduction: "Lauren Eichler [...] examines the resonances between feminist and Native American analyses of classical logic. After considering the range of responses, from overly monolithic rejection to more nuanced appreciation, Eichler argues for a careful, pluralist understanding of logic as she articulates her suggestion that feminists and Native American philosophers could build fruitful alliances around this topic."

    On DRL Full text
    Sinclair, Rebekah. Exploding Individuals: Engaging Indigenous Logic and Decolonizing Science
    2020 2020, Hypatia, 35, pp. 58–74.
    Expand entry
    Abstract:

    Despite emerging attention to Indigenous philosophies both within and outside of feminism, Indigenous logics remain relatively underexplored and underappreciated. By amplifying the voices of recent Indigenous philosophies and literatures, I seek to demonstrate that Indigenous logic is a crucial aspect of Indigenous resurgence as well as political and ethical resistance. Indigenous philosophies provide alternatives to the colonial, masculinist tendencies of classical logic in the form of paraconsistent—many-valued—logics. Specifically, when Indigenous logics embrace the possibility of true contradictions, they highlight aspects of the world rejected and ignored by classical logic and inspire a relational, decolonial imaginary. To demonstrate this, I look to biology, from which Indigenous logics are often explicitly excluded, and consider one problem that would benefit from an Indigenous, paraconsistent analysis: that of the biological individual. This article is an effort to expand the arenas in which allied feminists can responsibly take up and deploy these decolonial logics.

    Study Questions

    1. Do you agree with Eichler that a difference in logic is central to the clash between Indigenous and Western perspectives? What prevents the outsourcing of the problem to metaphysics or ethics?
    2. What differences and similarities can you see between Waters’s gender metaphysics and contemporary Western gender models?
    3. Sinclair draws a parallel between paraconsistent logics – as conceptualized in the Western world – and Indigenous logics. Does the parallel run the risk of reducing Indigenous logics to a Western perspective? How could this be avoided?
    4. Do you think the existence of different logico-metaphysical traditions points to a genuine logical pluralism “out there”? Could it still be maintained that there is only one correct theory?
    5. In which ways could feminist logicians fruitfully and respectfully deal with the idea of logical diversity?
    1. Do you agree with Eichler that a difference in logic is central to the clash between Indigenous and Western perspectives? What prevents the outsourcing of the problem to metaphysics or ethics?
    2. What differences and similarities can you see between Waters’s gender metaphysics and contemporary Western gender models?
    3. Sinclair draws a parallel between paraconsistent logics – as conceptualized in the Western world – and Indigenous logics. Does the parallel run the risk of reducing Indigenous logics to a Western perspective? How could this be avoided?
    4. Do you think the existence of different logico-metaphysical traditions points to a genuine logical pluralism “out there”? Could it still be maintained that there is only one correct theory?
    5. In which ways could feminist logicians fruitfully and respectfully deal with the idea of logical diversity?
    Week 12. From Feminist Logic to Feminist Mathematics

    This week explores ways in which feminist critiques of logic can extend to critiques of mathematics, and what this could mean for the philosophy and practice of mathematics.

    The first reading is an early attempt to bring feminist critiques of logic and science to bear specifically on mathematics, arguing that the choice of axioms and definitions, not to mention what constitutes a proof, is not value-free.

    The second reading argues that Plumwood’s feminist arguments against classical logic also apply to classical mathematics. Different possible solutions are compared, making it ideal for discussion. Sections 3 and 4 argue that another kind of argument against classical logic fails to carry over; they can be skipped for the purpose of this reading group. No familiarity with university-level maths or the philosophy of maths is required.

    This week explores ways in which feminist critiques of logic can extend to critiques of mathematics, and what this could mean for the philosophy and practice of mathematics.

    The first reading is an early attempt to bring feminist critiques of logic and science to bear specifically on mathematics, arguing that the choice of axioms and definitions, not to mention what constitutes a proof, is not value-free.

    The second reading argues that Plumwood’s feminist arguments against classical logic also apply to classical mathematics. Different possible solutions are compared, making it ideal for discussion. Sections 3 and 4 argue that another kind of argument against classical logic fails to carry over; they can be skipped for the purpose of this reading group. No familiarity with university-level maths or the philosophy of maths is required.

    On DRL Full text
    Shulman, Bonnie. What If We Change Our Axioms? A Feminist Inquiry into the Foundations of Mathematics
    1996 1996, Configurations, 4 (3): 427-451.
    Expand entry

    From the Introduction: "Modern mathematics is based on the axiomatic method. We choose axioms and a deductive system---rules for deducing theorems from the axioms. This methodology is designed to guarantee that we can proceed from "obviously" true premises to true conclusions, via inferences which are "obviously" truth-preserving. [...] New and interesting questions arise if we give up as myth the claim that our theorizing can ever be separated out from the complex dynamic of interwoven social/political/historical/cultural forces that shape our experiences and views. Considering mathematics as a set of stories produced according to strict rules one can read these stories for what they tell us about the very real human desires, ambitions, and values of the authors (who understands) and listen to the authors as spokespersons for their cultures (where and when). This paper is the self-respective and self-conscious attempt of a mathematician to retell a story of mathematics that attends to the relationships between who we are and what we know."

    On DRL Full text
    Mangraviti, Franci. The Liberation Argument for Inconsistent Mathematics
    2023 2023, The Australasian Journal of Logic, 20 (2): 278-317.
    Sections 1-2, 5-10
    Expand entry
    Abstract: Val Plumwood charged classical logic not only with the invalidity of some of its laws, but also with the support of systemic oppression through naturalization of the logical structure of dualisms. In this paper I show that the latter charge - unlike the former - can be carried over to classical mathematics, and I propose a new conception of inconsistent mathematics - queer incomaths - as a liberatory activity meant to undermine said naturalization.

    Study Questions

    1. Thinking back to previous weeks, how many of your conclusions about logic do you think could be transferred to mathematics?
    2. In what way are mathematical axioms and definitions value-laden? Can you think of examples?
    3. Which approach do you find more promising between radical, queer, and conservative incomaths? Is the classification exhaustive?
    4. Do you agree with Mangraviti’s defense of Plumwood? Could the liberation argument be made without appealing to Plumwood?
    5. Do you think there is a difference, when it comes to criticizing maths from a feminist perspective, between various branches of mathematics? (e.g. basic arithmetic vs more abstract branches of mathematics removed from all applications)
    1. Thinking back to previous weeks, how many of your conclusions about logic do you think could be transferred to mathematics?
    2. In what way are mathematical axioms and definitions value-laden? Can you think of examples?
    3. Which approach do you find more promising between radical, queer, and conservative incomaths? Is the classification exhaustive?
    4. Do you agree with Mangraviti’s defense of Plumwood? Could the liberation argument be made without appealing to Plumwood?
    5. Do you think there is a difference, when it comes to criticizing maths from a feminist perspective, between various branches of mathematics? (e.g. basic arithmetic vs more abstract branches of mathematics removed from all applications)

Share your reading group, make a Blueprint!
Did you run a reading group on a different topic? Would you like to share it with the world as a Blueprint? Or maybe you just want to develop something in your area of specialisation? Read our guidelines to learn how you can do so!